Catalog 2010 - 11

Birla Institute of Technology & Science, Pilani, India
BITS, Pilani - DUBAI

DUBAI INTERNATIONAL ACADEMIC CITY, DUBAI – U.A.E
CATALOG 2010 - 2011
Plot No. UG 06, P. O. Box 345055 | Dubai International Academic City | Dubai | UAE
Tel:- +971-4-4200 700; Fax:- +971-4-4200 844
www.bitsdubai.com;
August 26th, 2010

P P
BITS, Pilani - Dubai Catalog 2010-11
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page No.
I. HISTORY AND PURPOSE 1-6
a. About BITS, Pilani – India 1
b. About BITS, Pilani – Dubai 1
c. Vision 3
d. Mission 3
e. Institutional Objectives & Goals 4
f. Objectives of Educational Programmes and Operational Activities 4
II. MEMORANDA OF UNDERSTANDING 7-7
a. Collaboration with American and Canadian Universities 7
b. MOU for Resources Sharing and Library Co-operation 7
c. MOU for engaging in R & D activities with ICBA 7
III. ACADEMIC CALENDAR (For Academic Year 2010-2011) 8-11
a. Some Important Dates -Regular Programmes: B.E. (Hons.) 8
b. Some Important Dates -Evening Programmes: M.Sc.(Tech.), M.E., M.B.A. 10
IV. ADMISSION CRITERIA AND PROCEDURE 12-17
a) Admission Criteria 12
b) Admission Procedure 13
c) Admission of Students Having Qualification from International Examinations 14
d) Admission with Advanced Standing 15
e) Minimum Requirements for Transfer 15
f) Registration, Registration Advisor and the “ID No.” 16
V. FACILITIES, SUPPORT SERVICES AND ACTIVITIES FOR STUDENTS 18-25

a. Orientation for New Admission Students 18
b. Communication Facilities 18
c. Transportation Facilities 18
d. Hostel Facilities 18
e. Canteen and Grocery 19
f. Sports Facilities 19
g. Social and Cultural Activities 19
h. Student Professional / Scientific Bodies 19
i. Student Clubs 19
j. Student Council 20
k. @bitsdubai – Newsletter 20
l. Prayer Facilities 20
m. Assistance to Physically Challenged Students 20
n. Earn-while-you-Learn Scheme 20
o. Academic Advising 21
p. Career Counselling and Placement 22
q. Health Services 22
r. Library 23
i. Working Hours 23
ii. Library Orientation Program 23
I
iii. Assistance to Users by Library Staff 23

iv. Do’s and Don’ts in the Library 23
v. Computer/Photocopying/Printing Facilities 24
vi. Procedures for Suggestions and Complaints 24
s. Alumni Matters 25
VI. ACADEMIC POLICIES & EDUCATIONAL PROCESS AT BPD 26-39

a) Rules and Academic Regulations 26
b) Educational Process 26
i) Normal Duration 26
(1) First Degree Programmes 26
(2) Higher Degree Programmes 26
(3) Study Time Limitation 26
ii) Academic Processes 27
(1) Academic Year and Semesters 27
(2) Hierarchy of the Structure of Courses 28
(3) Choice of Courses 28
(a) Industry Internship: “Practice School (PS)” Option 28
(b) Thesis – Seminar (TS) Option 29
(4) Lecture / Practical / Units (L / P / U) 30
(5) Registration Amendment 30
(6) Attendance 30
(7) Examination Guidelines 30
(a) Malpractice in Examinations 31
(8) Grading System 32
(a) Grading Process 32
(b) Course Grading System 33
(c) Non-letter Grades/Reports 34
(d) Grade Appeals 35
(e) Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) 35
(f) Performance Categories 36
(g) Transcripts 36
(9) Academic Counselling Board (ACB) 36
(10) Postponement of Study 37
(11) Programme Completion Requirements 37
(a) First (Undergraduate) Degree 37
(b) Higher Degree 38
(12) Withdrawals 38
(a) Withdrawal from a course 38
(b) Total Withdrawal 38
c) Academic Flexibilities 38
i) Electives 39
ii) Dual Degree 39
iii) Transfer 39
VII. FIRST DEGREE PROGRAMME STRUCTURES AND REQUIREMENTS 40-80
a) Structure and Requirements 40
II
i) Semester-wise Pattern of First Degree Programmes of BITS, Pilani-Dubai 42

ii) B.E. (Hons.) Computer Science 44
iii) B.E. (Hons.) Electrical and Electronics Engineering 47
iv) B.E. (Hons.) Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering 50
v) B.E. (Hons.) Mechanical Engineering 53
vi) B.E. (Hons.) Chemical Engineering 56
vii) B.E. (Hons.) Biotechnology 59
viii) B.E. (Hons.) Electronics and Communication Engineering 62
ix) M.Sc. (Tech.) Engineering Technology 65
x) M.Sc. (Tech.) Information Systems 68
b) Category-wise Courses 71
c) Specialized Discipline Courses (SDCs) 74
d) Electives 79
VIII. HIGHER DEGREE PROGRAMME STRUCTURES AND REQUIREMENTS
81-90
a) Structure and Requirements 81
i) M.E. Design Engineering 83
ii) M.E. Microelectronics 83
iii) M.E. Software Systems 84
iv) M.E. Biotechnology 84
v) M.B.A. (Both Streams:) 85
Engineering and Technology Management & IT Enabled Services Management
b) Named Courses and Electives 86
IX. FEE STRUCTURE AND FINANCIAL AID 91-96

a) Fee Structure 91
b) Fee Payment Schedule 92
c) Refund Policy 93
i) Tuition Fee 93
ii) Hostel Fee 93
iii) Transport Fee 93
d) Financial Aid – Scholarship and Concessions 93
i) Scholarships 94
(1) Merit Scholarship 94
(2) Scholarship for Board Toppers 94
(3) Scholarship for Sports Excellence 94
(4) Merit-cum-Means Scholarship 94
(5) Scholarship for BITSAT Candidates 95
ii) Concessions 96
(1) Special Concession for UAE Nationals 96
(2) Fee Concession in Case of Sudden Bereavement of
Earning Member of the Family 96
(3) Fee concession for Physically Challenged Students 96
III
X. ANNEXURES
ANNEXURE-1: STUDENT ACADEMIC ADVISING 97-102
ANNEXURE-2: EQUIVALENCY TABLE 103-105
ANNEXURE-3: TRANSFER POLICIES 106-110
ANNEXURE-4: COURSE HANDOUT FORMATS 111-117
ANNEXURE-5: THE GRADING PROCESS 118-122
ANNEXURE-6: DUAL DEGREE SCHEME 123-126
ANNEXURE-7: PRACTICE SCHOOL 127-134
ANNEXURE -8: COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
(FOR COURSES OTHER THAN SPECIALIZED DISCIPLINE COURSES) 135-160
I. Language and Literature 136
II. Core Science 137
III. Core Mathematics (MATH) 139
IV. Technical Arts (TA) 141
V. Engineering Science (ES) 143
i. Engineering (ENGG) 147
VI. Analysis and Application Oriented Courses (AAOC) 149
i. Technique Oriented Courses (TOC) 151
VII. Humanities and Social Sciences 153
VIII. Other Courses (BITS) 154
i. Courses on Development Process (CDP) 159
ANNEXURE-9: COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 161-219
(SPECIALIZED DISCIPLINE COURSES)
1. Computer Science (CS) 162
2. Electrical and Electronics Engineering (EEE) 169
3. Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (INSTR) 177
4. Mechanical Engineering (ME) 183
5. Chemical Engineering (CHE) 188
6. Biotechnology (BIOT) 193
7. Electronics and Communication Engineering (ECE) 197
8. Engineering Technology (ET) 200
9. Information Systems (IS) 203
10. Named Courses for Higher Degree Programmes 208
a. Design Engineering (DE) 208
b. Microelectronics (MEL) 210
c. Software Systems 211
d. Biotechnology 213
e. Master of Business Administration (M.B.A) 215
ANNEXURE-10: COURSEDECSRIPTIONS-ELECTIVES 222-262
1. Electives for First-Degree Programmes 223
2. Emerging Area (EA) Courses for First-Degree Programmes 230
3. Electives for Higher Degree Programmes 234
a. Design Engineering 234
b. Microelectronics 236
c. Software Systems 239
d. Biotechnology 244
e. M.B.A. - Engineering & Technology Management stream 247
IV
f. M.B.A. - IT Enabled Services Management stream 250
ANNEXURE-11 BPD FACULTY ROSTER 253-262
XI. LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
a. FIGURES / CHARTS
1. STRUCTURE OF BPD FIRST DEGREE PROGRAMMES (PS OPTION) 41
2. A SAMPLE HISTOGRAM 121
b. TABLES
1. COURSE GRADING SYSTEM 34
2. NON-LETTER GRADES/REPORTS 35
3. REQUIREMENTS OF FIRST DEGREE PROGRAMMES 40
4.
a. FEE STRUCTURE 91
b. FEE PAYMENT SCHEDULE 92
5. QUALITATIVE MEANING OF GRADES 119
6. EXAMPLE GRADE RANGE 120
7. EXAMPLE TO COMPUTE CGPA 122
8. EVALUATION COMPONENTS OF PS-I AND PS-II 132
*****
V
I. HISTORY AND PURPOSE

a. About BITS, Pilani - India
The Birla Institute of Technology and Science, Pilani (BITS Pilani), an All India Institute
for Higher Education declared as deemed to be university, was founded in 1964. BITS,
Pilani has modelled its education system on the American education pattern (MIT, USA)
and has adopted semester system, modular structure of courses, continuous and
internal evaluation, letter grading etc., since inception. In the year 2000, it has received
the highest ranking of Five Star status by National Accreditation and Assessment
Council (NAAC) in India, in recognition of its international standard and quality
academic programmes. In 2008-2009, the NAAC team visited BITS campuses at Pilani,
Dubai and Goa and BITS has been re-accredited with CGPA 3.71 on a four point scale
at the highest ‘A’ Grade. All admissions to campuses at Pilani, Goa and Hyderabad are
made on all India basis and are based strictly on merit. It attracts, annually top -
ranking students from Higher Secondary School Boards. The admission process is highly
competitive. All programmes include Practice School (an industrial / field exposure
through internship of students) option as an important component of the educational
structure.
BITS, Pilani, apart from providing world class education, helps in building a well -
groomed personality and provides ample opportunities to students to develop into
responsible leaders and dynamic professionals in their careers.
BITS, Pilani spread forward the same rich traditions and academic standard through its
campuses outside Pilani. The first campus was started in 2000 at Dubai, UAE, second in
Goa, India in 2004 and third campus in Hyderabad in 2008.
b. About BITS, Pilani – Dubai (BPD)
BITS, Pilani - Dubai (BPD) was established in September 2000 in response to meet the
growing demand among the residents of the Gulf region for quality higher education, in
the sphere of Engineering. It was set-up in association with ETA-NET, a member of the
ETA-ASCON Group. BPD commenced its operation at the present location in Dubai
International Academic City from September 2007.
In a span of 10 years, BPD has been growing from strength to strength. In the year
2000 it started with just two disciplines, currently offers a total of eleven programmes
(eight first degree and three higher degree) as given below:
1. B.E. (Hons.) Computer Science
2. B.E. (Hons.) Electrical and Electronics Engineering
3. B.E. (Hons.) Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering
4. B.E. (Hons.) Mechanical Engineering
5. B.E. (Hons.) Chemical Engineering
6. B.E. (Hons.) Biotechnology
7. B.E. (Hons.) Electronics and Communication Engineering
1
8. M.Sc. (Tech.) Engineering Technology*

9. M.E. Design Engineering*
10. M.E. Microelectronics*
11. M.B.A. in steams of:
o Engineering and Technology Management*
o M.B.A. IT Enabled Services Management*
The “*” marked programmes, in the list above, are being offered as evening
programmes for working professionals from the II Semester of 2009-10 providing
continuing education opportunities to the working professionals. In addition to the
above programmes, in the Academic year 2010-11, towards its endeavour in enhancing
continuing education opportunities of working professionals BPD plans to offer the
following three (one first degree and two higher degree) programmes:
1. M.Sc. (Tech.) Information Systems
2. M.E. Software Systems
3. M.E. Biotechnology
The Knowledge and Human Development Authority (KHDA), Government of Dubai,
Dubai, UAE accorded its approval to the Higher Education Provider (HEP): BITS, Pilani,
Rajasthan, India for offering all the above 15 BITS programmes (i.e., 9 first-degree and
6 higher-degree programmes) at the HEP Branch campus: BPD.
BITS, Pilani along with BITS, Pilani - Dubai and Goa campuses has been awarded the
coveted 'A' Grade by NAAC- National Assessment and Accreditation Council, an
autonomous body set up by UGC, Government of India, scoring 3.71 on a scale of 4.00
among all private accredited universities in India.
Duration of each of the first-degree programmes is for Four years while that of higher
degree programmes is for two years. Classes for the seven B.E. (Hons.) programmes
are being held from 7:30 AM to 3:40 PM on all institute working days. Classes for
M.Sc.(Tech.), M.E. and M.B.A. programmes are held during evenings and / or
weekends during timings convenient for working professionals.
All the B.E. (Hons.) programmes in engineering provide an option for students to
choose Practice School (PS) or Thesis Seminar (TS). The Practice School (PS) course
exposes the student to real-time experience in an organizational environment. It is an
internship of seven and a half (7½) months in reputed industries and is completed
within the four year duration of the program. The deserving students are also paid
stipend during their internship. There are as many as 371 companies in the U.A.E, who
have so far offered internships to the students and many more companies are coming
forward each semester. Students of the M.Sc.(Tech.), M.E., and M.B.A. programmes are
offered Thesis-Seminar or Dissertation during the final semester.
The Institute has recruited highly experienced full time teaching faculty with Doctoral
Degrees in their respective disciplines. Some of the faculty members are also on
deputation from BITS, Pilani - India. The Institute has constantly strengthened its
faculty base and at present, the strength is about 97 at various levels (inclusive of
Senior Lecturers / Lecturers and Instructors involved in laboratory-oriented teaching).
2
Since its inception, BPD has maintained very high standards in its academic
programmes through quality inputs, training and internship.
BPD’s first batch of 54 students graduated on 5 August 2004, the second batch of 85
students on 16 August 2005, the third batch of 92 students on 1 August 2006, the
fourth batch of 156 students on 29th August, 2007, the fifth batch of 247 students on
27th August 2008, the sixth batch of 295 students on 24th August, 2009, and the
seventh batch of 337 students on 22nd August, 2010.
The Institute organizes placement programme from March through May. Several
reputed companies in UAE like IT firms, multinational conglomerates, oil companies,
construction companies, logistics and trading organizations participate in the Institute’s
placement program. The job offers exceeded the number of interested students of the
graduating batches; and students have got placed in various organizations in UAE, India
and other countries. Several graduating students of BPD have get admission into
Masters/Ph.D. programmes in reputed American and European universities with
fellowships.
The students of this campus have won several accolades not only in academics but also
on the extracurricular front. This has been possible because of BPD's continuous effort
in creating professionals with an all round personality. The exemplary performance and
dynamism displayed by the students who have graduated from BPD, are testimonial to
this. Two B.E. (Hons.) Computer Science students of class of 2010 of Dubai campus
received the Academic Excellence Award instituted by the Dubai International Academic
City (DIAC), Dubai, UAE.
c. Vision
To be a leading institute of international repute in UAE in the field of technical

education, providing students with opportunities and resources in their pursuit of
academic excellence, personality development, self-learning skills and disseminating
knowledge and intellectual values of the twenty first Century in accordance with
international standards in general and the UAE in particular.
d. Mission
BPD is committed, through its offering of academic programmes in Engineering and

applied fields to
¾ Prepare graduates who are able to develop critical thinking skills in their search
for knowledge and trust;
¾ Equip students with practical skills and knowledge suited to the fast growing
industry and economy of the world and gulf region in general and UAE in
particular;
¾ Enable students to make sound judgments both as individuals and the
responsible members of society;
3
¾ Contribute to the advancement of knowledge in Engineering and allied fields in

the region through its support for research conducted by its faculty and
students; and
¾ Enable the students to become responsible citizens with commitment to society
at large.
e. Institutional Objectives & Goals
Objectives of Educational programmes in support of vision, mission and goals are to

train its students:
1. To attain analysis and synthesis capabilities through application of
mathematics, science and engineering;
2. To achieve essential competencies in engineering and Professional
Communication Skills;
3. To get familiarized with broad areas of knowledge essential for assuming
responsibility of ones’ self, natural and social environment;
4. To have abilities to apply their specialization in engineering to business
services and products;
5. To acquire the requisite capabilities to deploy and manage resources and
services in organization processes;
6. To gain knowledge and skills required to identify, formulate and solve
problems throughout their career;
7. To be able to work closely with other professionals, in general and
relevant discipline in particular;
8. To inculcate personal integrity, ethical behaviour and cultural awareness
in the practice of their profession; and
9. To grow abilities in the use of techniques, skills and modern engineering
tools necessary for an engineering practice.
Objectives of BPD operational activities expressed in terms of the objectives of its
various non-academic units are as Follows:
f. Objectives of Educational Programmes & Operational Activities
Objectives of Library, IT and Educational Support Services (LITES)
Library
¾ Provide quality and relevant information resources and services to the user
community which are accessible both on and off-campus;
¾ Maintain a current and well-balanced collection of information and knowledge
resources;
¾ Provide information resources to support teaching/learning activities of the
Institute community, at present and research needs in the near future;
4
¾ Provide appropriate training to all patrons, on information seeking and retrieval

process;
¾ Help patrons play an active part in knowledge industry by making proper use of
the resources;
¾ Continuously improve the quality and the efficiency of the Library by
maintaining a feedback monitoring system;
¾ Ensure through appraisal and training, that all Library staff reach a high
standard of performance;
¾ Achieve positive cooperation with other libraries nationally and regionally;
¾ Create an ambience that is conducive to study at all levels; and
¾ Play a full role in the mission of the Institute as a centre for quality higher
education.
IT and Educational Support Services
¾ Establishing a regular maintenance system and updating/up-gradation of all the

IT and Educational Support hardware and software;
¾ Maintaining an electronic inventory used in class rooms, seminar halls, etc., of
the institute; and
¾ Coordinating with institute functionaries, faculty and students in an efficient
way to identify and offer needy support of required educational support
material (such as development of literature for educational development of
students, electronic storage gadgets for faculty and so on).
Institutional Effectiveness Office (IEO)
¾ Collecting, analyzing, distributing and assisting in the use of information about

the students, alumni, faculty and staff
¾ Assisting in the organization and maintenance of institutional data for decision-
making;
¾ Administering regular feedbacks from students about the instruction, analyzing
and interpreting the same for improvements in instruction;
¾ Administering regular feedbacks/surveys on all BPD units/offices of the institute
from students and faculty;
¾ Analyzing/interpreting the feedbacks/surveys for effecting appropriate
improvements in the institutional planning and decision-making;
¾ Serving as a catalyst for institutional self-analysis and improvement;
¾ Analyzing and disseminating periodical reports on the activities of the Institute
Units and Services;
¾ Organizing seminars and forums to explore concepts of institutional
effectiveness and objective-oriented activities; and
5
¾ Using standard performance indicators related to students, faculty and staff

and compares the BPD’s performance both nationally and internationally.
Objectives of Practice School, Career Counselling and Placement (PCP) Division
Practice School
¾ To make every effort to establish rapport with reputed Industries/Organizations

that support BPD’s Practice School (Industry Internship) courses;
¾ To prepare a database of reputed Industries/Organizations that can absorb
students for Industry Internships (both PS I and PS II);
¾ To enhance the skills of BPD students through Practice School that makes them
readily assume professional responsibilities after graduation;
¾ To develop a learning environment to the students at the
Industries/Organizations in which they undergo Practice School by constant
monitoring and mentoring of students’ progress through BPD faculty;
¾ To conduct regular evaluation of the students’ progress in Practice School (PS)
through a seamless involvement of resource persons at the PS Stations;
¾ To improve the organizational, interpersonal and professional communication
skills of students by inculcating sense of punctuality, encouraging creativity and
innovativeness, developing abilities to work under the pressure of deadlines
and competition;
¾ To inculcate in students the business way of thinking and taking decisions by
making them realize the importance of professional contributions to the host
organization; and
¾ To receive regular feedbacks from students and PS stations on Practice School
and continuously use the same for needy improvements.
Career Counselling and Placement
¾ To educate students regarding career planning and advice on job placements;

¾ To provide the companies/organizations with a single point of contact/portal for
identifying and recruiting students for employment;
¾ To prepare students to successfully make the transition from the educational
institute environment to become productive members of the local and
international workforce;
¾ To work with the companies/organizations to explore and promote employment
opportunities for students and alumni; and
¾ To provide the students with seminars, workshops, publications and career
advancement activities.
*****
6
II. MEMORANDA OF UNDERSTANDING

a. Collaboration with American and Canadian Universities
BPD has entered into agreements with the following Universities (of USA and Canada)
for student exchange, faculty exchange, admission into graduate programmes, joint
research, credits (units) transfer and so on.
¾ George Mason University, Fairfax, Virginia, USA
¾ Iowa State University, Iowa, USA
¾ Kansas State University, Kansas, USA
¾ Purdue University, West Lafayette, USA
¾ University at Buffalo, the State University of New York, USA
¾ University of Maryland, College Park, USA
¾ York University, Universities of Ontario, Canada
¾ University of Windsor, Canada
This is in addition to MOU’s BITS, Pilani has signed with various universities.
b. Resource Sharing and Library Co-operation
The Library has entered into an MOU for resource sharing and Library Co-operation with
the Al Ain University of Science and Technology Library, Al Ain, UAE. Also BPD is
working towards signing of similar MOUs with other universities and/or its libraries
within UAE, Gulf and the Middle-East.
c. R & D Activities with ICBA
BPD has entered into a Memorandum of Understanding with the International Centre
for Bio saline Agriculture (ICBA), Academic City, Dubai UAE for engaging in R&D
activities in biotechnology related areas such as, but not limited to: bio-diversity, bio
saline agriculture, nutrient management, bio-active compounds, etc. As part of MOU
provision is made for (1) Internships for students through short-term and long-term
projects, (2) Exchange of Information and visits of experts and scientists between both
organizations.
Also BPD is working towards signing of similar MOUs with other universities and/or its
libraries within UAE, Gulf and the Middle-East.
*****
7
III. ACADEMIC CALENDER (For Academic Year 2010-2011)

BITS, PILANI – DUBAI , Dubai International Academic City, Dubai, UAE

III. a. SOME IMPORTANT DATES – REGULAR PROGRAMMES: B.E. (Hons.)
ON‐CAMPUS ACTIVITIES
FIRST SEMESTER 2010 ‐ 2011
Freshmen Orientation August 24, 2010 August‐10 September‐10 October‐10
Freshmen Interaction August 25, 2010 Su M T W Th F S Su M T W Th F S Su M T W Th F S
First Semester begins August 26, 2010 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 1 2
Registration for all August 26, 2010 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Class‐work starts August 29, 2010 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Eid‐Al‐Fitr (H)* September 9‐12, 2010 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
November 16‐20,
Eid‐Al‐Adha (H)*
2010
29 30 31 26 27 28 29 30 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
UAE National Day (H) December 2‐3, 2010 31
Al‐Hijra ‐ Islamic New
December 7, 2010
Year day (H)*
Last day for class‐work December 19, 2010 November‐10 December‐10 January‐11
Comprehensive
Examination begins
December 21, 2010 Su M T W Th F S Su M T W Th F S Su M T W Th F S
New Year Day (H) January 1, 2011 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 1
Comprehensive
Examination ends
January 6, 2011 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
First Semester ends January 6, 2011 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Winter Recess for
students begin
January 7, 2011 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Practice School ‐ II ends January 13, 2011 28 29 30 26 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
Note: The schedule, given above, may be 30 31
revised subject to contingencies.
* Islamic holidays are subject to change according to the local sighting of the new moon.
(H) ‐ HOLIDAYS AND RECESS

ACADEMIC CALENDAR FOR ACADEMIC YEAR 2010 – 2011; ON‐CAMPUS ACTIVITIES ‐ B.E. (Hons.) Programmes
8
SECOND SEMESTER 2010 ‐ 2011
Second Semester
January 30, 2011 February‐11 March‐11 April‐11
begins
Registration for all January 30, 2011 Su M T W Th F S Su M T W Th F S Su M T W Th F S
Registration for
January 30, 2011 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2
Practice School‐II
Class‐work starts January 31, 2011 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Prophet Mohammad’s
February 15, 2011 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Birthday (H)*
Last day for class‐work May 15, 2011 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
Comprehensive
May 18, 2011 27 28 27 28 29 30 31 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Examination begins
Comprehensive
June 2, 2011
Examination ends
Second Semester ends June 2, 2011 May‐11 June‐11 July‐11
Summer Recess for
June 3, 2011 Su M T W Th F S Su M T W Th F S Su M T W Th F S
students begin
Registration for
June 7, 2011 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 31 1 2
Practice School‐I
Practice School‐II ends July 12, 2011 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Practice School‐I ends July 28, 2011 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Registration for
Practice School‐II for I August 1, 2011 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
Semester 2011 ‐ 2012
Freshmen Orientation September 4, 2011 29 30 31 26 27 28 29 30 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Freshmen Interaction September 5, 2011
Registration for I
September 5, 2011
Semester 2011 ‐ 2012 (H) ‐ HOLIDAYS AND RECESS
Class‐work starts September 6, 2011 * Islamic holidays are subject to change according to the local sighting of the new moon.
Note: The above schedule may be revised subject to contingencies.
9
III. ACADEMIC CALENDER (For Academic Year 2010-2011)

BITS, PILANI – DUBAI , Dubai International Academic City, Dubai, UAE

III. b. SOME IMPORTANT DATES – EVENING PROGRAMMES: M.Sc. (Tech.), M.E., and M.B.A.
ON‐CAMPUS ACTIVITIES
FIRST SEMESTER 2010 ‐ 2011
First Semester begins September 19, 2010 August‐10 September‐10 October‐10
Registration for all September 19, 2010 Su M T W Th F S Su M T W Th F S Su M T W Th F S
Class‐work starts September 19, 2010 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 1 2
November 16‐18,
Eid‐Al‐Adha (H)*
2010
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
UAE National Day (H) December 2, 2010 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Al‐Hijra ‐ Islamic New
Year day (H)*
December 7, 2010 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
Last day for class‐work December 30, 2010 29 30 31 26 27 28 29 30 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Comprehensive
Examination begins
January 1, 2011 31
Comprehensive
January 10, 2011
Examination ends
First Semester ends January 10, 2011 November‐10 December‐10 January‐11
Winter Recess for
students begin
January 11, 2011 Su M T W Th F S Su M T W Th F S Su M T W Th F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 1
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Note: The schedule above may be revised 28 29 30 26 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
subject to contingencies. 30 31
(H) ‐ HOLIDAYS AND RECESS;
* Islamic holidays are subject to change Note: Interactive sessions will be planned for MBA Students, as may be required, on any one of the 3 days per
according to the local sighting of the new
week (i.e., Mondays / Wednesdays or on Saturdays) – with the mutual consent of faculty & students.
moon.

10
ACADEMIC CALENDAR FOR ACADEMIC YEAR 2010 – 2011; ON‐CAMPUS ACTIVITIES – EVENING PROGRAMMES: M.Sc.(Tech.), M.E. and M.B.A.
SECOND SEMESTER 2010 ‐ 2011
Second Semester
January 30, 2011 February‐11 March‐11 April‐11
begins
Registration for all January 30, 2011 Su M T W Th F S Su M T W Th F S Su M T W Th F S
Class‐work starts January 31, 2011 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2
Prophet Mohammad’s
February 15, 2011 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Birthday (H)*
Last day for class‐work May 15, 2011 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Comprehensive
May 18, 2011 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
Examination begins
Comprehensive
June 2, 2011 27 28 27 28 29 30 31 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Examination ends
Second Semester ends June 2, 2011
Summer Recess for
June 3, 2011 May‐11 June‐11 July‐11
students begin
First Semester begins September 4, 2011 Su M T W Th F S Su M T W Th F S Su M T W Th F S
Registration for I
September 5, 2011 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 31 1 2
Semester 2011 ‐ 2012
Class‐work starts September 6, 2011 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
* Islamic holidays are subject to change 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
according to the local sighting of the new
29 30 31 26 27 28 29 30 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
moon.

(H) ‐ HOLIDAYS AND RECESS
Note: The above schedule may be revised
subject to contingencies.
Note: Interactive sessions will be planned for MBA Students, as may be required, on any one of the 3 days per week
(i.e., Mondays / Wednesdays or on Saturdays) – with the mutual consent of faculty & students.

* ****
11
IV. ADMISSION CRITERIA AND PROCEDURES

Currently BPD offers admission to the following programmes:
First Degree Programmes (offered during regular working hours):
¾ B.E. (Hons.) Computer Engineering
¾ B.E. (Hons.) Electrical and Electronics Engineering
¾ B.E. (Hons.) Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering
¾ B.E. (Hons.) Mechanical Engineering
¾ B.E. (Hons.) Chemical Engineering
¾ B.E. (Hons.) Biotechnology
¾ B.E. (Hons.) Electronics and Communication Engineering
First Degree Programmes (offered during evenings & weekend holidays):
¾ M.Sc. (Tech.) Engineering and Technology
¾ M.Sc. (Tech.) Information Systems
Higher Degree Programmes (offered during evenings & weekend holidays):
¾ M.E. Biotechnology
¾ M.E. Design Engineering
¾ M.E. Microelectronics
¾ M.E. Software Systems
¾ M.B.A. Engineering & Technology Management
¾ M.B.A. IT Enabled Services Management
a) Admission Criteria
Admission to B.E. (Hons.) Programme is based entirely on the candidate's merit,

his/her preferences, facilities available and availability of seats in the discipline
preferred. Admissions are open to students of all nationalities.
Since English is the medium of instruction for all programmes, good proficiency in
English is essential for admission. Hence, candidates who have completed their
qualifying examination from Non-English medium schools must have a minimum
TOEFL score of 500 in paper based test or 61 in internet based test or have an
IELTS score of 5. If necessary, they will also be assessed by an institute committee
for English comprehension.
The eligibility criteria for admissions and all the necessary information regarding
admission of new students are described appropriately and separately in the
Institute Admission Bulletin / brochures published from time to time and provided to
the applicants.
b) Admission Procedure
12
Selection process for all its B.E. (Hons.) programmes is carried out separately for the
GCC and Non-GCC candidates. Students residing in any Gulf country or have their
parents working in the Gulf are treated as GCC candidates. The rest are treated as
Non-GCC candidates.
A merit list is prepared for the candidates in each of the above category based on
their aggregate percentage of marks in the Qualifying Examination and not based on
any entrance test.
Based on the merit list, availability of seats and the candidate’s preferences,
candidates are allotted seats in each program. If a candidate is not allotted his first
preference due to non-availability of seats, his/hers second and subsequent
preferences are considered. If the candidate does not indicate more than one
preference or gives only a limited number of preferences, he/she stands to loose
admission in a programme even though seats are available and he/she has the
merit. Hence, all candidates are advised to exercise their preferences with care.
Candidates who are selected for admission will receive the Admission Offer Letter.
To accept the offer of admission, candidate must comply with all the requirements
specified in the Admission Offer Letter including submission of various documents
and payment of fee by the stipulated date mentioned in the Admission Offer Letter.
On compliance of the above, the candidate will receive intimation from the Institute
regarding further course of action to be taken by him/her for joining the Institute.
Until all admissions are finalized, all applicants will be considered to be on waiting
list for the programmes of their higher preferences if they have not been already
allotted the same. If any candidate, who is offered admission, fails to comply with all
the admission requirements, thus forfeiting his/her offer of admission, this seat will
be filled up by the candidate who is next on the merit list/waiting list.
The candidates must strictly adhere to the deadlines indicated for admission.
All the documents submitted by the candidates will be verified with the originals
submitted by the candidates after commencement of the program. In case of non-
compliance of the admission criteria, the admission of the candidate will
automatically stand cancelled.
The Institute reserves the right to refuse admission to any candidate. In all the
above matters of admission and allotment of program, the decision of the Institute
shall be final. The jurisdiction in respect of all legal matters in this connection shall
be at Dubai.
Annexure 2 indicates country wise equivalences (of GCC, Middle-east and some
other countries) recognized by the BPD as admission eligibility for the Qualifying
Examination. For an exhaustive list of equivalences one can consult the Admissions
Department of BPD. With regard to any clarification on Qualifying Examination
13
related equivalences, the decision of the Institute based on the recommendations of

the Standing Committee for Admissions is final.
c) Admission of Students Having Qualifications from

International Examinations
The Institute welcomes students of all nationalities. Since there is a vast difference
in the grading system and syllabus of various international examinations, all such
applications are examined on a case-by-case basis.
The candidates must enclose with their application, documents explaining

grading/marking system and calculation of Cumulative Grade Point Average /
aggregate percentage of marks (along with their transcript) / mark sheet. Further,
the candidates must send a copy of the syllabus of courses and rules and
regulations for the examinations they have passed well in advance to enable the
Institute to determine their eligibility for admission.
Students having such qualifications must adopt the following method to compute the
aggregate:
i) If actual marks are given in the transcript, these marks are to be taken
for computing the aggregate.
ii) If actual marks as well as the grades are given in the transcript, actual
marks are to be taken for computing the aggregate.
iii) If grades and range of marks for each grade are given in the
transcript, mean of the range of marks is to be taken for computing
the aggregate.
iv) If grades are given only in the transcript, the student should obtain
equivalent marks/range of marks for the grades from appropriate
authority and calculate the aggregate marks.
v) If the evaluation is done by any other method, the student must
explain the evaluation system and must obtain equivalent marks/range
of marks for such evaluation from appropriate authority and calculate
the aggregate marks.
All courses/subjects that are required for passing the qualifying examination should
be included for calculating the aggregate.
Detailed calculation of aggregate with supporting documents must be enclosed.

Student must request the Examining Authorities to send the transcript/mark sheet
with relevant documents directly to “Admissions Officer, BITS, Pilani – Dubai, P.O.
Box 345055, Dubai, UAE”.
Sub-section (e) on page 15 can be referred to for more details.
14
d) Admission with Advanced Standing

1. When a candidate, for any programme of the Institute, comes with a
preparation beyond the minimum requirement for admission in that
program, the admission for such a candidate is handled under
Admission with Advanced Standing.
2. Such an applicant’s academic record is scrutinized, vis-à-vis
requirements of the Programme to which he/she seek admission. If
this exercise cannot give a firm conclusion as to which courses of the
Institute he/she is to be exempted from, specially designed tests are
administered. However, this exercise is subjected to BPD’s Academic
Regulations.
3. While such admission is not available as a matter of right at the time
of admission, the Institute would spell out in detail the advance unit
hours as credit it proposes to give to the candidate and the matter
would be handled within the framework of the Institute's operation for
normal students.
Essentially, the guiding principle is two-fold:
The courses the candidate has already done before entering the Institute cannot be
repeated and also, that the time spent at other credible institute is not wasted.
Such an open-ended situation can only be handled on a case-by-case basis. It is

important that the candidate supplies all the pertinent data, with respect to syllabus
of courses taken by him/her, examinations passed, Question Papers of the
examinations and the grades/marks obtained by him/her in different subjects.
Any candidate who is for advance standing admission is asked to come and explore
a workable programme that would be appropriate to him/her before admission is
completed. If required, the candidate may have to take certain examinations in
various subjects that he/she has completed before a prescribed programme is
pronounced for him/her there onwards.
Sub-section (e) on page 15 can be referred to for more details.
e) Minimum Requirements for Transfer
Students seeking admission as per either Sub-section (c) vide page14 or Sub-section
(d) vide page 15 are to note that the following minimum requirements should be
adhered to while seeking transfer into BPD. In order that their success in the First
Degree engineering programme offered by BPD is to ensure that the
1. Students are accepted for transfer only from either a federal institution
or an institution licensed by the Ministry of Education, UAE as an
15
institution of higher learning or from a recognized foreign institution of

higher learning.
2. Students seeking transfer into BPD must have secured their grades in
each course through a process of regular evaluation and assessment.
3. Students are accepted only from recognized programmes.
4. Criteria or transfer articulation agreement as indicated in Sub-section
(c) vide page14 or Sub-section (d) vide page 15 as well as the BPD
Academic Regulations for transfer (as given in the Annexure 3).
5. BPD will accept transfer credit only for those courses that match the
content of the courses offered at BPD.
6. It is required that the student applying for transfer be of good
academic standing – i.e., have a minimum Cumulative Grade Point
Average, normally, of 2.0 on a 4.0 scale, or equivalent, for transfer to
a similar programme of study from that from which the student is
transferring.
7. It is required that the student has secured a minimum CGPA of no less
than 2.0 on a 4.0 scale or a grade of “C”, or equivalent, for each
course to be transferred.
8. It may be noted that a limit of total transferable credit hours of less
than 50% of the total hours required for the programme completion
requirements at BPD.
9. Exclusion of duplicate credit for a given course.
f) Registration, Registration Advisor and the “ID No.”
Every admitted student is required to undergo a registration process on the day

announced for the purpose. One of the objectives of the Registration process is to
name the courses to be pursued during a particular semester, after allowing for the
student's options within the prescribed rules and BPD academic regulations. No
student is allowed to attend classes without completing the Registration process.
Each student of BPD is assigned a Registration No. called the “ID No.” and a
Registration Advisor to smoothly carryout the process of registration for courses at
the beginning of every semester.
ID No. is a unique number assigned to each student, which he / she needs to

remember and indicate as reference no. by the student for all matters concerned
with Academics or otherwise. It contains year of enrolment, discipline, campus code,
etc. For example, if a student is assigned the ID No. 2010A1PS001, it denotes the
following:
2010 - Year of enrolment
A1 - Student’s discipline is Chemical Engineering;
16
(Correspondingly codes for other disciplines are: Electrical and

Electronics Engineering - A3; Mechanical Engineering - A4;
Computer Science - A7; Electronics and Instrumentation
Engineering - A8; Biotechnology - A9; Electronics and
Communication Engineering - AA)
PS - Practice School Option

(PS replaced with TS: for Thesis Option)
001 - Student’s Roll No. within a discipline & the year of admission.
U - Code of the campus of BITS, Pilani, Rajasthan, India at which

the student is pursuing his / her academic program. “U” is the
code for Dubai (UAE) campus of BITS.
*****
17
V. FACILITIES, SUPPORT SERVICES & ACTIVITIES

FOR STUDENTS
a. Orientation for New Admission Students
An orientation programme is organized for the new admission students. In the

orientation the Director and other officers in-charge of: Academic Registration,
Instruction, Practice School and Placement, Student Welfare, Information
Technology and other Educational Support services etc., address the students.
This orientation is designed to familiarize students with various aspects like the
academic system, infrastructural facilities, hostel facilities and various other policies
and procedures. Furthermore, the students are given important information about
the Student Services, Learning Resources, Financial Aid, Student Activities, Career
Counselling, Academic Advising, Industry Internship, etc. Students interact with
Deans / Head of the Departments.
b. Communication Facilities
Through institute telephone facilities students can communicate within Dubai free-
of-cost. The Institute has internet facilities made available for all students for
sending emails, etc.
c. Transportation Facilities
BPD provides transportation in air-conditioned shuttle buses to all needy students

(Day scholars) from different points in Dubai, Sharjah and Ajman to BPD. For
detailed information on transportation, students are advised to contact the Dean
Student Welfare.
d. Hostel Facilities
Separate Hostel facilities are provided for both boys and girls. The accommodation is
suitably equipped to provide a safe and secure living environment. Each Hostel block
is provided with a resident warden and other essential staff. All hostels are given
internet connection, television, and microwave and first-aid facilities. Laundromat,
indoor games / gym facilities are separately provided for both girls and boys hostels.
A saloon is provided for boy’s hostel. All hostels are fully air-conditioned. Students
residing in hostels are provided with Vegetarian as well as Non-Vegetarian dining
facilities namely: break-fast, lunch, dinner, etc., at the Hostel mess.
All the student residents of the hostels should adhere to the rules and regulations of
the hostels as approved by the Institute from time to time.
18
e. Canteen and Grocery
At the Institute a canteen is provided for students, staff and faculty. It is open from
7.30 am to 9.00 pm on Saturday to Thursday and on Friday from 2.00 pm to 7.30
pm. There is a grocery shop to buy all items from food to stationery. Vending
machines are also available within the institute premises.
f. Sports Facilities
Institute encourages the students to participate in sports and cultural activities.

Competitions are held periodically and functions are held every fortnight. Institute
also facilitates for participation in sports activities such as cricket, football, volley
ball, athletics, gymnasium, badminton etc. Students are also encouraged to
participate in Inter Collegiate competitions.
g. Social and Cultural Activities
All students are encouraged to participate in a variety of social, cultural and

entertainment programmes. Its main objective is to help students to develop their
interests and abilities, and to practice their hobbies through a variety of programmes
and activities. BPD places great emphasis on its extracurricular activities which help
abilities and make good use of their leisure time through providing opportunities of
student participation in Sports, Social and cultural activities.
h. Student Professional/Scientific Bodies
BPD encourages students to meet each other in a friendly atmosphere to conduct

professional / scientific activities such as Institute-wide technical festival, Techno-
fest, and also to form scientific and professional bodies of international repute such
as a Student Branch of the IEEE, SAE, ASHRAE, Dot-Net, Linux Users Group, Science
and Technology Club, etc.
Almost every academic department has a student society(such as CHIMERA for

Biotech students), the purpose of which is to unite students and have them
participate in accomplishing a set of academic objectives that enrich student life.
Thus, lectures organized, books and cultural exhibits presented, celebrated national
occasions and the participation of students in intramural sports & professional body
activities provide ample opportunities for the students to develop their own inter
personal skills and personality.
i. Student Clubs
Student clubs are formed around academic and national themes to add to the rich
mosaics of student life. Students who have common interest in debating come
together to form a debating club; those committed to traditional life come together
to form a Club for preservation of culture; those committed to voluntary social
19
services organize blood-donation and environmental awareness club and so on. At

present BPD has 14 students clubs namely Dance Club, Music Club, Art and Craft
Club, Photography Club, Drama Club, Science Technology Club, Debate Club,
Management club, Quiz Club, F1 Club, Social activities, Pixel, Literary Club,
Environment Club, etc. The aim of such clubs is to enrich the social and cultural life
on the Institute campus.
j. Student Council
BPD has an active student council the office bearers of which are president, Vice –
President, General Secretary, and Joint Secretary. Other members of the student
council are academic, culture, sports and class representatives. Students are also
part of many committees like discipline, library, academic monitoring board etc.
Meritorious students are given a chance to nominate themselves for the elections of
the student council. Elections for the student council are conducted fairly at the
beginning of every academic year.
k. “@bitsdubai” – News Letter
Since 2003, once in a semester, students release a semester newsletter

“@bitsdubai”. It is brought out in a professional manner by the BPD Students’
Editorial Board and contains details about all the landmark events of a semester at
BPD.
l. Prayer Facilities
The BPD has separate prayer rooms for men and women in every floor of its
academic block. Prayer facilities are also provided at institute hostels.
m. Assistance to Physically Challenged Students
The physical facilities of BPD provide support to physically challenged students, by

making ramps and lifts available for wheel-chair movement. Additional washroom
facilities are also provided.
n. Earn-while-you-Learn scheme
Students get the opportunity to earn while learning under the “Earn-while-you-
Learn” scheme. Third and fourth year students can apply for Professional
Assistantship in laboratories of junior years. Notice will be put up based on the
needs in the beginning of each semester. From the applications received,
meritorious students with good communication/teaching skills are selected
subsequent to further screening and interviews. Professional Assistantships are
entertained only for first and second year laboratories. Professional Assistants help
the students and the faculty in the successful conduct of the experiments in the
20
laboratory. He/she will not be associated with the evaluation of students in the
laboratory.
Students who work in this scheme are given a certificate and suitable honorarium
based on the quantum of work done.
Students are also encouraged to participate in various developmental activities, such

as, development of required software, website and its maintenance, feed back
monitoring and so on.
o. Academic Advising
The purpose of Academic Advising is to assist students in understanding and

resolving their education and vocation related matters. BPD provides this facility to
all students.
Academic Advising is carried out by allocating faculty members as Academic

Advisors to students. The Academic Advisors interact periodically with their advisees
(students) and discuss about student’s performance and progress in the registered
Academic Program. Students are advised to contact Academic Advisors regularly.
The goal is to help students reduce programme related stress, if any, maximize
opportunities for academic performance and improvements leading to quality
professional life. Students can also meet their respective course faculty during
prescribed time also known as “Chamber Consultancy Hour (CCH)” for clarifying any
of their doubts or seeking further help in the courses. Besides, students can directly
meet the Director BPD in his chamber to discuss any of their problems or difficulties.
Please refer to Annexure-1 on Student Academic Advising.
Academic Advisor & Counselling Services (beyond academic

advising)
After the registration process, each student will be allocated an Academic

Advisor. The Academic Advisor periodically reviews the student’s progress,
towards completion of First Degree requirements in engineering. It is the
student’s responsibility to contact his/her Academic Advisor.
The purpose of first-degree student counselling is to assist students in

understanding and resolving their personal problems. Institute provides
counselling for all needy students.
A team of counsellors interacts periodically with students discussing all issues,

which affect their academic performance and help students in resolving their
psychological issues, if any.
21
Counselling services are confidential services to students. The goal is to help

students reduce stress, maximize academic and personal success, enhance
personal development and the quality of life. Besides, students can meet the
Director BPD in his/her chamber to discuss any of their problems or difficulties.
p. Career Counselling and Placement
While an engineering qualification can be critically important, it is not the only factor
that employers and head-hunters take into account. They are looking for people
with more than just a formal qualification. They want to recruit engineers with a
drive, innovative ideas, vision, effective communication, confidence and maturity. At
BPD efforts are taken to give an overall development to the student and the
Institute is conscious of the fact that a top quality engineering programme should
provide significant career support.
In keeping with the BITS tradition and recognizing the importance of career services
as an integral part of an engineering institution, Campus Placement Programmes are
organized for the graduating students. Placement Brochures providing information
about the institution and its academic programmes along with the profiles of the
graduating students are distributed to the heads of reputed organizations in UAE
inviting them for the program. The response received from the companies was
overwhelming for the past Placement Programmes.
Placement interviews in the campus by industry representatives are normally held

during the months of March, April and May. For more details one can consult
Institute’s Practice School, Career Counselling and Placement Division or stay in
touch with the notices put-up by the division from time to time.
q. Health Services
All students are required to obtain medical insurance. The Institution has negotiated
suitably with reputed insurance agencies (such as Oman Insurance) to make the
cost affordable for the students. The students will be registered for the semester
only upon production of Health Insurance Card. Details of the same can be checked
from Administration Department/Dean Student Welfare.
To provide necessary medical services, BPD has a reputed medical clinic (Prime
Medical Centre) on the ground floor of the academic block with one doctor and a
paramedic on duty. The doctor is available from 3 pm to 5 pm on Saturdays,
Mondays & Thursdays and the paramedic is available on the campus round-the-
clock.
Two vehicles are provided for transport to the hospital in case of emergency.
Institute clinic regularly ensures that all the BPD students are vaccinated for
chicken-pox or any other such contagious disease.
22
r. Library
The central library is located in a separate building. A variety of additional

facilities as indicated here, in this sub-section, are provided by the Library.
i. Working Hours
The working hours of the library are as given below:
• General working hours: 7:30 AM to 10:00 PM (Sunday to Thursday)

10:00 AM to 10:00 PM (Saturday)
• Library Circulation hours: 7:30 AM to 3:40 PM (Sunday to Thursday)
Any change in timings will be widely notified to all users through circulars in
notice boards and relevant other publications of the Institute.
ii. Library Orientation Programme
During the first week of each semester, an orientation programme is arranged

on the use of the library and its services. This will include practical training in
the use of databases, catalogues and bibliographical management packages
which they will need to use in the course of their studies. They are also
familiarized with the use of audiovisual equipment and video facilities as well as
other library services.
iii. Assistance to Users by Library Staff
The Institute Library Unit (ILU) consists of qualified Library staff, Books,
Journals, Magazines, and sufficient space for seating its users etc., provide all
the requisite library services for its patrons (students, faculty and staff).
Professional services in library are available to its users during working hours
and a part of the hours beyond the Institute normal working hours (as notified
widely in the Institute notice boards as well as the notice board in the library).
In addition, patrons can seek clarifications, if any, from the Chief Librarian by
posting their queries on the BPD intranet or by meeting him/her personally.
iv. Computer/Photocopying/Printing Facilities
The Library offers computer and documentation facilities (such as

photocopying, printing and scanning) for the benefit of students, staff and
faculty.
The computers in the Library are only for accessing the Library OPAC (Online
Public Access Catalogue), Electronic databases subscribed by the Library and
23
any other searches pertinent to academic activities of students, staff and

faculty.
Students can avail the facilities for photocopying (materials permitted by the
copyright policies) and printing materials in the Library. Individuals who wish to
print or photocopy in the library must obtain the permission of the concerned
administrative staff of the Library. Such requests will be accommodated only if
there is no infringement on the Copyright and Intellectual Property Rights Act.
v. Do’s and Don’ts in the Library
Following are the few important do’s and don’ts in the library.
1. Students must leave personal belongings in the property rack at the

entrance of the library before entering the library. However, no
valuables should be left in the Property rack.
2. Students must sign in the Gate Register kept at the entrance every time
he/she enters the Library.
3. Students should not replace books taken out of the racks; after
consultation, but leave them on the table. Library staff will replace them
in the racks.
4. Placing the books in different locations, thus misplacing it, is prohibited.
It attracts punishment.
5. One should not bring any books already issued, personal copies of books
or notebooks inside the library. Only loose sheets are allowed.
6. A strict silence should be observed in the library premises. If
conversation becomes absolutely necessary, it should done be in low
tones.
7. Use of computers is limited to thirty minutes when others are waiting for
access.
8. Computer facilities are not intended for use in playing games, chatting,
browsing social sites, newsgroups or any other activity not directly
related to the academic activity of the Institute.
9. Food materials are not allowed inside the Library.
The charges for photocopying and printing will be decided by the library
committee from time to time and indicated prominently on the notice board of
the library.
vi. Procedures for Suggestions and Complaints
Suggestions (and complaints, if any) are welcome from students, faculty or

staff. The Chief Librarian provides the necessary proforma in the library to
enable patrons make lodge complaints or offer complements, about the library.
24
s. Alumni Matters
The Dean Student Welfare develops, coordinates, and promotes programmes to

attract the support and participation of alumni. In addition, Dean Student Welfare
maintains all information concerning Institute's Alumni. The BPD Alumni Association
fosters long term relationships among BPD alumni through its various programmes.
Its mission is to enable alumni, students, faculty, staff, and friends to maintain their
contact with the Institute and each other for their shared benefit. The BPD website
is periodically updated to enable the entire alumni to have an access to the
information on World Wide Web.
********
25
VI. ACADEMIC POLICIES & EDUCATIONAL

PROCESS AT BPD
a) Rules and Academic Regulations
All students admitted to the Institute will be governed by the Academic Regulations
and Rules that are prescribed from time to time.
b) Educational Process
(i) Normal Duration
(1) First Degree Programmes
Normally a student will be able to finish any of the First Degree programmes in
4 years (8 semesters). These degree programmes have both Practice School
and Thesis Options. By judicious choice of electives, students of any of these
programmes can prepare themselves for (i) Admission to higher degree
programmes, (ii) a good career in teaching and research (iii) multidisciplinary
professional career, etc.
(2) Higher Degree Programmes
Normally a student will be able to finish any of the Higher Degree programmes
in 2 years (4 semesters). As higher degree programmes being offered at BPD
are targeted for working professionals within UAE, these programmes are
offered with Thesis Option only. By judicious choice of electives, students of
any of these programmes can prepare themselves for (i) career advancement
(ii) a good career in teaching and research (ii) multidisciplinary professional
career, etc.
(3) Study Time Limitation
The minimum and maximum periods of study at for the first degree in
engineering are as follows:
1. The minimum study period is four calendar years (i.e., about 8
semesters).
2. The maximum period is six years.
The minimum and maximum periods of study for higher degree either in
engineering or management are as follows:
1. The minimum study period is two calendar years (i.e., about 4
semesters).
2. The maximum period is four years.
26
(ii) Academic Processes
The academic pedagogy adopted is a semester system with continuous and internal
evaluation. The academic year is divided into two semesters, and a summer term,
whenever offered. The student registers for a certain number of courses each
semester. A faculty member, as Registration Advisor, helps the student to draw up
his/her semester program, suitable to his/her pace and needs.
Course Instructors / In-charges provide Course Handout (part-II) to the students on

the first day of instruction in the respective class rooms. This part of the course
handout consists of details such as the description of the course, schedule of
lectures planned, evaluation component weightages and scheduled dates on which
each component is held, policies of make-up, attendance, faculty contact details and
so on. Part-I of the course handout is distributed to the students on the day of
registration of the course. Refer Annexure 4 for a model of the format of course
handout (both part-I and part-II).
The performance of a student in each course is assessed by the faculty by means of

continuous and internal evaluation throughout the semester during the course of
class work through periodical quizzes, assignments, tests, tutorials, laboratory work,
home work, project, etc., and a comprehensive examination at the end of the
semester.
All the programmes are designed to allow as many components of science and
applied science as are necessary for the students of the programmes to function
effectively and efficiently in a technological society. All programmes contain certain
structural commonality and the common courses are invariably operated together,
irrespective of the students who are required to take the courses.
(1) Academic Year and Semesters
The academic year normally consist of two 16-week semesters inclusive of time
fixed for orientation, registration, and examinations. A summer session of eight
weeks may be offered whenever needed. In each semester, classes begin with
the first instructional period of the first day.
1. Normally, the first semester begins in the first week of September of
each year.
2. Normally, the second semester begins in the first week of February of
each year.
3. The Dean Instructions will announce the academic calendar for the
next academic year shortly before the final exam of the second
semester.
4. All Islamic and national holidays in the United Arab Emirates are
declared official holidays.
27
(2) Hierarchy of the Structure of Courses
All Programmes of study are based on the principle that a series of courses
make up the hierarchy of the structure, where each course is self-contained,
but nevertheless acts as a bridge between what precedes and what comes
after. The contact hours are designed to awaken curiosity in the mind of a
student and to train him/her to think rationally and scientifically and enable him
to face the unfamiliar.
(3) Choice of Courses
Every student gets, incidentally, training in decision making through (i) choice
of number of courses per semester, and (ii) picking up courses as electives to
meet his own aspirations. It is the responsibility of the student to attend
classes regularly and to maintain a required level of scholastic standing.
(a) The Industry Internship: Practice School (PS) Option
The Institute arranges internship of the students at well-reputed

organizations, which gives them a chance for the eventual transition from
the classroom to the industry. For more details one can refer Annexure 7.
The Practice School (PS) courses are a controlled simulation of real life
where the student relates and applies his classroom knowledge and skills
to real life situations faced by industry. Practice School is a part of the
total programme and takes the classroom, for a period of total seven and
half months, to a professional location where the students and faculty get
exposed to in real life situations. PS institutionalizes needed bridge
between the professional world and the educational world. The course
requires the student to undergo the rigor of professional world in form as
well as in substance, providing an opportunity to apply classroom
knowledge to real life situations.
The PS for the first degree has two components, namely Practice School I
(PS-I) which, is exposure oriented and is of two months duration
implemented during the summer following the second year, and Practice
School II (PS-II), which is project based and of five and half months
duration implemented during either of the semester of the final year.
During PS-I, the students are first initiated and then oriented to
professional activity in terms of assignments. PS-I offers opportunities for
detailed understanding of vast engineering operations as well.
28
The student education in PS-II is in terms of his/her involvement in the

problem solving efforts of direct interest to the host organizations. The
students are encouraged to take independent decisions and are required
to defend the technical credibility for their work from time to time through
written reports and oral presentations. All along the programme a strong
attempt is made to emphasize the importance of teamwork, the need for
leadership qualities, and the need to fulfil a time schedule. Due
importance is also given to impart engineering designing skills to the
students during the program.
PS course is in operation in BPD right since its inception. The faith of the
firms was adequately re-paid by the performance of the students and as a
result the number of Companies offering PS I and PS II stations to BPD
has grown considerably over the last two years. There are 349 reputed
companies in the U.A.E, who have so far offered Practice School to our
students. Refer to Annexure 7 for more details.
It may be noted that The Practice School (PS) option is not being offered
to Higher Degree & M.Sc. (Tech.) students at BPD since these
programmes are mainly aimed for working professionals within UAE.
(b) Thesis - Seminar (TS)
Students who wish to understand the basics of research and who wish to
study further for degrees leading to Ph.D. Qualifications in their areas of
interest opt for Thesis-Seminar (TS) in lieu of PS.
The TS invariably consist of literature survey, identifying the gaps on

various aspects of a topic leading to selection of topic of his / her Thesis-
Seminar.
Under the guidance and supervision of a faculty and by using the

infrastructure and facilities available, he/she can learn about and work on
a scientific/engineering topic of current or classical research in the
discipline in which he/she is pursuing his/her Bachelors. The student is
trained to visualize problem formulation, feasibility studies, then carrying
out the work, addressing issues, and scientific engineering methods of
experimentation. Research for thesis can be done through lab-oriented
projects, study oriented projects or computer projects.
Continuous evaluation is carried out as is indicated in the course handout.

At the end of the semester the overall student performance is expressed
as a non-letter grade: Excellent/Good/Fair/Poor.
29
(4) Lectures / Practical / Units (L / P / U)
All the students in the beginning of every semester register for courses. Each
course has a prescribed credit specified in terms of Units. A student is required
to register specific number of units and courses. Every student should register
for the prescribed courses to successfully complete minimum requirements to
be eligible for the award of degree.
Every student is provided with Catalog which contains course titles and
descriptions. A LEGEND that appears at the end o each course like “3 0 3” or
“2 3 3” indicates the no. of lecture hours per week (L); the no. of practical /
seminar / project hours per week (P); and the number of units (U) for the
course. Wherever a single number appears, it indicates total units and its
breakup in terms of lectures; and practical / seminar / project may be
announced from time to time through the timetable, whenever it is needed.
(5) Registration Amendment
A student is permitted to amend the registration and can add / substitute a

course within one week of the beginning of every semester. He/she can
withdraw from an elective course after eight weeks (from the commencement
of class work of the semester).
(6) Attendance
All students should have a minimum of 70% of attendance in each course to be

eligible to appear for final/comprehensive examination. The students with less
than 70% of attendance will not be allowed to appear for the
final/comprehensive examination and the registration in the course will be
cancelled and it will be reported as RC (Registration Cancelled) both in Grade
Sheet and Transcript.
(7) Examination Guidelines
1. The Evaluation components consists of tests (closed book and open

book), quizzes, assignments, etc., and a comprehensive
examination at the end of the semester. Together the weightage of
all evaluation components add up to hundred marks. Each test
normally will be of 50 minutes duration and will have a weightage
of 20-25% marks. Each Quiz will be normally for a duration of 15-
20 minutes and will have a total weightage from 10-15% marks.
Assignments, if any will be for a maximum weightage maximum of
5%. Comprehensive Examination at the end of a semester will be
for a weightage of 35-40% marks.
2. Hall tickets will be issued to all the eligible candidates (only upon
clearing all the dues of the institute) well before commencement of
30
comprehensive examinations. Students must carry their hall tickets

while appearing for comprehensive examination.
3. The Comprehensive Examination will have the following features:
(a) It will be held at the end of semester; and
(b) The duration will vary from two to three hours depending
upon the course, whether it is a Theory/laboratory
examination.
4. After the completion of the comprehensive examination and
evaluation of answer scripts, grading for each course will be
arrived at by a scientific procedure.
5. The whole operation is supervised by the Examination Committee
Chaired by the Director or any other Institute officer authorized by
him/her.
The following rules are applicable regarding the final/comprehensive
examination hall tickets:
• Hall tickets must be collected on the day/date as notified by the
Dean (Instructions).
• Hall tickets must be brought to the examination hall everyday and
presented to the invigilator prior to the exam.
• Faxed/photocopies of the hall tickets will not be accepted by the
faculty on the day of the exam.
(a) Malpractice/Unfair means in Examinations
All academic work and materials submitted for assessment must be the
work of the student carried out by him/her. Unfair means is not limited to
copying from others' work and giving unauthorized assistance, but it also
includes the use of devices or procedures for the purpose of achieving
false scores in examinations. Students are prohibited from submitting any
material prepared by or purchased from another person or company.
Students are expected to take examinations seriously and act responsibly.
If the student violates the rules of the exam(notified suitably by the
Instruction Division on Institute notice boards, announcements in
examination hall. etc ., and also on the hall-ticket for comprehensive
examinations) it will result in penalty , as applicable, ranging from
awarding RC, suspension of such student from the instate for one full
semester, to expulsion from the BPD.
It may be noted that acts such as those mentioned below (which may not
be an exhaustive listing) are construed as unfair means during
examination:
31
¾ Possessing incriminating material(whether for use or not) in pencil

boxes, on scales, calculators, etc., or any matter written on hand or
any part of the body;
¾ Any suspicious behaviour (such as nodding the head/passing
answers/information through signals) or action which could disturb
smooth conduct of examination;
¾ Changing the seating arrangement/sitting layout within examination
hall;
¾ Exchanging electronic gadgets such as calculators among candidates;
¾ Displaying the answer in such as calculators among candidates;
¾ Peeping into other candidates answer scripts, scribbling/writing
answer/solutions on the question papers;
¾ Impersonation; and
¾ Any other unfair means.
The Invigilator, who notices the unfair means, reports the incident with
full particulars to the Chief Invigilator and Dean Instructions forwards the
matter to the Examination Committee. The findings of the Invigilator
along with remarks of Chief Invigilator and the details of evidence of the
malpractice case are verified by the Dean Instructions. Dean Instructions
in consultation with the Director (or any other Institute officer authorized
by him/her) might constitute a sub-committee, if required, to investigate
in-depth and submit its recommendation to the Examination Committee. If
this is approved by the Examination Committee, the same is forwarded to
the Director as its recommendation for his/her approval. Once approved,
action is taken against the student as applicable.
(8) Grading System
This section briefly explains the Grading System.
(a) Grading Process
Every student registers for courses at the beginning of a semester. The

grading process is a relative process maintaining certain standards
(depending upon the standard of question papers, quality of students,
performance previous grading, etc). At the end of each semester, the
course instructor in-charge awards letter grades: A, B, C, D and E based
on the total performance of the student and it is relative to the
performance of others taking the same course in that semester. These
letter grades stand for quality of performance.
32
For arriving at letter grades, the numerical marks obtained by the

students in all the evaluation components of a course including the
Comprehensive Examination are added to obtain the total marks secured
by the student. Overall class average, the class highest and the class
lowest marks obtained are also recorded.
The total marks obtained by students are then transferred on to a

histogram where x-axis represents the ordered (ascending or
descending) numerical scores and the y-axis represents the number of
students obtaining a particular score.
A detailed examination of the profile of the histogram, in particular the

gaps and dips between the clusters of points (students) in the
histogram, greatly aids the instructor(s) in drawing the borderlines
between grades.
First, the clusters corresponding to excellent performers and those of

poorest performers are identified and the remaining grades are then
identified in the context of class average and histogram profile. Once the
dividing lines between various grades have been drawn, these are
converted into a table giving the range of marks corresponding to each
grade. This table aids in converting the final numerical scores of the
students into letter grades. The average lies somewhere in the band
corresponding to C grade in a large normal class.
The grades secured by the students in the course of each semester are
then converted into Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA). The CGPA
on scale of 0 to 10, indicates the overall performance of the student in
the current semester.
A student is deemed to have cleared a course, if he/she obtains a valid

grade, other than NC, in the course. However, the educational
philosophy distinguishes between the performance of a student in a
single course and his overall cumulative performance.
Annexure 5 presents more details on interpretation of letter grades and

the process of grading student’s performance with an example
calculations for Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA)
BPD believes in ensuring that every student is enabled to complete the

requirements of his/her programme of study in terms of the number of
courses and grades to obtain the degree. In order to help poorly
performing students to secure better grades, BPD has a system of
periodic feedback to the student during the course o the semester
through faculty advising, chamber consultation hours, academic advising
and student counselling (beyond academic advising).
33
In spite of the above measures, if a student is unable to cope up,

Academic Regulations of the BPD do not permit retention of the student
(on the institute rolls) who consistently fails to meet the requirements
and standards of his/her programme of study.
(b) Course Grading System
Students’ performance in a course is expressed by assigning letter

grades for each course except Thesis-Seminar courses. The letter grade
reflects student’s achievement in the course as indicated below:
Table 1: Course Grading system
Letter Qualitative Grade Point
Grade Meaning Awarded
A Excellent 10
B Good 8
C Fair 6
D Poor 4
E Exposed* 2
* Exposed indicates that a student has just been exposed to the course but not
met the evaluation norms to consider him/her having cleared the course.
Hence, he/she has to re-register for the course, attend the classes, and obtain
a valid grade “D” or above.
If a student obtains either grade E or report NC (Not Cleared), in any

course, he/she has to re-register, attend the classes and clear the
course; failing which student will not be allowed to register for certain
course(s) in forth-coming year(s) / semester(s).
The letter grades obtained by the student in each course are used to
arrive at Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA), which reflects
student’s overall performance at the end of every semester (as well at
the end programme of study). Refer Annexure 6 for details and example
calculation of CGPA.
At the end of the programme of study, based on the CGPA, student

performance divisions categorized, as indicated in sub-section (f), are
awarded.
(c) Non-letter Grades/Reports
Apart from letter grades described above, the following reports are
possible. The meaning of each is explained in the Table 2 below.
34
Table 2: Other than Non-letter Grades/Reports

Report Stands for Interpretation
Student has not fulfilled some of the course
I Incomplete requirements before the final deadline for transmitting
grade without these particular fulfilment(s)
Pending Final Evaluation
GA Grade Awaited
W Withdrawn Student is allowed to withdraw from a course
Registration Student’s registration for a course has been cancelled –
RC
Cancelled need to be interpreted based on context of reporting
Required to Student is required to register again in the same course
RRA
Register Again
Discontinued Student has discontinued from the program
DP from the
Program
Student has given inadequate opportunity to evaluate
by absenting himself from evaluations or by submitting
NC Not Cleared a blank script (answer book) or has not applied to the
task in hand by appearing himself for an evaluation
component for the sake of appearance
Thesis Grade Student submitted thesis but final evaluation pending
TGA
Awaited
Operationally, it is same as I or GA; however, it
Allowed to
AC replaces AC report in previous semesters when the final
Continue
grade in dissertation emerges.
Note: The student will have to clear NC by obtaining a valid grade in the next immediate semester whenever the
course is offered.
(d) Appeal for Scrutiny
Immediately after announcing the final grades but not later than three
working days, students have a right to appeal against the final grade of
any course. The request in writing for reconsideration of the grade
appeal must be submitted to the Dean Instructions
The Dean Instructions will scrutinize the appeal with the help of a duly
constituted sub-committee and put up the matter to the Director’s
perusal immediately, but not later than 2 working days, through the
Director himself/herself (or any Institute official authorized by him/her).
The decision of the Director shall be final.
(e) Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA)
The overall performance of a student is indicated by an index known as

the “Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA)”. It is the weighted
average of the grade points of all the letter grades obtained by a
student since entry into the institute and is expressed on a 10-point
scale. The final division for the degree is decided on the basis of CGPA.
For more details and sample CGPA calculation please refer Annexure-5.
35
(f) Division
The following Division based on CGPA is awarded for first degree

programmes.
¾ Distinction Division – CGPA 9.00 or more
¾ First Division – CGPA 7.00 or more but less than 9.00
¾ Second Division – CGPA 4.5 or more but less than 7.00.
(g) Transcripts
The letter grades have points associated with them in a quantified

hierarchy, whereas the non-letter grades describe a qualitative
hierarchy, as explained in previous sections. All such grades and reports
and other pertinent information for a semester are given in a document
known as “the Grade Sheet”. Chronologically organized information from
the grade sheets of a student with the necessary explanation constitutes
his / her transcript which is issued at the time he/she leaves the
Institute or at an intermediate point on request from student.
On submission of a written request, students may obtain transcripts of
their academic records from the Office of the Chief (Statutory
Committee matters and Student Records (SC&SR))/Registrar. BPD will
not issue a transcript that reflects only a part of the student’s records.
Each student is entitled to one free academic record “transcript” issued
at the end of each semester. The transcript will not be handed to any
other person except with the student’s own authorization, in emergency
cases.
(9) Academic Counselling Board (ACB)
The Educational system at BPD has adequate resilience to accommodate

unforeseen situations (a student might encounter in his/her course of study)
through withdrawal (from course / program), make-up (of evaluation
components), feedback from scores / grades secured in examinations and
interaction with teachers (tutorial classes, chamber consultation hours etc.).
When, in spite of all these facilities, a student fails to cooperate with the
teacher in the discharge of his/her part of the contract to such an extent that
the teacher is unable to award any grade the teacher is authorized to award an
“NC” (Not Cleared) in any course.
Further, the students who fail to meet the minimum academic requirements
i.e., a CGPA of 4.5 in First Degree (5.5 in higher degree) on a scale of 10 are
put under an appropriate committee, which monitors their programme and
gives guidance, so that, they are properly rehabilitated at the earliest.
36
In the BPD First Degree Programmes, it is done by the Academic Counselling

Board (ACB). ACB is vested with authority to take appropriate action including
discontinuance of the student or transfer to other program.
(10) Postponement of Study
The student may postpone his/her study for a specific period. This period must
not exceed two consecutive semesters or four non-consecutive semesters
during the entire period of study. The postponement period will not be
considered as a part of the maximum period of study.
The student must submit a request form obtained from the Admission and
Registration Office. On a case-to-case basis a duly constituted committee shall
scrutinize the requests for postponement by going through the reasons thereof
for the same, and accord appropriate recommendations to the Director for a
final decision. The decision of the Director is considered final.
BPD’s approval of the request for postponement of study is essential to enable
the Institute to entertain any future requests for continuation of the study in
the programme later.
(11) Programme Completion Requirements
(a) First Degree
To be eligible for first degree in engineering, the student must satisfy

each of the following requirements:
¾ He/She must have satisfactorily completed the prescribed curricula
and units.
¾ If a failed course has been removed from the curricula, the student
may meet the minimum requirements stated above by the
substitution of another course that has the written approval of the
Head of the Department.
¾ Students admitted to first-degree programme from 1st semester of
academic year 2007 – 08 should have a minimum CGPA of 5.0 out
of 10 for graduation. Students admitted earlier to the above period
will be governed by the existing stipulation concerning this aspect.
¾ The student must satisfy the study period limitation mentioned in
2.16 above.
¾ Transfer Students have to complete 50% of the courses, which
must include final year courses for the award of degree.
¾ Students must have met financial obligations to the BPD within the
time specified by the Admission and Registration Office. The first
degree certificate and transcript will be withheld on past-due
accounts and loans.
37
On fulfilling the above requirements student registered to BPD will

be awarded the appropriate first-degree.
(b) Higher Degree
To be eligible for higher degree, the student must satisfy each of the
following requirements:
¾ He/She must have satisfactorily completed the prescribed curricula
and units.
¾ If a failed course has been removed from the curricula, the student
may meet the minimum requirements stated above by the
substitution of another course that has the written approval of the
Head of the Department.
¾ The student must satisfy the study period limitation mentioned
above.
¾ Transfer Students have to complete 50% of the courses, which
must include final year courses for the award of degree
(12) Withdrawals
(a) Withdrawal from a course
If a student desires to withdraw from an elective course, he/she may

submit a formal application for withdrawal from the course to the Deputy
Director (Academic Administration) within one week from the
commencement of the semester.
(b) Total Withdrawal
It is expected that every student completes the degree in the stipulated

period of time. However, due to unavoidable circumstances with any
personal reasons or academic reasons, a student may withdraw from the
institute. Registered students may withdraw provided they submit, well in
advance, an application and clearance forms which can be obtained from
the Registrar. Withdrawal is effective only after it is duly processed as per
rules existing.
(c) Academic Flexibilities
The structure of degree programme and the academic regulations also

provide certain other flexibilities like choice of electives, number of
electives, repetition of courses, departure from normal pace, withdrawal
from or substitution of course(s) etc, as indicated in the next page.
38
(1) Electives
For each First Degree programme in engineering there are a specified

number of electives which the student can choose from across the
offerings, in a given semester, during the final year of study. These
electives are offered by senior faculty in the areas of their
specialization.
(2) Dual Degree
Dual Degree is a flexibility provided by BPD in which it is possible for a

student to work for and complete two first degrees concurrently within
a reasonable period of time. However, the minimum duration of dual
degree Programme is five years. Further details are provided at
Annexure 6, with example course structure.
(3) Transfer
Another flexibility offered by BPD to a student is to seek transfer from

one programme to another at the end of the final year of an ongoing
programme without having to start from the beginning. This is possible
because the student is given credit for what he/she has done until
then, towards the requirements of the programme to which he/she
seeks transfer (refer Annexure 3).
****
39
VII. FIRST DEGREE PROGRAMMES – STRUCTURE

AND REQUIREMENTS
a) Structure and Requirements
Figure 1, on next page, indicates the structure of BPD first degree programmes with
PS option. The actual requirements of first degree programmes are spelt out in
terms of courses belonging to different categories. Table 3 these requirements in
terms of categories of courses and the units. The entire programme is of 4 year
duration (8 semesters), which comprises of courses as shown in Table.
A Faculty roaster is included in this catalogue vide Annexure 11, which provide
details about faculty offering various courses.
Table 3: Category wise Requirements of First Degree Programmes
No. of Units No. of Courses
Category
Required Required
Language and Literature 0 – 15 0–5
Core Science 8 – 23 3–7
Core Mathematics 6 – 12 2–4
Technical Arts 12 – 26 4–8
Engineering Science 6 – 24 2–8
Analysis and Application Oriented Courses

8 – 24 3–8
(AAOC)
Humanities and Social Sciences (HSS)

3 – 33 1 – 10
and Other Courses
Compulsory Discipline Courses (CDC) 15 – 40 6 – 10
Electives 12 – 40 5 – 10
Sub Total 125 (Min.) 42 (Min.)
PS - I and II or Thesis-Seminar 25 or 16 2 or 2
Total 140 (Min.) 44 (Min.)
40
IV Year
I Year II Year III Year

Electives PS II
Lang Core Science Core Math HSS AAOC AAOC

Core Science Core Math HSS TA CDC CDC
Core Math HSS TA ES PS I VII SEM VIII SEM + Half Summer
TA TA ES
AAOC
I SEM II SEM III SEM IV SEM Summer V SEM VI SEM

PS II Electives
Legend
AAOC : Analysis and Application Oriented Courses
ES : Engineering Science
HSS : Humanities and Social Sciences
PS I : Practice School I Half Summer +VII SEM VIII SEM
PS II : Practice School II
CDC : Compulsory Discipline Courses
(Specialized)
TA : Technical Arts
Figure 1: Structure Of BPD First Degree Programmes (Practice School Option)
41
(i) Semester-wise Pattern for First Degree Programmes of

BITS, Pilani - Dubai
Semester Wise Pattern for students admitted to
First Degree Programmes of BITS, Pilani – Dubai
Yr. First Semester Second Semester

I BIO C111 General Biology ES C112 Thermodynamics
TA C111 Engineering Graphics TA C112 Workshop Practice
MATH C191 Mathematics I MATH C192 Mathematics II
PHY C131 Physics I PHY C132 Physics II
CHEM C141 Chemistry I CHEM C142 Chemistry II
AAOC C111 Probability and Statistics TA C162 Computer Programming I
ENGL C123 English Language Skills
II
MGTS C211 Principles of Management ES C242 Structure and Properties of Materials
ES C221 Mechanics of Solids (except BIOT) TA C312 Technical Report Writing
BIO C211 Biological Chemistry (for BIOT) ES C272 Electrical Sciences II
ES C241 Electrical Sciences I TA C222 Measurement Techniques II/MT-I
TA C211 Measurement Techniques I / MT-II CHE C213 Fluid Flow Operations (for CHE)
MATH C241 Mathematics III CHE C221 Chemical Process Calculations
(for CHE)
TA C252 Computer Programming II
BIOT C216 Introductory Molecular Biology
(for BIOT)
BIO C241 Microbiology (for BIOT)
MATH C222 Discrete Structures for Computer

Science (for CS)
ES C263 Microprocessors Programming and
Interfacing (for CS,EEE,ECE and EIE)
EEE C272 / INSTR C272 Circuits and Signals

(for EEE,ECE and EIE)
ME C212 Transport Phenomena (for ME)
ME C211 Applied Thermodynamics (for ME)
Summer BITS C221 Practice School I (for PS option only)

III Compulsory Discipline Courses (CDC)* Compulsory Discipline Courses (CDC)*
AAOC C222 Optimisation AAOC C312 Operations Research
AAOC C321 Control Systems (except BIOT)
AAOC C341 Numerical Analysis
BIO C391 Instrumental methods of Analysis
(for BIOT)
IV Electives 5 BITS C412 Practice School II
OR
BITS C422T Thesis & BITS C442T Seminar
(Pair of Courses)
Note: This is a currently operative pattern as approved by the Senate appointed committee, subject to change if the situation
warrants.
*These are Specialized Discipline Courses to be selected from a pool of courses. Their total number will range from 6 to 9.
*****
42
Semester Wise Pattern for students admitted to

First Degree Programmes of BITS, Pilani - Dubai
Yr. First Semester Units Second Semester Units
BIO C111 General Biology 3 ES C112 Thermodynamics 3
CHEM C141 Chemistry I 3 CHEM C142 Chemistry II 3
MATH C191 Mathematics I 3 MATH C192 Mathematics II 3
PHY C131 Physics I 3 PHY C132 Physics II 3
I
TA C111 Engineering Graphics 4 TA C112 Workshop Practice 3
AAOC C111 Probability and Statistics 3 TA C162 Computer Programming I 4
ENGL C121 English Language Skills 3 3
22 19
II MGTS C211 Principles of Management 3 ES C242 Structure and Properties of Materials 3
ES C241 Electrical Sciences I 3 ES C272 Electrical Sciences II 3
MATH C241 Mathematics III 3 ME C212 Transport Phenomena (for ME) 3
TA C252 Computer Programming II 3 CHE C213 Fluid Flow Operations (for CHE) 3
BIO C211 Biological Chemistry (for BIOT) 3 CHE C221 Chemical Process Calculations 3
(for CHE)
ES C221 Mechanics of Solids (except BIOT) 3
TA C211 Measurement Techniques I 2 EEE C272 / INSTR C272 Circuits and Signals 3
(for EEE, ECE and EIE)
ES C263 Microprocessors Programming and
Interfacing (for CS, EEE,ECE and EIE) 4
MATH C222 Discrete Structures for Computer
Science (for CS) 3
ME C211 Applied Thermodynamics (for ME) 3
TA C222 Measurement Techniques II 4
TA C312 Technical Report Writing 3
BIOT C216 Introductory Molecular Biology 3
(for Biotech)
BIO C241 Microbiology (for BIOT) 3
For CHE, ME, and BIOT disciplines 19

17 and and
For CS, EEE, ECE and EIE disciplines 20
Summer BITS C221 Practice School I (for PS option only) 5

Compulsory Discipline Courses* 12-14 Compulsory Discipline Courses* 12-14
III
AAOC C222 Optimisation 3 AAOC C312 Operations Research 3
AAOC C321 Control Systems (except BIOT) 3 AAOC C341 Numerical Analysis 3
BIO C391 Instrumental methods of Analysis 4
(for BIOT)
For CHE, CS, ECE, EEE, EIE and ME 18-20
For BIOT 19-21 18-20
IV Electives** 6 18 BITS C412 Practice School II 20
OR OR
BITS C422T Thesis 15
BITS C442T Seminar 1
(Pair of Courses)
18 20/16
Note: This is a currently operative pattern as approved by the Senate appointed committee, subject to change if the situation warrants.
* These are Specialized Discipline Courses to be selected from a pool of courses (Refer sub-section c for details). Their total number will
range from 6 to 9.
** The units mentioned for electives are minimum units and in actual cases they may be more, depending upon the nature of the courses.
Please refer Annexure 10 for details. It may be noted that either BITS C313 Study Oriented Project (SOP) or BITS C323 Lab Oriented
Project (LOP) or BITS C331 Computer Project (CP) or …… C491 Special Project (SP) will be one of the six electives.
*****
43
(ii) B.E. (Hons.) Computer Science
INTRODUCTION
The curricula offered for the first degree programme B.E. (Hons.) in Computer
Science
• Provide the student with fundamental knowledge of CS

• Expose the student to the sufficient breadth and width of the discipline
of Computer Science
• Serve as a spring board for more advanced work, or for work in areas
not covered in the core courses, and
• Provide an opportunity to the student to pursue his/her areas of
interests.
Apart from CS courses, the curriculum also has several inter disciplinary courses and
courses which are, Analysis and Application oriented, Humanities and Social
Sciences, and Technical Arts.
This has been done to ensure development of a well rounded academic qualification
which has,
a) Core competency skills in the chosen discipline,

b) Understanding of other disciplines through inter disciplinary courses, and
c) Understanding of peripheral skills which are always useful for becoming an
efficient professional through courses of Technical Arts, Analysis and
Application Oriented Courses, etc.
PROGRAMME OBJECTIVES
The objectives of the Computer Science programme is to produce graduates who

are able to:
• Apply knowledge of Mathematics, science and engineering to identify,

formulate and solve computer engineering and related problems.
• Continue to develop their knowledge and skills after graduation for personal
and employer success.
• Work effectively as members of multi-disciplinary team and take leadership
roles when required.
• Communicate their thoughts in both written and oral forms so that others can
understand and build on their work.
• Appreciate the importance of ethics in their profession and the need to act in
the interest of the society.
44
LEARNING APPROACH
The educational approach is to ensure that a firm foundation is laid concerning the
basic principles, laws and the concepts of the discipline.
While enabling the student to imbibe the knowledge, sufficient breadth and depth
will be ensured.
The pedagogical process will not only convey knowledge but also ensure that in the
course of absorbing the knowledge the student also acquires the trait of curiosity,
communication skills, social skills, global view, professional ethics, and leadership.
All the above are achieved through the classroom based lectures, lab based
practicals, and individual projects undertaken by the student under the guidance of
the faculty.
The above traits get fully strengthened during the internship period.
The page following provides a typical structure (study plan) of the four year first
degree program: B.E. (Hons.) Computer Science.
45
Semester-wise Pattern for students admitted to

B.E. (Hons.) - Computer Science

I
22 19
MATH C241 Mathematics III 3 ES C263 Microprocessors Programming and
Interfacing 4
TA C252 Computer Programming II 3
ES C221 Mechanics of Solids 3 MATH C222 Discrete Structures for Computer
Science (for CS) 3
TA C211 Measurement Techniques I 2 4
TA C222 Measurement Techniques II
17 20

III
AAOC C321 Control Systems 3 AAOC C341 Numerical Analysis 3
CS C363 Data Structures & Algorithms 4 CS C342 Advance Computer Organisation 3
CS C391 Digital electronics and Computer 4 CS C352 Database Systems 3
Organisation
CS C362 Programming Language and 3
Compiler Construction
CS C372 Operating Systems 3
CS C461 Computer Networks 3
CS C351 Theory of Computation
3
20 18
OR OR
18 20/16
warrants.
* These are Specialized Discipline Courses to be selected from a pool of courses (Refer sub-section c for details). Their
total number will range from 6 to 9.
** The units mentioned for electives are minimum units and in actual cases they may be more, depending upon the
nature of the courses. Please refer Annexure 10 for details. It may be noted that either BITS C313 Study Oriented
Project (SOP) or BITS C323 Lab Oriented Project (LOP) or BITS C331 Computer Project (CP) or CS C491 Special Project
(SP) will be one of the six electives.
*****
46
(iii) B.E. (Hons.) Electrical and Electronics Engineering
INTRODUCTION
The curricula offered for the first degree programme B.E. (Hons.) in Electrical and
Electronics Engineering
• Provides the student with fundamental knowledge of EEE

• Exposes the student to the sufficient breadth and width of the
discipline of Electrical and Electronics Engineering
• Serves as a spring board for more advanced work, or for work in areas
• Provides an opportunity to the student to pursue his/her areas of
interests.
Apart from EEE courses, the curricula also has several inter disciplinary courses and
courses which are, Analysis and Application Oriented, Humanities and Social
Sciences, and Technical Arts.This has been done to ensure the development of a
well rounded academic qualification which has,

The objectives of the Electrical and Electronics Engineering programme is to produce

graduates who:
• can apply knowledge of Mathematics, Basic science and Engineering to

identify, formulate and solve Electrical and Electronics Engineering related
problems;
• have a strong foundation in Electrical and Electronics Engineering with
emphasis on design and analysis capability;
• Continue to develop their knowledge and skills after graduation in one or
more areas which include communication systems, power system, electronic
systems design and engineering business ;
• can work effectively both individually and as members of multi-disciplinary
team and take leadership roles when required;
• can communicate their thoughts and results of their work effectively in both
written and oral forms so that others can understand and build on their work;
• appreciate the importance of ethics in their profession and the need to act in
47
LEARNING APPROACH
will be ensured.
the faculty.
degree program: B.E. (Hons.) Electrical and Electronics Engineering.
48

B.E. (Hons.) - Electrical and Electronics Engineering

I
22 19

Interfacing 4
ES C221 Mechanics of Solids 3 EEE C272 / INSTR C272 Circuits and Signals 3
TA C211 Measurement Techniques I 2 TA C222 Measurement Techniques II 4

17 20

III
EEE C364 Analog Electronics 4 EEE C391 Digital Electronics and Computer 4
Organisation
EEE C381 Electronics Devices & Integrated
Circuits 3 EEE C383 Communication Systems 4
EEE C424 Microelectronic Circuits 3 EEE C433 Electromagnetic Fields & waves 3
EEE C371 Electromechanical Energy EEE C461 Power Electronics 3
4
Conversion
20 20
OR OR
18 20/16
warrants.
Project (SOP) or BITS C323 Lab Oriented Project (LOP) or BITS C331 Computer Project (CP) or EEE C491 Special
Project (SP) will be one of the six electives.
*****
49
(iv) B.E. (Hons.) Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering
INTRODUCTION
The curricula offered for the first degree programme B.E. (Hons.) in Electronics and
Instrumentation Engineering
• Provides the student with fundamental knowledge of EIE

discipline of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering
interests.
Apart from EIE courses, the curriculum also has several inter disciplinary courses
and courses which are, Analysis and Application Oriented, Humanities and Social
Sciences, and Technical Arts..
which has,

The objectives of the Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering programme is to

produce graduates who:
• Can apply knowledge of Mathematics, Basic science and engineering to

identify, formulate and solve Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering
related problems;
• can design, analyze and trouble shoot electronic circuits and instrumentation
systems;
• can perform tasks both individually and as members of a team and take up
leadership roles when required;
• can communicate their thoughts and results of their work both written and
oral forms so that others can understand and build on their work;
• appreciate the importance of ethics in their profession and the need to act
ethically and in the interests of the society.
50
LEARNING APPROACH:
will be ensured.
the faculty.
degree program: B.E. (Hons.) Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering.
51

B.E. (Hons.) - Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering

I
22 19
Interfacing 4
ES C221 Mechanics of Solids 3 EEE C272 / INSTR C272 Circuits and Signals
3
17 20

III
INSTR C313 Microelectronics Circuits 3 INSTR C312 Industrial Instrumentation and
Control 3
INSTR C371 Electromechanical Energy
Conversion 4 INSTR C355 Electronic Instruments and
Instrumentation Technology 4
INSTR C381 Transducer & Measurement
Systems 3 INSTR C364 Analog Electronics 4
INSTR C391 Digital Electronics & Computer INSTR C461 Power Electronics 3
Organisation 4
20 20
OR OR
18 20/16
warrants.
Project (SOP) or BITS C323 Lab Oriented Project (LOP) or BITS C331 Computer Project (CP) or INSTR C491 Special
*****
52
(v) B.E. (Hons.) Mechanical Engineering
INTRODUCTION
The curricula offered for the first degree programme B.E. (Hons.) in Mechanical
Engineering
• Provides the student with fundamental knowledge of Mechanical

Engineering
discipline of Mechanical Engineering
interests.
Apart from Mechanical Engineering courses, the curriculum also has several inter
disciplinary courses and courses which are, Analysis and Application Oriented,
Humanities and Social Sciences, and Technical Arts.
This has been done to ensure the development of a well rounded academic
qualification which has,

The programme objectives of the Mechanical Engineering programme are as

follows:
• apply knowledge of Mathematics, Basic science and Engineering to identify,

formulate and solve mechanical engineering related problems;
and employer success at national and international levels.
• work effectively both individually and as members of multi-disciplinary team
sand take leadership roles when required in a multicultural environment;
• communicate their thoughts in both written and oral forms so that others can
understand and build on their work;
53
LEARNING APPROACH
will be ensured.
the faculty.
The page following provides a typical structure (study plan) of the four-year first-
degree program: B.E. (Hons.) Mechanical Engineering.
54

B.E. (Hons.) – Mechanical Engineering

I
22 19
MATH C241 Mathematics III 3 ME C212 Transport Phenomena 3
TA C252 Computer Programming II 3 ME C211 Applied Thermodynamics 3
BIO C211 Biological Chemistry 3 TA C222 Measurement Techniques II 4
TA C211 Measurement Techniques I 2 TA C312 Technical Report Writing 3
17 19

III
ME C312 Design of Machine Elements 3 ME C314 Power Plant Engineering 3
ME C331 Transport Phenomena II 4 ME C332 Prime Movers & Fluid Machines 4
4 ME C382 Computer Aided Design 3
ME C342 Production Techniques
ME C422 Dynamics of Machines & Vibrations 3
ME C392 Advanced Mechanics of Solids &
3
Kinetics
20 19
OR OR
18 20/16
warrants.
Project (SOP) or BITS C323 Lab Oriented Project (LOP) or BITS C331 Computer Project (CP) or ME C491 Special
*****
55
(vi) B.E. (Hons.) Chemical Engineering
INTRODUCTION
The curricula offered for the first degree programme B.E. (Hons.) in Chemical
Engineering
Provides the student with fundamental knowledge of Chemical Engineering
• Provides the student with fundamental knowledge of Chemical

Engineering
discipline of Chemical Engineering
interests.
Apart from Chemical Engineering courses, the curriculum also has several inter
disciplinary courses and courses which are, Analysis and Application Oriented,
Humanities and Social Sciences, and Technical Arts.
This has been done to ensure the development a well rounded academic
qualification which has,

The objectives of the Chemical Engineering programme is to produce graduates who

are able to:
• apply knowledge of Mathematics, Basic science and Engineering to identify,

formulate and solve mechanical engineering related problems;
and employer success at national and international levels.
• work effectively both individually and as members of multi-disciplinary team
sand take leadership roles when required in a multicultural environment;
• communicate their thoughts in both written and oral forms so that others can
understand and build on their work;
56
LEARNING APPROACH
will be ensured.
the faculty.
The page following provides a typical structure (study plan) of the four-year first-
degree program: B.E. (Hons.) Chemical Engineering.
57

B.E. (Hons.) – Chemical Engineering

I
22 19
MATH C241 Mathematics III 3 CHE C123 Fluid Flow Operations 3
TA C252 Computer Programming II 3 CHE C221 Chemical Process Calculations 3
17 19

III
CHE C311 Chemical Engineering CHE C431 Selected Chemical Engineering
Thermodynamics 3 Operations 4
CHE C351 Heat Transfer Operations 4 CHE C322 Chemical Process Technology 3
CHE C361 Mass Transfer Operations 3 CHE C332 Process Design Decision 3
3 CHE C441 Process Control 3
CHE C312 Kinetic Reactor Design
19 19
OR OR
18 20/16
warrants.
Project (SOP) or BITS C323 Lab Oriented Project (LOP) or BITS C331 Computer Project (CP) or CHE C491 Special
Project (SP)will be one of the six electives.
*****
58
(vii) B.E. (Hons.) Biotechnology
INTRODUCTION
The curricula offered for the first degree programme B.E. (Hons.) in Biotechnolgy
• Provides the student with fundamental knowledge of Biotechnology

discipline of Biotechnology
• Provides an opportunity to the student to pursue his/her interests.
Apart from Biotechnology courses, the curricula also has several inter disciplinary
courses and courses which are, Analysis and Application Oriented, Humanities and
Social Sciences, and Technical Arts.
which has,

b) Understanding of other disciplines through inter disciplinary courses,
and
c) Understanding of peripheral skills which are always useful for
becoming an efficient professional through courses of Technical Arts,
Analysis and Application Oriented Courses, etc.
The objectives of the Biotechnology program is to produce graduates who are able
to :
• Apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering to identify,

formulate and solve Biotechnology and Bioengineering related problems.
• Use fundamental principles of Biotechnology and Bio engineering and apply
them in the design, development and simulation of industrial biological
systems and process
and employer success.
• Work effectively as members of multi-disciplinary team and take leadership
roles when required.
• Communicate their thoughts in both written and oral forms so that others can
understand and build on their work.
• Appreciate the importance of ethics in their profession and the need to act in
59
LEARNING APPROACH
will be ensured.
the faculty.
degree program: B.E. (Hons.) Biotechnology.
60

B.E. (Hons.) - Biotechnology

I
22 19
MATH C241 Mathematics III 3 BIOT C216 Introductory Molecular Biology 3
TA C252 Computer Programming II 3 BIOT C241 Microbiology 3
17 19

III
BIOT C391 Instrumental Methods of Analysis 4 AAOC C341 Numerical Analysis 3
BIOT C322 Genetics 3 BIOT C337 Industrial Microbiology and
Bioprocess Engineering 4
BIOT C336 Cell Physiology 3
BIOT C338 Introduction to Environmental
BIOT C418 Genetic Engineering Techniques 4 Biotechnology 3
BIOT C339 Biophysical Chemistry 3 BIOT C461 Recombinant DNA Technology 3
BIOT C346 Experiments in Biotechnology 3
20 19
OR OR
18 20/16
warrants.
Project (SOP) or BITS C323 Lab Oriented Project (LOP) or BITS C331 Computer Project (CP) or BIOT C491 Special
*****
61
(viii) B.E. (Hons.) Electronics and Communication Engineering
INTRODUCTION
The curricula offered for the first degree programme B.E. (Hons.) in Electronics and
Communication Engineering:
• Provides the student with fundamental knowledge in Electronics and

Communication Engineering discipline;
discipline of Electronics and Communication Engineering;
not covered in the core courses, and;
• Provides an opportunity to the student to pursue his/her interests both
in the core and allied areas of Electronics and Communication
Engineering.
Apart from ECE courses, the curricula also has several inter disciplinary courses and
courses which are, Analysis and Application Oriented, Humanities and Social
Sciences, and Technical Arts.
which has,

b) Understanding of other disciplines through inter disciplinary courses,
and
c) Understanding of peripheral skills which are always useful for
The objectives of the Electronics and Communication Engineering programme is to

• have strong foundation of Basic Sciences and Mathematics and apply this
knowledge to analyze and solve Electronics and Communication engineering
related problems;
• have acquired broad theoretical & practical knowledge;
• have acquired skills needed for designing, analyzing, and trouble-shooting
electronic circuits or systems;
• are proficient in computer aided design tools and software packages to
design projects & systems to meet specified requirements;
• have good communication skills (oral and written);
• can work effectively as members of a team;
62
• have acquired generic skills to function in multidisciplinary, diverse,

competitive and fast-changing engineering environment;
• have developed abilities for critical thinking and life long learning and are
capable of updating their technical knowledge.
LEARNING APPROACH
will be ensured.
the faculty.
degree program: B.E. (Hons.) Electronics and Communication Engineering.
63

B.E. (Hons.) - Electronics and Communication Engineering

I
22 19
Interfacing 4
ES C221 Mechanics of Solids 3 EEE C272 / INSTR C272 Circuits and Signals
3
17 20

III
ECE C313 Microelectronic Circuits 3 ECE C364 Analog Electronics 4
ECE C383 Communication Systems 4 ECE C391 Digital Electronics and Computer
Organization 4
ECE C393 Information Theory and Coding 3
ECE C452 Electromagnetic Fields & Microwave ECE C394 Communication Networks 3
Engineering 3 ECE C392 Modern Communication Technologies 3
19 20
OR OR
18 20/16
warrants.
Project (SOP) or BITS C323 Lab Oriented Project (LOP) or BITS C331 Computer Project (CP) or ECE C491 Special
*****
64
(ix) M.Sc. (Tech.) Engineering Technology
INTRODUCTION
The curricula offered for the first degree programme M.Sc. (Tech.) in Engineering
Technology:
• Provides the student with the knowledge of broad based fundamental

principles in Engineering Technology
• Provides an opportunity for the student to pursue his/her Engineering
Technology interests.
Apart from a broad variety of courses in Engineering Technology, the curricula also
has several inter-disciplinary courses and courses which are, Analysis and
Application Oriented, Humanities and Social Sciences, and Technical Arts.
which has,
d) Core competency skills in the broad areas of Engineering Technology,

e) Understanding of other disciplines through inter disciplinary courses,
and
f) Understanding of peripheral skills which are always useful for
The objective of the M.Sc. (Tech.) programme in Engineering Technology is to

knowledge to analyze and solve Engineering Technology related problems;
65
LEARNING APPROACH
will be ensured.
the faculty.
As the applicants are already working professionals, the above traits get fully
strengthened during the last semester when the studnet register for Thesis-Seminar.
Special features
The semester-wise patterns for M.Sc.(Tech.) Engineering Technology, M.Sc.(Tech.)

Information Systems are designed in such a way that first year is common with first
degree and higher degree programmes. This allows the students of these
programmes to benefit in terms of saving time if they are allowed to exercise their
options for any of the flexibilities of seeking for a transfer or dual degree into first
degree or higher degree programmes.
But the structure of M.Sc.(Tech.) programmes permits the possibility of an individual

student, to combine in his/her programme specially in the categories of core
mathematics and core sciences courses, a combination of courses which require
high dependence on mathematics and analysis or science courses which are more
narrative and integrated at the conceptual plane. In view of this students admitted
to M.Sc.(Tech.) Information System and M.Sc.(Tech.) Engineering Technology will
be given an opportunity to choose the first year courses mentioned against BITS,
Pilani’s M.Sc.(Tech.) General studies programme, instead of the first year courses
mentioned in their semester wise patterns. This will allow the student to have an
understanding of modern science and mathematics, their methodology and their
conceptual approach without the necessity of rigorous training in the mathematical
understanding and manipulation. However, such an option can be exercised only
with prior permission from appropriate authority
degree program: M.Sc. (Tech.) Engineering Technology.
66
M.Sc. (Tech.) – Engineering and Technology

BIO C111 General Biology 3
MATH C191 Mathematics I 3
AAOC C111 Probability & Statistics 3
I
TA C162 Computer Programming I 3
CHEM C141 Chemistry I 3
PHY C131 Physics I 3
18
II TA C252 Computer Programming II 3 TA C111 Engineering Graphics 4
CHEM C142 Chemistry II 3 ES C112 Thermodynamics 3
MATH C192 Mathematics II 3 ECON C212 Principles of Economics 3
PHY C132 Physics II 3 ENGG C212 Introduction to Systems 3
TA C312 Technical Report Writing 3 TOC C235 Electrical & Electronics Engineering
Practice 3
ENGG C111 Electrical and Electronics
Technology 3 ENGG C241 Mechanical Technology 3
ENGG C264 Fluid & Solid Mechanics 3
18 22
AAOC C311 Data Processing 3 AAOC C222 Optimization 3
III
MGTS C211 Principles of Management 3 AAOC C242 Maintenance and Safety 3
TOC C244 Production & Processing 3 ET C412 Production Planning & Control 3
TOC C223 Comfort Conditioning & ET C341 Instrumentation and Control 3
Refrigeration 3
ET C414 Project Appraisal 3
ES C261 Digital Electronics and ENGG C232 Engineering Materials 3
Microprocessors 3
TA C112 Workshop Practice 4
19 18
IV AAOC C312 Operations Research 3

ET C352 Energy Management Electives 5
3
ET C232 Environmental Pollution Control 3
ET C351 Chemical Process Technology 3
ET C342 Materials Management 3
CDP C364 Industrial Relations 3
18
V BITS C422T Thesis 15
16
warrants.
Project (SOP) or BITS C323 Lab Oriented Project (LOP) or BITS C331 Computer Project (CP) will be one of the six
electives.
*****
67
(x) M.Sc. (Tech.) Information Systems
INTRODUCTION
The curricula offered for the first degree programme M.Sc. (Tech.) in Information
Systems:
• Provides the student with the knowledge of broad based fundamental

principles in Information System;
• Provides an opportunity for the student to pursue his/her Information
Systems interests.
Apart from a broad variety of courses in Information Systems, the curricula also has
several inter-disciplinary courses and courses which are, Analysis and Application
Oriented, Humanities and Social Sciences, and Technical Arts.
which has,
g) Core competency skills in the broad areas of Information Systems,

h) Understanding of other disciplines through inter disciplinary courses,
and
i) Understanding of peripheral skills which are always useful for
The objectives of the M.Sc. (Tech.) programme in Information Systems are to

knowledge to analyze and solve Information Systems related problems;
68
LEARNING APPROACH
will be ensured.
the faculty.
As the applicants are already working professionals, the above traits get fully
strengthened during the last semester when the studnet register for Thesis-Seminar.
Special features:
The semester-wise patterns for M.Sc.(Tech.) Engineering Technology, M.Sc.(Tech.)

Information Systems are designed in such a way that first year is common with first
degree and higher degree programmes. This allows the students of these
programmes to benefit in terms of saving time if they are allowed to exercise their
options for any of the flexibilities of seeking for a transfer or dual degree into first
degree or higher degree programmes.
But the structure of M.Sc.(Tech.) programmes permits the possibility of an individual

student, to combine in his/her programme specially in the categories of core
mathematics and core sciences courses, a combination of courses which require
high dependence on mathematics and analysis or science courses which are more
narrative and integrated at the conceptual plane. In view of this students admitted
to M.Sc.(Tech.) Information System and M.Sc.(Tech.) Engineering Technology will
normally be given an opportunity to choose the first year courses mentioned against
BITS, Pilani’s M.Sc.(Tech.) General studies programme, instead of the first year
courses mentioned in their semester wise patterns. This will allow the student to
have an understanding of modern science and mathematics, their methodology and
their conceptual approach without the necessity of rigorous training in the
mathematical understanding and manipulation. However, such an option can be
exercised only with prior permission from appropriate authority.
degree program: M.Sc. (Tech.) Information Systems.
69

M.Sc. (Tech.) – Information Systems
CHEM C141 Chemistry I 3 AAOC C111 Probability & Statistics 3
ES C112 Thermodynamics 3 CHEM C142 Chemistry II 3
BIO C111 General Biology 3 MATH C192 Mathematics II 3
MATH C191 Mathematics I 3 PHY C132 Physics II 3

I
PHY C131 Physics I 3 TA C112 Workshop Practice 4
TA C111 Engineering Graphics 4 TA C162 Computer Programming I 3
19 19
II ECON C212 Principles of Economics 3 ENGG C212 Introduction to Systems 3
ENGG C111 Electrical and Electronics 3 ES C261 Digital Electronics and Microprocessors 3
Technology 3 MGTS C211 Principles of Management
4
ENGG C241 Mechanical Technology 3 TA C312 Technical report writing
TA C252 Computer Programming II 3 MATH C222 Discrete Structures for Computer 3
TOC C235 Electrical & Electronics Engineering 3 Science
4
Practice SOC C211 Dynamics of Social Change 3
AAOC C221 Graphs & Networks 3
ES C233 Logic in Computer Science 3
24 21
III Compulsory Discipline Courses* Compulsory Discipline Courses*

3 AAOC C312 Operations Research 3
AAOC C222 Optimization
3 AAOC C341 Numerical Analysis 3
BITS C342 Object oriented Programming
Elective 1
IV Electives** 6 18 BITS C422T Thesis 15

(Pair of Courses)
18 16
warrants.
Project (SOP) or BITS C323 Lab Oriented Project (LOP) or BITS C331 Computer Project (CP) will be one of the six
electives.
*****
70
b) Category-wise Courses
The list of courses in various categories and other courses which are opted for
completing the First Degree Programmes are given below:
Sl. Course No. Course Title L P U

No.
Language and Literature
1 ENGL C121 English Language Skills -I 3 0 3
2 ENGL C123 English Language Skills 3 0 3
Core Science
3 BIO C111 General Biology 3 0 3
4 BIO C211 Biological Chemistry 3 0 3
5 BIO C241 Microbiology 2 3 3
6 BIO C418 Genetic Engineering Techniques 1 9 4
7 CHEM C141 Chemistry – I 3 0 3
8 CHEM C142 Chemistry – II 3 0 3
9 Physics - I (Mechanics, Waves and 3 0 3
PHY C131
Optics)
10 Physics - II (Electricity, Magnetism and 3 0 3
PHY C132
Modern Physics)
In addition to the above, the following courses are specially designed for students of M.Sc.(Tech.) Engineering and Technology
and M.Sc.(Tech.) Information Systems programmes with prior permission from appropriate authority:
11 BIO C111 General Biology 3 0 3
12 CHEM C221 General Chemistry 3 0 3
13 PHY C122 General Physics 3 0 3
Core Mathematics
14 MATH C191 Mathematics – I (Advanced Calculus) 3 0 3
15 Mathematics - II (Complex Variables and 3 0 3
MATH C192
Linear Algebra)
16 MATH C222 Discrete Structures for Computer Science 3 0 3
17 3 0
MATH C241 Mathematics - III (Differential Equations)
3
14 5 0
MATH D 021 Remedial Mathematics
5
Technical Arts
18 TA C111 Engineering Graphics 2 4 4
19 TA C112 Workshop Practice 2 4 4
20 TA C162 Computer Programming – I 3 0 3
21 TA C211 Measurement Techniques - I 0 4 2
22 TA C222 Measurement Techniques - II 1 6 4
23 TA C252 Computer Programming – II - - *
71
24 TA C312 Technical Report Writing - - 3

Engineering Science
25 CHE UC213 Fluid Flow Operations 3 0 3
26 CHE UC221 Chemical Process Calculations 3 0 3
27 ECE / EEE / 3 0 3
Circuits and Signals
INSTR C272
28 ES C112 Thermodynamics 3 0 3
29 ES C221 Mechanics of Solids 3 0 3
30 ES C232/ ME
Transport Phenomena I 3 0 3
C212
31 ES C233 Logic in Computer Science 3 0 3
32 ES C241 Electrical Sciences - I 3 0 3
33 ES C242 Structure and Properties of Materials 3 0 3
34 Microprocessor Programming and 3 2 4
ES C263
Interfacing
35 ES C272 Electrical Sciences - II 3 0 3
36 ME C211 Applied Thermodynamics 3 0 3
In addition to the above, the following course is specially designed for M.Sc.(Tech.) Engineering and Technology and M.Sc.(Tech.)
Information Systems programmes only which cannot be taken by B.E.(Hons.) students under any circumstances:
37 ENGG C111
Electrical and Electronics Technology 3 0 3
38 ENGG C212
Introduction to Systems 3 0 3
39 ENGG C232
Engineering Materials 3 0 3
40 ENGG C241
Mechanical Technology 3 0 3
41 ENGG C242
Maintenance & Safety 3 0 3
42 ENGG C264
Fluid and Solid Mechanics 3 0 3
43 ENGG C272
Process Technology 3 0 3
44 ENGG C282
Industrial Engineering Techniques 3 0 3
45 Electronics and Instrumentation 3 0 3
ENGG C291
Technology
46 ES C261 Digital Electronics and Microprocessors 3 0 3
Analysis and Application Oriented Courses (AAOC)
47 AAOC C111 Probability and Statistics 3 0 3
48 AAOC C222 Optimization 3 0 3
49 AAOC C312 Operations Research 3 0 3
50 AAOC C321 Control Systems 3 0 3
51 AAOC C341 Numerical Analysis 3 0 3
52 BIO C391 Instrumental Methods of Analysis - - 4*
In addition to the above, the following course is specially designed for M.Sc.(Tech.) Engineering and Technology and M.Sc.(Tech.)
Information Systems programmes only which cannot be taken by B.E.(Hons.) students under any circumstances:
53 TOC C112 Book Keeping 3 0 3
54 TOC C211 Book Keeping and Accountancy 3 0 3
55 TOC C212 Library Science 3 0 3
56 TOC C213 Civil Engineering Practice 3
57 TOC C223 Comfort Conditioning and Refrigeration 3
58 TOC C224 Corporate Taxation 3 0 3
59 TOC C235 Electrical and Electronics Engineering 0 6 3
72
Practice
60 Electronics and Instrumentation 0 6 3
TOC C236
Engineering Practice
61 TOC C244 Production and Processing 0 6 3
62 TOC C253 Computer Oriented Problem Solving I 3
63 TOC C254 Computer Oriented Problem Solving II 3
Humanities and Social Sciences
64 MGTS C211 Principles of Management 3 0 3
Other Courses (BITS)
65 BITS C 221 Practice School -1@ - - 5
66 BITS C 231 Practice School – 1@@ - - 5
67 BITS C 241 Practice School – 1@@ - - 5
68 BITS C313 Lab. Oriented Projects - - 3
BITS C314 Lab. Oriented Projects - - 3
BITS C321 Legal and Economic Environment of - - 4*
Business
69 BITS C323 Study Oriented Project - - 3
70 BITS C324 Study Oriented Project - - 3
71 BITS C331 Computer Projects - - 3
72 BITS C335 Computer Projects - - 3
73 BITS C333 Project on Organizational Aspects - - 3
74 BITS C334 Project on Organizational Aspects - - 3
75 BITS C341 Selected Computer Languages - - 3*
76 BITS C342 Object Oriented Programming 3 0 3
77 BITS C372 Data Communication and Networks 3 0 3
78 BITS C412 Practice School II - - 20
79 BITS C413 Practice School II - - 20
80 BITS C421T Thesis - - 15
81 BITS C441T Seminar - - 1
82 BITS C422T Thesis - - 15
83 BITS C442T Seminar - - 1
84 BITS C461 Software Engineering 0 0 3*
85 BITS C462 Renewable Energy 3 0 3
86 BITS C468 New Venture Creation 3 0 3
87 BITS C469 Financing Infrastructure Projects 3 0 3
88 BITS C471 Management Information Systems 3 0 3
89 BITS C481 Computer Networks 3 0 3
90 BITS C494 Environmental Impact Assessment 3 1 4
The following Courses on Development Process (CDP) are specially designed for M.Sc.(Tech.) Engineering and Technology and
M.Sc.(Tech.) Information Systems programmes only which cannot be taken by B.E.(Hons.) students under any circumstances:
91 CDP C211 Agricultural Growth of India 3 0 3
92 CDP C212 Industrial Growth of India 3 0 3
93 CDP C221 Growth of Social Health in India 3 0 3
94 CDP C231 Transport & Communication 3 0 3
95 CDP C313 Security Analysis & Portfolio 3 0 3
96 Management
73
97 CDP C323 Functions & Working of Stock 3 0 3

98 Exchanges
99 CDP C332 Contemporary India 3 0 3
100 CDP C364 Industrial Relations 3 0 3
101 CDP C371 Development of Economics 3 0 3
@ It is student’s choice to opt for either Practice School (PS) OR Thesis (TS)
@@ BITS C231 and BITS C241 can be taken only as electives and are available only to
highly motivated students if faculties are available after satisfying the needs of students
who have to compulsorily register in BITS C 221
*Additional one or two courses are compulsorily required to be taken in some
disciplines from the courses marked (*)
NOTE:
1. All courses are currently approved by the Senate of BITS, Pilani. They are subject
to change to suit the requirements of the professional world from time to time.
Annexure 8 can be referred to for course descriptions.
2. Whenever only Units are indicated with or without (*) against a course in the
Program, Course descriptions should be consulted for the breakup between the
lecture and the practical hours.
3. LEGEND: The numbers that appear at the end of each course title like 3 0 3, 0 9
3, 2 3 3 etc. indicate the lecture hours per week, the practical/seminar/project
hours per week and the number of units in that order. Wherever a single number
(with or without*) appears, it indicates only total units and its break up in terms
of lectures and practical/seminar/project may be announced from time to time
through the timetable whenever it is needed.
c) Specialized Discipline Courses (SDCs)
Specialized Discipline Courses are different for different programmes. All the courses
marked (#) are the courses currently decided to be Compulsory Discipline Courses
(CDCs). Superscripts “1” and “2” indicate the first semester and the second semester
offerings respectively. Additional one or two courses are compulsorily required to be
taken, in some disciplines from the courses marked (*). The remaining courses may be
available as electives under the category, Discipline Courses Other than Compulsory
(DCOC). Refer to Annexure 9 for course descriptions.
Sl. No Course No. Course Title L/P/U
Computer Science Engineering
1 CS C313 Object Oriented Project and Design 3 2 4
2 CS C321 Computers and Programming 3 2 4
3 CS C342# Advanced Computer Organization2 3 0 3
4 CS C351# Theory of Computation1 3 0 3
#
5 CS C352 Data Base Systems2 3 0 3
6 Programming Languages and Compiler 3 0 3
CS C362#
Construction2
74
7 CS C363 Data Structures and Algorithms 3 2 4

8 CS C372# Operating Systems1 3 0 3
9 Digital Electronics and Computer 3 3 4
CS C391#
Organization1
10 Telecommunication Switching Systems 3 0 3
CS C414
and Networks
11 CS C415 Data Mining 3 0 3
12 CS C422 Parallel Computing 3 0 3
13 CS C424 Software for Embedded Systems 3 0 3
14 CS C441 Selected Topics from Computer Science - - 3
15 CS C444 Real Time Systems 3 0 3
16 CS C446 Data Storage Technologies and Networks 3 0 3
17 CS C451 Combinatorial Mathematics 3 0 3
18 CS C453 Discrete Mathematical Structures 3 0 3
#
19 CS C461 Computer Networks2 3 0 3
20 CS C471 Computer Graphics 2 2 3
21 CS C481 Graphical User Interfaces 3 0 3
22 CS C491 Special Projects - - 3
Electrical and Electronics Engineering (EEE)
#
2 EEE C364 Analog Electronics1 3 3 4
#
3 EEE C371 Electromechanical Energy Conversion1 3 3 4
4 EEE C374* Power Systems 3 0 3
5 Electronic Devices and Integrated 3 0 3
EEE C381#
Circuits1
#
6 EEE C383 Communication Systems2 3 3 4
EEE C391#
Organization2
EEE C414*
and Networks
9 EEE C415 Digital Signal Processing 3 0 3
10 EEE C416 Digital Communication 3 0 3
11 EEE C417 Computer Based Control Systems 3 0 3
12 EEE C418 Digital Systems 3 0 3
13 EEE C422 Modern Control System 3 0 3
14 EEE C423 Combinatorial Mathematics 3 0 3
#
15 EEE C424 Microelectronic Circuits1 3 0 3
16 EEE C432 Medical Instrumentation 3 0 3
*
17 EEE C433 Electromagnetic Fields and Waves 3 0 3
18 EEE C441 Television Engineering 3 0 3
*
19 EEE C443 Analog and Digital VLSI Design 3 0 3
20 EEE C444 Real Time Systems 3 0 3
21 Electromagnetic Fields and Microwave 3 0 3
EEE C452
Engineering
22 EEE C453 Discrete Mathematical Structures 3 0 3
75
23 EEE C461* Power Electronics2 3 0 3

24 EEE C462 Advanced Power Systems 3 0 3
25 Electronic Measurements and 3 0 3
EEE C471
Instrumentation
26 EEE C472 Satellite Communication 3 0 3
27 EEE C491 Special Projects - - 3
Electronics and Communication Engineering
2 CS C461 Computer Networks 3 0 3
3 EA C473 Multimedia Networks 3 0 3
#
4 ECE C313 Microelectronic Circuits1 3 0 3
5 ECE C364# Analog Electronics2 3 3 4
6 ECE C383# Communication Systems1 3 3 4
7 ECE C391# Digital Electronics and Computer 3 3 4
organization2
8 ECE C392# Modern Communication Technologies2 3 0 3
9 ECE C393# Information Theory and Coding1 3 0 3
#
10 ECE C394 Communication Networks2 3 0 3
11 ECE C452# Electromagnetic Fields and Microwave 3 0 3
Engineering1
12 ECE C491 Special Projects - - 3
13 EEE C414 Telecommunications Switching Systems 3 0 3
and Networks
15 EEE C416 Digital Communication 3 0 3
16 EEE C443 Analog and Digital VLSI Design 3 0 3
17 EEE C472 Satellite Communication 3 0 3
Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (INSTR)
2 Electronic Devices and Integrated 3 0 3
EEE C381*
Circuits2
3 INSTR C312# Industrial Instrumentation and Control2 3 0 3
#
4 INSTR C313 Microelectronic Circuits1 3 0 3
5 Electronic Instruments and 3 3 4
INSTR C355#
Instrumentation Technology2
#
6 INSTR C364 Analog Electronics2 3 3 4
7 INSTR C371* Electromechanical Energy Conversion1 3 3 4
8 INSTR C381# Transducers and Measurement Systems1 3 0 3
INSTR C391#
Organization1
10 INSTR C392* Analysis Instrumentation 3 0 3
11 INSTR C411 Opto-Electronic Instruments 3 0 3
INSTR C414
and Networks
13 INSTR C421 Digital Systems 3 0 3
76
14 INSTR C444 Real Time Systems 3 0 3

15 INSTR C451*Process Control 3 0 3
16 INSTR C461*Power Electronics2 3 0 3
17 Electronics Measurements and 3 0 3
INSTR C471*
Instrumentation
18 INSTR C481 Medical Instrumentation 3 0 3
19 INSTR C491 Special Projects - - 3
Mechanical Engineering (ME)
1 ME C312# Design of Machine Elements1 3 0 3
2 ME C314# Power Plant Engineering2 3 0 3
#
3 ME C331 Transport Phenomena – II1 3 2 4
4 ME C332# Prime Movers and Fluid Machines2 3 2 4
5 ME C342# Production Techniques1 3 2 4
6 ME C382# Computer Aided Design2 - - 3*
7 Advanced Mechanics of Solids and 3 0 3
ME C392#
Kinematics1
8 ME C412 Production Planning and Control 3 0 3
#
9 ME C422 Dynamics of Machines and Vibrations2 3 0 3
10 ME C432 Computer Aided Manufacturing 3 0 3
11 ME C441 Automotive Vehicles 3 0 3
12 ME C442 Advances in Materials Science 3 0 3
13 ME C443 Quality Control, Assurance and Reliability 3 0 3
14 ME C451 Mechanical Equipment Design 3 0 3
15 ME C452 Composite Materials and Design 3 0 3
16 ME C461 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning 3 0 3
17 ME C472 Precision Engineering 3 0 3
18 ME C481 Project Appraisal 3 0 3
19 ME C491 Special Projects - - 3
Chemical Engineering (CHE)
1 CHE C311# Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics1 3 0 3
2 CHE C312# Kinetics and Reactor Design1 3 0 3
3 CHE C322# Chemical Process Technology2 3 0 3
4 CHE C351# Heat Transfer Operations1 3 3 4
#
5 CHE C332 Process Design Decisions2 3 0 3
6 CHE C361# Mass Transfer Operations1 3 0 3
7 CHE C411 Environmental Pollution Control 3 0 3
8 CHE C412 Process Equipment Design 3 0 3
9 CHE C 413 Process Plant Safety 3 0 3
10 CHE C414 Transport Phenomena 3 0 3
11 CHE C421 Biochemical Engineering 3 0 3
12 CHE C422 Combustion Engineering 3 0 3
13 Selected Chemical Engineering 3 3 4
CHE C431#
Operations2
14 CHE C432 Computer Aided Process Plant Design 3 0 3
15 CHE C433 Corrosion Engineering 3 0 3
77
16 CHE C441# Process Control2 3 0 3

17 CHE C471 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning 3 0 3
18 CHE C473 Advanced Process Control 3 0 3
19 CHE C491 Special Projects - - 3
Biotechnology
1 BIOT C332# Genetics1 3 0 3
2 BIOT C336# Cell Physiology1 3 0 3
3 Industrial Microbiology and Bioprocess 2 3 4
BIOT C337#
Engineering2
4 Introduction to Environmental 3 0 3
BIOT C338#
Biotechnology2
5 BIOT C339# Biophysical Chemistry1 3 30
6 BIOT C343 Genomics 3 30
7 BIOT C344 Proteomics 3 30
8 BIOT C345 Immunotechnology 3 30
#
9 BIOT C346 Experiments in Biotechnology2 0 39
10 BIOT C413 Molecular Biology of Cell 3 30
11 BIOT C418# Genetic Engineering Techniques1 1 49
12 BIOT C416 Immunology 3 30
13 BIOT C417 Biomolecular Modelling 3 30
#
14 BIOT C461 Recombinant DNA Technology2 3 30
15 BIOT C491 Special Projects 3
16 EA C414 Introduction to Bioinformatics 3 0 3
Engineering Technology
1 ET C341# Instrumentation and control1 3 30
2 ET C342# Materials Management2 3 30
3 ET C351# Chemical Process Technology2 3 30
4 ET C352# Energy Management2 3 30
#
5 ET C362 Environmental Pollution Control2 3 30
6 ET C411 Concepts of Engineering Design 3
#
7 ET C412 Production Planning & Control1 3 0 3
8 ET C413 Advances in Materials Science 3 0 3
#
9 ET C414 Project Appraisal1 3 0 3
10 Computer Aided Project Planning and 3
ET C421
Monitoring
11 ET C422 Computer Aided Manufacturing 3 0 3
12 ET C431 Technology Forecasting 3 0 3
13 ET C432 Quality Control , Assurance & Reliability 3 0 3
14 ET C441 Technology Management 3 0 3
15 ET C491 Special Projects 3
Information Systems
1 Computer Concepts and Software 3 0 3
IS C311
Systems
#
2 IS C313 Object Oriented Project and Design 3 2 4
3 IS C321 Program, Data & File Structures 3 0 3
78
4 IS C332# Database Systems and Applications2 3 0 3

5 IS C341# Software Engineering2 3
6 IS C342# Structures of Programming Languages2 3 0 3
7 IS C351 Computer Organization and Architecture1 3 2 4
8 IS C352 Management Information Systems 3 0 3
9
10 IS C362# Operating Systems1 3 0 3
11 IS C363# Data Structures and Algorithms1 3 2 4
12 IS C411 Information Systems Project 3
13 IS C415 Data Mining 3 0 3
14 IS C421 Modelling and Decision Systems 3 0 3
15 IS C422 Parallel Computing 3 0 3
16 IS C424 Software for Embedded Systems 3 0 3
17 IS C431 Educational Software 1 4 3
18 IS C444 Real Time Systems 3 0 3
19 IS C446 Data Storage Technologies and Networks 3 0 3
20 IS C461# Computer Networks2 3 0 3
21 IS C462 Network Programming 3 0 3
22 IS C471 Computer Graphics 2 2 3
23 IS C472 Geographical Information Systems 3 0 3
24 IS C481 Graphical User Interfaces 3 0 3
d) Electives
Electives* (categorized as electives, emerging area courses and others) are important
knowledge addition to the student. Apart from named courses students acquire
additional core competency and skill sets through electives chosen by him/her.
Following pool of courses are also available to students in addition to courses listed
above as SDCs. Refer to Annexure 10 for course descriptions.
*Offering of electives to the students will be governed by: (a) offer of the same by the faculty; (b)
minimum viable number of students opting for the elective; (c) the course load allowed to a
student.
Sl. L P U
Course No. Course Title
No.
1 BITS C461 Software Engineering 3 0 3
2 BITS C467 Bioethics and Biosafety 3 0 3
3 BITS C468 New Venture Creation 3 0 3
4 BITS C469 Financing Infrastructure Projects 3 0 3
5 BITS C494 Environmental Impact Assessment 3 1 4
6 CS C441 Selected Topics from computer Science 3 0 3
7 CS C444 Real Time Systems 3 0 3
8 CS C471 Computer Graphics 2 2 3
9 EA C451 Internetworking Technologies 3 0 3
79
11 EEE C462 Advanced Power Systems 3 0 3

12 INSTR C421 Digital Systems 3 0 3
13 INSTR C451 Process Control 3 0 3
14 INSTR C481 Medical Instrumentation 3 0 3
15 EA C473 Multimedia Computing 3 0 3
16 EA C482 Fuzzy Logic and Applications 3 0 3
17 INSTR C392 Analysis Instrumentation 3 0 3
18 CHE C413 Process Plant Safety 3 0 3
19 CHE C432 Computer Aided Process Plant Design 3 0 3
20 PSY C211 Introductory Psychology 3 0 3
21 HIST C212 Middle East History 3 0 3
22 MGTS C233 Principles of Marketing for Engineers 3 0 3
Emerging Area Courses
1 EA C 342 Computer Aided Design - - 3*
2 EA C 422 Fibre Optics and Optoelectronics - - 3*
3 EA C 442 Remote Sensing and Image Processing - - 3*
4 EA C 443 Image Processing 3 0 3
5 EA C 451 Internetworking Technologies 3 0 3
6 EA C 452 Mobile Telecommunication Networks 3 0 3
7 EA C461 Artificial Intelligence - - 3*
8 EA C463 Neural Networks and Applications 3 0 3
9 EA C472 Photovoltaic Devices 3 0 3
11 EA C481 Expert Systems - - 3
12 EA C482 Fuzzy Logic and Applications 3 0 3
13 EA C414 Introduction to Bioinformatics 3 0 3
*****
80
VIII. HIGHER DEGREE PROGRAMME STRUCTURES

AND REQUIREMENTS
(a) Structure and Requirements
A. Requirements
M.E.:
Total number of units required – 60 (Minimum) with a breakup as follows:
(a) Dissertation: 15 (Min.) – 25 (Max.) Units
(b) Course work: 35 (Min.) Units (Other than Dissertation/Practice school)
Course for the course work will be chosen from the list of named and elective
courses earmarked for each degree. Total number of courses is nine. In
additional to these nine courses all the students are required to do one course
on Technical Communication and two courses on Professional Practice. For
electives, courses can be drawn from across the various disciplines, subject to
approval by the Higher Degree Counselling Committee (HDCC).
M.B.A.:
The course requirements of the MBA programme are spelt out in terms of
courses belonging to different categories in the table below:
Category No. of Units No. of Courses

required required
Named Courses 40-60 15-20
Elective(s) 12-18 4-6
Subtotal 55(Min.) 20(Min.)
Dissertation 16 1
Total 70(Min.) 21(Min.)
Courses for the course work will be chosen from the list of named and elective
courses earmarked for the MBA degree.
B. Dissertation: Normal registration for dissertation is after completion of

course work. Normally 16 Units of Dissertation will be assigned at the time of
this registration. In case of programmes other than MBA, units up to a
maximum of 25 may be permitted depending on the total time and work put in
by an individual student and the registration in more than 16 units of
Dissertation will be normally available only to students who have taken higher
81
degree courses as electives in their first degree programmes or to students

who have shown competence in some specialized courses through their
professional involvement. Concurrent registration for a nominal 8 units per
semester in Dissertation with course work is also permissible for motivated,
well-prepared and hardworking students. Provision exists for the Dissertation to
be carried out as work-integrated dissertation at recognized off-campus centres
or in an organization where the student may get employment, subject to all
stipulations of Academic Regulations.
C. General
(i) There will be a Higher Degree Counselling Committee (HDCC) composed of

Dean RCD (Convener), Dean AAR, Dean ID and Dean PCP. This committee is
charged with the task of making the semester-wise programmes for various
students and monitoring the same. The committee may co-opt other faculty
members whenever there is a need to discuss an individual case.
This Committee will also draw, from time to time, a list of courses from the
Higher Degree programmes from which the students of the Integrated First
Degrees can offer the courses as their electives.
(ii) The Dissertation, whether registered for full or partial units, will be awarded
a non-letter grade, viz., Excellent, Good, Fair or Poor, at the end of the
corresponding semester.
(iii) A first degree student can choose up to a maximum of two higher degree
courses as electives for his/her first degree from the pool of general/special
courses of the corresponding higher degree. When such a student seeks
admission to any of the Higher Degree Programme of the institute, the student
may be given exemption from these courses; however, the student has to
complete the total unit requirement of the higher degree. The minimum units
in dissertation for such a candidate will be increased by the same number of
units as exempted from the course work so as to earn the minimum prescribed
total units. In such a case, the exempted courses will also form part of the
Ph.D. Qualifying Examination when the student appears for the same. HDDC is
also empowered to replace the course cleared in first degree by a course form
the pool of electives of higher degree on a case by case basis, as an alternative
to increasing the dissertation units.
82
(i) M.E. Design Engineering

M.E. Design Engineering
BITS G529 Technical Communication 4 BITS G620 Professional Practice I 3
DE G611 Dynamics & Vibration 5 DE G631 Materials Technology & Testing 5
ME G511 Mechanics & Robotics 5 ME G521 Mechanical System Design 5

I
ME G512 Finite Element Methods 5 ME G611 Computer Aided Analysis & Design 5
19 18
II BITS G621 Professional Practice II 3 BITS G629T Dissertation 16

DE G531 Product Design 5
Elective *
Elective *
14 16
(ii) M.E. Microelectronics

M.E. Microelectronics
BITS G529 Technical Communication 4 BITS G620 Professional Practice I 3
MEL G611 IC Fabrication 5 MEL G632 Analog IC Design 5
MEL G621 VLSI Design 5 MEL G641 CAD for IC Design 5

I
MEL G631 Physics and Modelling of 5 MEL G642 VLSI Architecture 4
Microelectronic Devices
19 17

Elective *
Elective *
Elective *
14 16
83
(iii) M.E. Software Systems

M.E. Software Systems
BITS C481 Computer Networks 3 BITS G620 Professional Practice I 3
BITS G659 Technical Communication 4 SS G515 Data Warehousing 5
SS G514 Object Oriented Programming & 4 SS G516 Computer Organization and Software 5
I
Design Systems
SS G562 Software Engineering & Management 5 Elective *
16 16

SS G531 Pervasive Computing 4
SS G653 Software Architecture 5
Elective *
15 16
(v) M.E. Biotechnology

M.E. – Biotechnology
BIO G512 Molecular Mechanism of Gene 5 BIO G642 Experimental Techniques 5
Expression BIO G641 Cell & Tissue Culture Technology 4
5 BIO G643 Plant Biotechnology 5

BIO G542 Advanced Cell and Molecular
BITS G620 Professional Practice I 3
I Biology
BIO G611 Environmental Biotechnology 5
4
BITS G529 Technical Communication
19 17
II BIO G513 Microbial & Fermentation 5 BITS G629T Dissertation 16

Technology 3
BITS G621 Professional Practice II *
Elective *
Elective
14 16
84
(vi) M.B.A. (Both Streams)

Semester-wise Pattern for students admitted to M.B.A.
(a)Engineering & Technology Management and (b)IT Enabled Services Management
MBA C311 Business Structure & Process 4 MBA C416 Corporate Finance & Taxation 4
MBA C317 Managerial Skills 1 MBA C319 Negotiation Skills & Techniques 2
MBA C312 Managerial Economics 3 MBA C418 Marketing 4
MBA C411 Organizational Behaviour 4 MBA C419 Production & Operation

MBA C417 Managerial Communication 4 Management 4
I 4
MBA C321 Legal and Economic Environment MBA C412 Human Resource Management
of Business 4 MBA C471 Management Information Systems 3
MBA C413 Quantitative Methods 4 MBA C421 Supply Chain Management 4
MBA C415 Financial & Management

Accounting 4
27 25
II MBA C422 Business and Society 3 BITS G561 Dissertation 16
MBA C423 Business Policy & Strategic 3
Management 3
MBA C424 International Business 3
Elective 3
Elective 2
Elective
23 16
85
b) Named Courses and Electives
Biotechnology
Named courses
S. No. Course no. Course Title Credits
1 BIO G512 Molecular Mechanics of Gene Expression 3 2 5
2 BIO G513 Microbial & Fermentation Technology 0 0 5
3 BIO G542 Advanced Cell and Molecular Biology 0 0 5
4 BIO G611 Environmental Biotechnology 0 0 5
5 BIO G641 Cell & Tissue Culture 2 2 4
6 BIO G642 Experimental Techniques 0 0 5
7 BIO G643 Plant Biotechnology 3 2 5
Elective Courses (any two)
8 BENG G521 Bioinformatics 3 2 5
9 BIO C414 Genetic Engineering 1 6 3
10 BIO C417 Biomolecular Modelling 3 0 3
11 BIO C421 Enzymology 3 0 3
12 BIO C441 Biochemical Engineering 3 0 3
13 BIO C451 Bioprocess Technology 3 0 3*
14 BIO C461 Recombinant DNA Technology 3 0 3
15 BIO G514 Molecular Immunology 0 0 5
16 BIO G515 Stem Cell and Regenerative Biology 3 1 4
18 BIO G522 Interferon Technology 2 2 4
19 BIO G532 Biostatistics and Biomodelling 2 2 4
20 BIO G612 Human Genetics 3 2 5
21 BIO G631 Membrane and Liposome Technology 2 2 4
22 BIO G632 Transgenic Technology 3 2 5
23 BIO G651 Protein and Enzyme Bioengineering 3 2 5
24 BIO G661 Gene Toxicology 2 2 4
25 BIO G671 Bioconversion Technology 3 2 5
Design Engineering
Named courses
1 DE G611 Dynamics and Vibration 0 0 5
2 DE G531 Product Design 0 0 5
3 DE G631 Materials Technology & Testing 0 0 5
4 ME G511 Mechanics and Robotics 2 3 5
5 ME G512 Finite Element Methods 0 0 5
6 ME G521 Mechanical System Design 2 3 5
7 ME G611 Computer Aided Analysis and Design 2 3 5
Elective Courses (any two)
8 DE G513 Tribology 0 0 5
9 DE G514 Fracture Mechanics 0 0 5
10 DE G521 Instrumentation and Applied Electronics 0 0 5
86

11 DE G522 Design Projects 0 0 5
12 EA C415 Introduction to MEMS 0 0 4*
13 MSE G511 Mechatronics 3 2 5
14 MSE G531 Concurrent Engineering 3 2 5
15 MST G511 Nondestructive Testing 3 2 5
16 MST G522 Advanced Composites 3 2 5
18 MST G531 Experimental Stress Analysis Techniques 3 2 5
Microelectronics
Named courses
1 MEL G611 IC Fabrication Technology 3 2 5
2 MEL G621 VLSI Design 3 2 5
3 MEL G631 Physics and Modelling of Microelectronic 3 2 5
Devices
4 MEL G632 Analog IC Design 3 2 5
5 MEL G641 CAD for IC Design 3 2 5
6 MEL G642 VLSI Architecture 2 2 4
Elective
Courses (any two)
7 BITS G554 Data Compression 3 2 5
8 CS G553 Reconfigurable Computing 0 0 5
9 CS G555 System Specification and Modelling 3 3 4
10 CS G562 Advanced Architecture and Performance 3 2 5
Evaluation
11 CS G612 Fault Tolerant System Design 2 3 5
12 EA C415 Introduction to MEMS 0 0 4*
14 EEE G510 RF Microelectronics 0 0 5
15 EEE G512 Embedded System Design 3 1 4
16 EEE G592 Mobile and Personal Communication 3 2 5
18 EEE G626 Hardware Software Decoding 0 0 4
19 MEL G512 Optoelectronic Devices, Circuits and 3 2 5
Symbols
20 MEL G531 Testable Design & Fault Tolerant 3 2 5
Computing
21 MEL G612 Integrated Electronic System Design 2 2 4
22 MEL G622 Introduction to Artificial Neural Networks 2 2 4
23 MEL G623 Advanced VLSI Design 0 0 5
24 MEL G624 Advanced VLSI Architectures 0 0 5
25 MEL G625 Advanced Analog and Mixed Signal 0 0 5
Design
26 MEL G626 VLSI Test and Testability 0 0 5
Software Systems
Named courses
1 BITS C481 Computer Networks 3 0 3
87
2 SS G514 Object Oriented Analysis and Design 2 2 4

3 SS G515 Data Warehousing 3 2 5
4 SS G516 Computer Organization and Software 0 0 5
Systems
5 SS G531 Pervasive Computing 0 0 4*
6 SS G562 Software Engineering & Management 0 0 5
7 SS G653 Software Architecture 3 2 5
Elective
Courses (any two)
1 BITS C463 Cryptography 3 0 3
2 BITS C464 Machine Learning 3 0 3
3 BITS G553 Real Time Systems 0 0 5
4 BITS G554 Data Compression 3 2 5
5 EA C451 Internetworking Technologies 3 0 3
7 EEE G512 Embedded System Design 3 1 4
8 IS C415 Data Mining 3 0 3
9 IS C422 Parallel Computing 3 0 3
10 IS C424 Software for Embedded System 3 0 3
11 IS C446 Data Storage Technologies & Networks 3 0 3
12 IS C462 Network Programming 3 0 3
13 IS C471 Computer Graphics 2 2 3
14 IS C481 Graphical User Interfaces 3 0 3
15 ITEB G621 Supply Chain Management 0 0 4
16 SS G512 Object Oriented Programming 0 0 4
18 SS G513 Network Security 3 1 4
19 SS G517 Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis 0 0 5
20 SS G518 Database Design & Application 0 0 5
21 SS G522 Software Development Standards 0 0 4
22 SS G532 Information Theory 0 0 4
23 SS G541 User Interfaces 0 0 4
24 SS G542 Knowledge Management 0 0 3
25 SS G551 Advanced Compilation Techniques 0 0 5
26 SS G552 Software Testing Methodologies 0 0 4
27 SS G554 Distributed Data Systems 3 2 5
28 SS G624 Computer Based Simulation and 0 0 5
Modelling
29 SS G641 Management Information and Decision 0 0 5
Support Systems
Master of Business Administration
Named Courses
1 MBA C311 Business Structure and Processes 0 0 4
2 MBA C312 Managerial Economics 0 0 3
3
4 MBA C317 Managerial Skills 1 0 1
88
5 MBA C319 Negotiation Skills and Techniques 2 0 2

MBA C321 Legal and Economic Environment of 0 0 4*
Business
6 MBA C411 Organizational Behaviour 0 0 4
7 MBA C412 Human Resource Management 0 0 4
8 MBA C413 Quantitative Methods 0 0 4
9 MBA C414 Technology Management 3 0 3
10 MBA C415 Financial and Management Accounting 0 0 4
11 MBA C416 Corporate Finance and Taxation 0 0 4
12 MBA C417 Managerial Communication 0 0 4
13 MBA C418 Marketing 0 0 4
14 MBA C419 Production and Operations Management 0 0 4
15 MBA C421 Supply Chain Management 0 0 4
16 MBA C422 Business and Society 0 0 4
18 MBA C423 Business Policy and Strategic 0 0 4
Management
19 MBA C424 International Business 3 0 3
20 MBA C471 Management Information Systems 3 0 3
Elective Courses (Engineering & Technology Management)
BITS C468 New Venture Creation 3 0 3
1 BITS C489 Enterprise Resource Planning 3 0 3
2 EA C475 Financial Engineering 3 0 3
3 FIN C413 Risk Management and Insurance 3 0 3
4 MBA C414 Technology Management 3 0 3
5 MBA C429 Recent Advances in ETM 0 0 4
6 MBA C437 Security Analysis and Portfolio 3 0 3
Management
7 MBA C451 Internetworking Technologies 3 0 3
8 MBA C454 Project Appraisal 3 0 3
9 MBA C482 Creating and Leading Entrepreneurial 3 0 3
Organization
10 MBA C483 Marketing Research 3 0 3
11 MBA C512 Manufacturing Strategy 0 0 4
12 MBA C522 Total Quality Management 0 0 4
13 MBA C523 Project Management 0 0 4
14 MBA C552 Total Productive Maintenance 0 0 4
15 MBA C622 Software Project Management 0 0 4
Elective Courses (IT Enabled Services Management)
BITS C468 New Venture Creation 3 0 3
1 BITS C489 Enterprise Resource Planning 3 0 3
2 EA C474 Retail Management Systems 3 0 3
3 FIN C413 Risk Management and Insurance
4 MBA C426 Database Management Systems 0 0 4
5 MBA C427 e-Business and Internet Marketing 0 0 4
89
6 MBA C428 Internet Security and Cyber-laws 0 0 4

7 MBA C433 Advertising and Sales Promotion 3 0 3
8 MBA C436 Strategic Financial Management 3 0 3
9 MBA C437 Security Analysis and Portfolio 3 0 3
10 MBA C451 Internetworking Technologies 3 0 3
11 MBA C454 Project Appraisal 3 0 3
12 MBA C482 Creating and Leading Entrepreneurial 3 0 3
Organization
13 MBA C481 Expert Systems 0 0 4
14 MBA C622 Software Project Management 0 0 4
90
IX. FEE STRUCTURE AND FINANCIAL AID

a) Fee Structure
Details of various fees payable by the students are as given in below:
Table 4a. Fee Structure
S. Amount in
No. Particulars AED
1 Admission Fee 1,500
2 Activity Fee 1,000
3 Lab Caution Deposit @ (Refundable) 5,000
4 Tuition Fee (p.a.) – see below Note c(i) 35,000
5 Tuition Fee for Summer term courses, if any:
a Tuition Fee during PS-I (excluding hostel & transport) 4,500
b Tuition Fee during PS-II (excluding hostel & transport)
c Tuition Fee for 2 summer term courses (if institute offers) 3,000
d Tuition Fee for 1 summer term course (if institute offers) 2,000
7 Hostel Caution Deposit (Refundable), only for hostellers 2,000
8 Hostel Fee (p.a.) – see below Note c(ii) 30,000
9 Hostel Fee, excluding lunch & transport, during PS-I 2,750
10 Hostel Fee, excluding lunch & transport, during PS-II 7,500
11 Visa Fee*, is as given below:
a - Fresh** 2,100
b - Renewal 1,500
c - Normal Cancellation Fee *** 500
d - Jawaz Card Fee 250
12 Internet Fee**** (p.a.) 750
13 Refrigerator Fee# (p.a.) 600
14 Health Insurance Premium (p.a.) 1,550
15 Fee, per semester, for Transport is as given below:
a For pick-up-from & Drop-off-to Dubai 1,500
b For pick-up-from & Drop-off-to Sharjah/Ajman 1,750
Note: a) Fees are subject to change as per rules & regulations of the Institute.
b) In case of bounced cheque Dhs.100/- will be charged
c) For students admitted in previous years, tuition fee and hostel fee are:
S. Year of Admission
No. Particulars 2009-10 2008-09 2007-08
(i) Tuition Fee (p.a.) in AED 35,000 30,000 30,000
(ii) Hostel Fee (p.a.) in AED 30,000 22,000 22,000
* Subject to change as per rules & regulations of the Institution, Immigration Govt of
U.A.E, Dubai. Knowledge Village (DKV) & Dubai International Academic City (DIAC).
** Excluding in country & local amendment for students from U.A.E.
*** For normal cancellation.
**** For hostel students only.
@ Refundable after due adjustment of damages, breakages. if any, caused by the student.
# Applicable for those who want to keep refrigerator in their respective hostel room.
The Finance and Budget Committee, chaired by the Director BPD is empowered to
suitably modify the existing fee or make any other changes from time to time. Fee
changes made, if any, will be published widely in the relevant Institute publications
and will be notified to students through Institute notice boards.
91
Fee can be paid by Cash/Crossed Cheques /Telex transfer (to be made at least 20
days in advance of the payment deadline)/ demand Draft drawn in favor of ETA -
Net payable in Dubai. If DD is made in US $ (Dollars), and US $ 50 to the amount as
a collection charge.
Please note that only the net amount of fee (both tuition and hostel fee) will be
accepted by the Institute and any charges towards clearance, collection etc. must be
borne by the student.
All information can also be retrieved from the Institute’s official website at the URL
address: http://www.bitsdubai.com/Bits-BulletinL.pdf or BPD admission bulletin
available with the Admission Department of the Institute or Institute’s Reception.
b) Fee Payment Schedule
Table 4b. 2010 -11 Fee Payment Schedule

PARTICULARS DUE DATE
Admission Fee
Activity Fee
AT THE
Lab Caution Deposit @ (Refundable)
TIME OF
Hostel Caution Deposit (Refundable) ADMISSION
Visa Fee
Jawaz Card Fee***
I SEMESTER
Tuition fee (I installment) 26-Aug-10
Hostel Fee (Semester I Balance) 26-Aug-10
Internet Fee 2010 -11 26-Aug-10
Health Insurance Fee 2010-11 26-Aug-10
Transport Fee I Semester (only for Day Scholars who avail facility) 26-Aug-10
Tuition fee (II installment) 23-Nov-10
Hostel fee (II Semester 2010-11) 23-Nov-10
Transport Fee, II Semester 2010-11 (only for Day Scholars who avail facility) 23-Nov-10
II SEMESTER
Tuition fee (I installment) 30-Jan-11
Tuition fee (II installment) 26-Apr-11
Hostel fee (Semester I, 2011-12,) 26-Apr-11
Internet fee (2011-12) 26-Apr-11
Transport Fee*, Semester I 2011-12 (only for Day Scholars who avail facility) 26-Apr-11
Visa Renewal fee for the academic year 2011-12. 26-Apr-11
Jawaz Card Fee*** for the academic year 2011-12 26-Apr-11
Health Insurance Premium** for the academic year 2011-12 26-Apr-11
► Any change in the dates will be notified to the students in advance on the institute's notice board.
@
* Refund of Transport fee applicable as per policy
** In case of any withdrawal from Health Insurance Policy, notify Dean, Student Welfare
*** Jawaz Card is an Identity Multipurpose Card issued by Dubai International Academic City (DIAC)
92
c) Refund Policy
Application and Admission/Registration Fee is non-refundable.
i) Tuition Fee:
A. If a student accepts the admission offer and completes the admission
formalities but withdraws before the date of registration of the
programme, 80% of the first semester tuition fee is refundable.
B. If a student withdraws within one week from the date of registration of
the program, only 50% of the first semester tuition fee paid is
refundable.
C. If a student withdraws after one week from the date of registration of
the program, entire first semester tuition fee is non-refundable,
irrespective of the fact whether the student attended any class or not.
ii) Hostel Fee:
A. If a student opts for the hostel facility by paying the fee but withdraws
on or before one week before the commencement of the 1st semester,
90% of the semester’s hostel fee is refundable.
B. If a student withdraws within one week from the date of
commencement of the semester, 50% of the semester’s hostel fee is
refundable.
C. If a student withdraws after one week from the date of
commencement of the semester, the entire first semester’s hostel fee
is non-refundable.
iii) Transport Fee:
A. If a student opts for the Transport facility by paying the fee but
withdraws one week before the commencement of the semester, 90%
of the semester’s transport fee is refundable.
B. If a student withdraws within one week from the date of
commencement of the semester, 50% of the semester’s transport fee
is refundable.
C. If a student withdraws after one week of the commencement of the
programme, the entire first semester’s transport fee is non-refundable.
d) Financial Aid – Scholarships and Concessions
Students who are eligible for scholarships and concessions need to note the
following:
• All students must pay their fees in full at the time of admission and
any amount awarded as a scholarship will be adjusted with the fee
payment of subsequent semesters.
93
• The decision of the institute shall be final on all matters of

scholarships and concession at BITS, Pilani - Dubai.
i) Scholarships
(1) Merit Scholarship:
A. Students who have obtained 90% and above in the aggregate of the
Qualifying Examination will be given a 20% concession in the first
semester tuition fee as scholarship at the time of admission. This
scholarship is limited to the first semester only.
B. Students who have obtained 80% and above in the aggregate of the
Qualifying Examination, will be given a 15% concession in the first
semester tuition fee as scholarship at the time of admission. This
scholarship is limited to the first semester only.
C. On obtaining a CGPA of 9.0 on a 10.0 scale in each semester, students
will be eligible for 20% concession in the tuition fee as scholarship for
the following semester.
(2) Scholarship for Board Toppers (1st, 2nd, and 3rd rank holders)
Students who have secured top positions in 12th standard in their
respective board (General Secondary Education Certificate Exam of the
Ministry of Education, UAE or CBSE-India or any other State, National or
International Boards) will be offered the following scholarships for the first
semester only.
A. First rank holder : 100 % of the tuition fee
B. Second rank holder : 75% of the tuition fee
C. Third rank holder : 50% of the tuition fee
The above scholarship is limited to the first semester only. Relevant
documents certifying the above must be enclosed along with the
application form from competent authorities.
(3) Scholarship for Sports Excellence
A. Students who have participated and won medals in international
championships will be eligible for 50% concession on the first semester
tuition fee and students who have participated in the International
Championships are eligible for 15% concession on the first semester
tuition fee. This scholarship is limited to the first semester only.
B. Students who have participated and won medals in National
tournaments are eligible for 20% concession on the first semester
tuition fee and students who have participated in National
Tournaments are eligible for 5% concession on the first semester
tuition fee. This scholarship is limited to the first semester only.
(4) Merit-cum-Means Scholarship
There will be a few merit-cum-means scholarships available to
students. Those students who wish to apply to this must strictly
94
adhere to the guidelines prescribed for the same which will be

available from the Student Welfare Office. The amount and number
of scholarships will be decided by a duly constituted committee.
This scholarship is applicable to UAE students only.
(5) Scholarship for BITSAT Candidates
The following admission and scholar ship policyt will be applicable
for candidates seeking admissions at BITS, Pilani- Dubai for the
academic year 2010-11, who have taken BITSAT and belong to the
categories given below:
Sl. Category Offer
No. Programme Scholarship*
Option
1 Admission to BE 100% Tuition fee
With an overall aggregate of
(Hons.)
90% and above in 12th
programme of
examination and a BITSAT
candidate's
score of > or equal to 300
choice
2 With an overall aggregate of 75% Tuition fee
75%-89.9% in 12th examination
- do -
and a BITSAT score of > or
equal to 300
With an overall aggregate of 90% and above in 12th examination and a
3
BITSAT score of :
a 250 to 299 Admission to BE 50% Tuition fee
(Hons.)
programme of
candidate's
choice
b 200 to 249 - do - 40% Tuition Fee
4 With an overall aggregate of 75%-89.9% in 12th examination and a
BITSAT score of :
a 250 to 299 Admission to BE 30% Tuition Fee
(Hons.)
programme of
candidate's
choice
b 200 to 249 - do - 25% Tuition Fee
*The above policy of scholarship is applicable for first year
(Academic year 2010-11) only. These are currently prevailing. They
are subject to change from year to year as decided by a high power
scholarship committee, from time to time. Subsequently, the
students will be eligible for the merit scholarship of the institute as
per the prevailing eligibility criteria cited as 1(c), stated above.
• Candidates availing the above BITSAT scholarship will not be
eligible for any other scholarship of the institute in the first year.
• All other fee related to Visa, Insurance etc must be paid in full
by these candidates.
• The decision of the BPD Management will be final in all matters
concerning the award of the above scholarship.
• For Instructions to apply for BITSAT candidates:
http://www.bitsdubai.com/instructions to BITSAT candidates.pdf
95
• Similar scholarships for students having high ranks in IIT-JEE

2010 will be awarded. The details of the same are being worked
out by the BPD Admissions committee.
ii) Concessions
(1) Special Concessions for UAE Nationals:
All students who are UAE Nationals and who meet the eligibility criteria of the
institution will be offered full scholarship throughout the programme which
shall include full waiver on tuition fee, hostel fee, transport fee and cost of
books.
(2) Fee Concession in Case of Sudden Bereavement of

earning member of the family:
The Institute will help by waiving off 100% tuition fee for a semester for
those students who face financial hardships due to sudden and untimely
demise of the sole earning member of their family in that semester. A
Scholarship of up to 75% can be offered in the subsequent semesters, on a
case to case basis, depending on means and need and the overall
performance / discipline of the student.
(3) Fee Concession for Physically Challenged Students:
All physically challenged students who secure admission satisfying clause 5.13
on page 9 of the BPD Admission Bulletin 2010-11 will be eligible for 15%
concession on the tuition fee throughout the programme subject to
satisfactory academic performance in each semester.
Relevant documents, from an authorized medical practitioner, must be
produced explaining the nature of physical handicap and certifying no bar for
the student in pursuing an engineering programme due to the physical
disability. The Admission to the Institution and award of scholarship will be
done at the sole discretion of the Institute authorities. Responsibility of
providing any medical attention to the student in respect of his/her handicap
during the course of his/her study entirely rests with the parent.
*****
96
ANNEXURE - 1
STUDENT ACADEMIC
ADVISING
97
STUDENT ACADEMIC ADVISING
Goals of Student Academic Advising
• To establish a one-to-one contact between faculty members and a small

group of students
• To help, understand and recognize individual student’s learning needs and
goals
• To promote and facilitate the learning process of a selected group of students
• To provide an additional source of help, guidance and support in the
academic pursuits to students requiring such support in addition to the
normal channels.
Process of Student Academic Advising
A. Assignment of Faculty as Academic Advisors
Faculty members shall be assigned the responsibility of academic advising,

normally, based on the following criteria.
• Faculty member assigned to the student will be from either the same or allied
broad area of study of the students.
• Faculty member is a teacher for the same class/section to which the student
belongs, to ensure better monitoring.
• Each faculty shall be assigned a group of students from within the
programme of studies.
• Number of students assigned to each faculty shall be limited to a reasonable
number, such that the objectives of the academic advising are achieved. Such
number will not exceed 15 to 20 students.
B. Role of Academic Advisors
• To interact with their assigned students on a regular basis, according to

mutually agreed frequency and duration.
• To understand the strengths and weakness of their group through continuous
and regular monitoring of their academic performance
• To help these students develop personal academic goals or learning plans
and facilitates their progress toward their goals.
• To advise those students who express a desire or need for individual
attention and shall help them in their learning process. This may be initiated
either by the students or by the Academic Advisors.
• To act as learning consultants to their assigned group. In this role, they shall
help the students develop strategy for learning, studying, improving academic
standards and developing competence in their selected programmes of study.
98
• Wherever necessary, these Advisors shall network with other faculty

members and help students use all available resources to meet their learning
and developmental needs. This may include resources inside and outside the
university as well as strategies for learning.
• To help students choose electives.
• Maintaining record of his/her marks for each component.
More focus will be on students whose CGPA is low or has been consistently low (less
than say 4.5 or 5.0 on a scale of 10)
C. Role of students
The students as adult learners have the primary responsibility for the following:
• To understand clearly the need for academic advising. A short orientation and
training programme in Academic Advising shall be conducted for all to initiate
effective advising for students of the concerned age group and area of
specialization.
• To understand the skills and competence required to fulfil the academic
requirements.
• To initiate the process of assessing and understanding their own state of
preparedness for undertaking their chosen programme of study.
• To develop their own personal learning and achievement plans in their
courses of studies, in consultation with their Academic Advisor.
• To develop mutually satisfactory and productive relationship with their
Academic Advisors which should facilitate their learning and developmental
plans.
• To keep a personal record of targets, plans and specified goals and the
outcomes of their meetings with their Advisors.
D. Role of Dean (Admissions and Academic Registration)
• To initiate and finalize assignment of the students to an appropriate faculty

member, the methodology adopted for such assignment shall be as per the
procedures outlined earlier in ”A” above. The objectives are:
1. During each semester, from the Academic Advisors, progress report
and action plans, regarding the process of Academic Advising, are
invited once in every fifteen days.
2. The progress report and action plans regarding process of
Academic Advising will be evaluated for its effectiveness and
perceived deficiencies, if any.
3. Changes, improvements and modifications shall be intimated at the
end of semester meetings.
99
4. The purpose of these changes should clearly be identified as

improvement on the earlier processes.
5. These suggestions and decisions for improvement shall be
recorded.
6. Feedback from students shall also be obtained regarding quality of
academic advice and support received from each Advisor
• To organize and plan orientation sessions for students and Academic
Advisors, at the beginning of each semester. The objectives are :
1. To help create an awareness about the need for Academic
Advising.
2. To help clarify the mutual roles and responsibilities of students and
faculty members.
• To provide all relevant records to the concerned Advisors and the Students
Affairs office. Such records include,
1. Academic details
2. Grades secured in qualifying examinations
3. Scores in continuous assessment tests, assignments, quizzes and
seminars
Evaluation and Improvements of the Student Academic Advising
A. Purpose of Evaluation
The main purpose of the evaluation is

1. To ensure that the programme is meeting its objectives.
2. To suggest ways of improving the academic advising.
The effectiveness shall be ensured through
1. A statement of purpose of the academic advising.
2. An orientation programme for both Advisors and students
a. Academic advising – an overview
b. Commitment (time, energy and flexibility)
c. Benefits and rewards for participants
d. A summary of written documents, reports, formats to be
used.
A monitoring Process, which shall include
1. A tracking system for ongoing assessment
2. Written records
An evaluation process that measures
1. Quality of the process (relationship, rapport and feeling of
receiving help and advice)
100
2. Outcomes (Improvement in performance, grades, results)

The evaluation process shall measure the effectiveness in the two categories cited
above through;
1. Feed back from students
2. Feed back from faculty
3. Statistical/ comparative data
Feedback from students is designed to point out specific areas which need to be
improved. It will also point out specific deficiencies in the academic advising, so that
they can be addressed in the review and monitoring process.
Similarly, the feed back from faculty is designed to present problems and issues
from the faculty point of view, and how these can be addressed to achieve the
objectives of the system. If necessary, the objectives themselves may have to be
redefined and revised to achieve overall mission of the University.
Statistical and Comparative Data on Student Performance
General performance levels, in tests and end semester examinations shall be
measured and monitored. Statistical measures, like average, mean, mode and
ranges shall be calculated for the target groups and individuals. Comparative
analysis at the beginning and end of semester shall be used to measure the
effectiveness of the Academic Advising.
B. Procedures of Evaluation
The evaluation procedure will have the following components, with associated
responsibilities.
The semester end review process shall be conducted twice every year. The In-
charge of the Academic Advising shall initiate this review.
1. Student feedback: The In-charge of the Academic Advising shall collect the
feedback from the students. He will evaluate these. He shall then discuss the
feedback with the concerned Advisors, and draw a Review Report
2. The In-charge of the Academic advising shall also evaluate feedback from
Advisors. The advisor shall also provide to the In-charge a report stating the
improvement brought in the Advisees if any. These reports shall be used to
evaluate the effectiveness and contributions of the academic advising.
3. The In-charge shall then send a copy of his/her recommendations to the
Academic Advisors. These recommendations shall suggest possible areas of
improvement and issues requiring attention of the Advisors. The In-charge
will send a copy of these recommendations and Review Reports to the
Director of the Institute. This Report shall be a part of the agenda for the
Academic Monitoring Board.
101
Annual review report shall be conducted once every year.

1. The Director of the Institute shall initiate this review.
2. This review will be based on the reports received from the semester end
reviews conducted. A copy of this report will be maintained in the office of
the Director.
3. The Director shall conduct a final evaluation of the Academic Advising. He will
prepare a comprehensive Academic Advising Review Report.
This report shall contain:
a) A summary of overall achievements, problems and future plans
b) A summary of strengths and weakness of the Academic Advising.
c) A summary of proposals and recommendations about the improvements
required.
Advising Review Report will be sent to the Director through the Deputy Director
(Academic Administration).
*****
102
ANNEXURE-2
EQUIVALENCY TABLE
103
EQUIVALENCY TABLE
The following is a list of few senior secondary education certificate examinations which
are considered equivalent to qualify for admission to BITS, Pilani – Dubai (BPD).
S. No Country Name of the Examination Awarding Authority
1 Bahrain Secondary School General Certificate Ministry of Education –
State of Bahrain
2 Bangladesh Higher Secondary Certificate Board of Intermediate and
Examination Secondary Education,
Bangladesh
3 Indonesia Higher Secondary Examination Board of Secondary
(offered at Gandhi Memorial School) Education, Indian School,
Indonesia
4 Iran 4th year diploma of the secondary Ministry of Education, Iran
school (12 years course offered
under the new pattern of school
education)
5 India Indian School Certificate Council for Indian School
Examination Certificate Examinations,
New Delhi
Senior Secondary / Higher Recognized State Boards
Secondary / Intermediate for Higher Secondary
Certificates (for Examination of the Education from Andhra
Central Board of Andhra Pradesh Pradesh, Tamil Nadu,
nd
Intermediate Certificate, only 2 Karnataka, Kerala,
year marks will be considered for Maharashtra, Rajasthan,
calculation of aggregate) Gujarat, Bihar, Uttar
Pradesh, Orissa, etc.
6 Kuwait (GCC General Secondary Education Ministry of Education,
Country) Certificate (12 years) Kuwait
7 Oman (GCC General Secondary School Certificate Ministry of Education,
Country) (12 years) Oman
8 Pakistan Higher Secondary School Certificate Board of Intermediate and

Examination (Part II) (12 years) Secondary education,
Hyderabad.
Higher Secondary Certificate Federal Board of
Examination Intermediate and
Secondary education,
Islamabad.
9 Qatar (GCC General Secondary Education Ministry of education and
Country) Certificate Examination youth welfare, Govt. of
the state of Qatar
104
10 Saudi Arabia General Secondary Education Ministry of Education,

(GCC Certificate (12 years with English as Jeddah
Country) one of the subjects)
11 Switzerland International Baccalaureate Diploma International
(IB) – 6 subjects with Physics, Baccalaureate
Chemistry and Mathematics at Organization, Geneva.
higher level)
12 United General Certificate of Education – British Examining Bodies
Kingdom Advanced Level (A-Level) in 3 like Edexcel International
subjects (Physics, Chemistry and or University of Cambridge
Mathematics) International Exams.
PS: If the above table doesn’t mention your High School Certificate / Board, please
seek clarification from BPD Admission Office by an email sent to
admission@bitsdubai.com
******
105
ANNEXURE – 3
TRANSFER POLICIES AS
PER BPD ACADEMIC
REGULATIONS
106
A. TRANSFER PROCESS AS PER BPD ACADEMIC
REGULATIONS
The Process of Transfer

Transfer implies the movement of a student from one goal to another before completion
of the first.
Transfer can be from:
1. One first degree programme to another first degree)
2. One optional stream to another within first degree (i.e., say PS to TS and vice
versa)
3. One scheme to another within first degree (i.e., dual degree scheme to single
degree scheme)
Please note that in actual practice transfer is:
1. Always for motivated students in terms of limited numbers and will be on a
competitive basis.
2. As per the semester wise pattern of the “new” programme (into which the
student seeks admission by transfer) in the current catalog and for all purposes of
the academic regulations his/her date of entry into the Institute would mark the
initial semester of his / her new program.
3. Operated only at the beginning of a semester except where otherwise approval is
provided.
4. Entire up-to-date scholastic record including CGPA is carried over at the point of
transfer.
5. Not possible if a sanction in the old/past academic situation has not been properly
disposed off.
6. So effected that what was operative before the particular point of transfer may
become inoperative and vice versa, including in the cases of multiple transfers;
and at each point of transfer the provisions stipulated for transfer must be
implemented.
7. To a suitable programme as recommended by Academic Counselling Board (ACB)
while salvaging a student who is admitted on a transfer but is unable to cope up
with the program.
At the point of transfer, BPD scrutinizes the entire past academic record of the student.
The scrutiny aims at determining all the additional courses the student need to clear at
BPD in order that he/she becomes eligible to claim the BPD degree, after BPD accepts to
grant the transfer.
Process of determining additional courses:
Step No.1:
107
Identify “Course-mix” and “Residual-mix” from the past academic record.

• “Course-mix” is a set of courses the student has already cleared as
of latest performance. “Residual-mix” is the set of remaining
courses for which there is a performance from the past.
Step No.2:
Preparation of an “Eligibility Sheet” .
• “Eligibility sheet” is a document that lists all the courses tagged
category wise pertaining to the “new” programme under
consideration into which student applicant seeks transfer into at
BPD.
Category tags are “named” compulsory courses and courses for “elective” slots.
Step No.3
• In the eligibility sheet, exhaust all the courses tagged as either
“named” or “elective” courses, from among the equivalent
courses** of course-mix, by allotting them to the new programme
in appropriate categories.
• A student has the option to name a course from the course-mix of
the past against the elective slot in the new program.
Step No.4
In a similar manner, exhaust the courses of Residual-mix using following guidelines:
• The courses of Residual-mix will be booked for the new programme
only against the required named compulsory courses of the new
program.
• However, the Residual-mix may be booked for elective of the new
programme at the point of transfer at the option of the student.
Step No.5
Form “Unaccounted Courses” – and arrive at “Completely Frozen” courses as per
following academic stipulations.
• Those courses left out, in both the Course-mix and Residual-mix, at
the end of steps 1 to 4, are the unaccounted courses.
• Completely Frozen courses are those courses with grades and NC
reports from among the unaccounted courses. “Completely frozen”
are these courses, in the sense that they can neither be booked
nor repeated, for any future necessity in the new program.
• If an unaccounted course has a latest performance, which is a
report other than NC, it will not be frozen and it may be allowed to
be booked against a future necessity for an elective slot, if any, in
the new program.
108
• Irrespective of whatever has been said above, if later events

justifiable by BPD regulations so warrant, the student may be
permitted to utilize for credit in future an unaccounted course
cleared earlier.
Step 6:
The additional courses a student has to clear in the “new” programme at BPD are those
un-exhausted courses on the “Eligibility Sheet” under prevailing academic stipulations.
** Note that course equivalences need be determined irrespective of the course titles.
Two courses are said to be equivalent, if and only if “the content and the prescribed
text” of a course is found equivalent in terms of its rigor (topics) and standard with that
of the second course. On a case-to-case basis, BPD reserves its right to consult its own
suitable ad-hoc working group for determining course equivalences. The student
applicant seeking the transfer is solely responsible to provide all the necessary
information (such as course syllabus etc) regarding the courses of his/her past
performance to the ad-hoc working group. The ad-hoc working group’s decision is final
in respect of equivalence between the two courses.
B. PROVISIONS OF BPD ACADEMIC REGULATIONS FOR “ADMISSION

WITH ADVANCED STANDING”
Whenever a meritorious candidate seeking admission to any programme of the Institute

(herein after called “new program”) comes with a preparation higher than the minimum
entrance qualification prescribed for the program, he/she is considered for admission at
some intermediate stage in this programme under the provisions called “Admission with
Advanced Standing”.
The applicants aspiring admission with advanced standing may note the following:
A. Right at the entry point, the candidates are distinguished based on those who possess
integrated first degree of BPD or its equivalent and those whose prior preparation is
short of this. Accordingly following stipulations apply:
I. In view of the BPD’s Dual Degree scheme awarded under a competitive situation,
applicant do not gain additional advantage by a route of completion of one BPD
degree or its equivalent and admission with advanced standing for another first
degree of BPD. In respect of such candidates there shall be neither provision of
taking electives more than the minimum number required nor that of transfer
(refer 7.27 of AR*)
II. At the entry point, if a candidate possesses no university degree or possesses a
university degree lower than integrated first degree of BPD, he / she would have
all the opportunities that are available for a normal student who enters at the
starting point of the programme subject to stipulated restrictions, if any, at the
time of admission.
109
B. Student admitted with advanced standing into a programme at BPD

receives his/her CGPA/Division based only on the grades of courses taken
by him/her in his/her prescribed programme at the institute.
C. To claim a BPD degree, a student must carry out at least 50% of the r
equired courses from within the BPD course offerings of the new program.
Further, in the determination of course exemptions / backlogs, are subject to the
following BPD provisions:
1. If admission is feasible, his/her previous academic record will be scrutinized vis-
à-vis the requirements of the new program. If this scrutiny cannot give a firm
conclusion about the courses of the new programme he/she can be exempted
from, he/she will have to appear for tests designed specifically by the BPD for
the purpose.
2. BPD entertains such exemptions only in respect of courses, which are a
compulsory package of the new program.
3. The student has to do the whole package of electives of the new programme at
BPD.
4. If BPD grants “Admission with Advanced Standing”, the Institute places the
student in a nominal semester in the semester wise pattern as of the current
Catalog after identifying all the backlog courses, if any, right at the point of
admission.
*****
110
ANNEXURE – 4
COURSE HANDOUT
FORMATS
111
COURSE HANDOUT FORMATS

About Course Handout:
Each course will have a Course Handout, which will describe all the operational details of
the Course. This will be in two parts as described below:
Part I is a format indicating the general operational details applicable to all courses. The
Part I of the handout must be distributed to the faculty and the students along with
Time Table at the beginning of each semester.
Part II is a format indicating the specific details for a particular course in terms of
lecture-wise plan, reference material, evaluation schedule, etc. Part II of the handout
must be distributed to the students during the first week of class work by the respective
course instructors.
The formats for Part I and Part II of the course handout (including teaching plan) can be
found in the following pages.
******
COURSE HANDOUT PART-1
1. Text book:
In the timetable, refer to the section titled “Text Books for” containing a list of details
of prescribed text book(s) approved for the course, and also in the course handout
(Part II)
2. Attendance:
Every student is expected to be regular in attendance in all classes, laboratories,
tests, quizzes, seminars etc. and in fulfilling all tasks assigned to him. Attendance is
recorded by the respective instructor in every class conducted by him/her
Every student must maintain a minimum of 80% attendance in each course to be

eligible to appear for the final / comprehensive examination conducted at the end of
every semester. Students may be permitted for condonation of attendance by
established procedure, up to 30% of attendance subject to genuine reasons, which
will be decided on a case-to-case basis. However, students with less than 50%of the
attendance will not be allowed to appear for the final/comprehensive examination and
will be awarded “RC” Registration Cancelled.
3. Home Assignment:
Every student must submit all home work promptly and properly. (For details see part
II).
112
4. Reading Assignment:
Every student must complete his/her reading assignment and come prepared to the
class. (For details see part II).
5. Evaluation:
(a) Components of evaluation for each course will be selected from out of tests,
quizzes, home assignments, lab work, viva- voce, project reports, term papers,
seminars, comprehensive examination etc. The specific components with the
related weightage for a particular course will be spelt out in part II.
(b) There will normally be two tests, and other components such as., Quizzes/
Seminar/Assignments and Group discussions for a classroom oriented course
besides the final / comprehensive examination. Every evaluation scheme will
include open book component with at least 15-20 percent weightage.
(c) Normally, the duration of each test will be 50 minutes, quizzes 15-20 minutes.
Comprehensive examination will carry a weightage of 25% to 40% and will be
normally of 3 hours duration.
(d) For dates of tests/quizzes and comprehensive examination refer to the
Timetable, and course handout (Part II).
6. Make up:
Make-up for any TEST Component will be given only for genuine cases of absence.
The decision of the make-up committee is final on deciding about the genuineness. Prior
permission of the Instructor-in-charge, before the examination, is necessary, if the
absence is anticipated. Students will be eligible to avail only one makeup for any one
of the TESTS from all the courses of a semester. Make-ups will not be given to any other
evaluation component other than Test-I and Test-II. Normally make-ups will be arranged
in about a week from the date of regular examination.
7. Return of Marked Answer Books:
The students are advised to go through the answering scheme and marking scheme put
up by the course faculty, immediately after every evaluation component.
8. Discussion of Performance:
At the time of or before the distribution of marked answer books, performance vis-a-vis
the expected correct answers will be discussed. The highest, lowest, and average marks
will also be announced simultaneously.
9. Mid-semester Grading:
Mid-semester grading will be announced normally after two components of evaluation. It

is done in the same manner as that of the final grading as explained vide sl. no. 11
below.
113
10. Pre-comprehensive Total:
Students should verify their pre-comprehensive total of marks from their respective
instructors before the Comprehensive Examination.
11. Final Grading:
The total marks of all students in the course will be tabulated in a descending order
(equivalently a histogram). The performance of the class will be analyzed in terms of
average, highest and lowest marks and dividing lines between various clusters. Gaps
between clusters and the nature of clusters will guide drawing the dividing lines between
various grades. In a class of reasonably large size, the C-band will usually include the
average mark. This is not a hard and fast rule, and exceptions may arise in cases of
small classes or skewed histogram etc. Borderline cases will be decided on a case-by-
case basis keeping in view the consistency of performance, progressive improvement,
exceptionally good performance in final / Comprehensive Examination, regularity of
attendance and class participation. If a student gives the instructor inadequate
opportunity to evaluate him/her by absenting himself/herself from various components
of evaluation, he will get NC report. The students who get E or NC report in a course will
have to repeat the course. All students should clear all the courses of first four
semesters without even a single NC report for being eligible to be permitted to do
Practice School-I and later Compulsory Disciplinary Courses (CDCs) of III year.
12. Chamber Consultation Hours:
Each instructor will specify his chamber consultation hours for each course separately
during which the registered student of the course can contact instructor in his/her
chamber for consultation. (For details see part II).
13. Notices:
Notices, concerning a course will be displayed on the notice boards of corresponding

years of BPD. (For details see part II).
* * * * *
114
COURSE HANDOUT PART-II
Date: ____________
In addition to Part I (General Handout for all courses appended to the Time Table),this
portion gives further specific details regarding the course.
1. Course No. :
2. Course Title :
3. Team of Instructors :
4. Instructor In-Charge /
Course Coordinator :
5. Scope and Objectives

of the course :
6. Text Book(s) :
While listing the text book(s) the instructor-in-charge should ensure that these are from
the approved list, sufficiently available in the institution library. (The approved textbook
list is available with Instruction Division/ Chief Librarian. It is also given in the Time
Table).
7. Reference Books :
8. Catalog Description :
To be indicated as given in the catalog with the associated “L / P / U”
9. Course (pre- or) Co-requisites:
The pre-requisites have to be those approved by the Instruction Division. The Co-
requisites are any related courses, studied by the student in earlier semesters, whose
concepts are either extensively used in the current course or that the current course is
an extension of it.
115
Course Plan / Schedule :
Lecture Topics to Learning No. of lectures Reference to the

No. be covered Objectives prescribed text or
reference book(s)
• For this purpose, the total course coverage must be divided into fair amount of
detail. Care should be taken to ensure that sufficient number of lectures are
allotted against each topic and all the topics are covered.
• State the expected number of lectures for each topic to be covered and the
total number of lectures required for the course. For a three unit course in a
semester the total is usually between 40 and 45.
Course Outcomes:
To be indicated explicitly are those skills or concepts the student is expected to acquire
or learn as one goes through the course.
Relationship of course to Programme Outcomes
This is the most vital part of the Course Handout that motivates the student as how
course outcomes stated (in 11) relates to the overall programme outcomes.
1. Evaluation Scheme:
EC No. Evaluation Duration Weightage Date, Nature of

Component (%) Time and Component
(EC) Venue
• Whenever the course includes projects/seminars/laboratory, detailed break-up

of marks for the assessment scheme of the associated items must be given
explicitly.
• Dates of tests, quizzes and final / Comprehensive Examination are to be
included in the handout as per schedule of tests Comprehensive Examination
given in the Time Table. Instructor conducts surprise quizzes during in the
Time Table. Instructor conducts surprise quizzes during the scheduled hours of
the course on any working day of the institute.
• To examine the student comprehensively, sufficient time must be allowed for
answering a variety of questions. Therefore, the standard practice is to hold a
final / Comprehensive Examination of three hours duration. For any departure
from this practice prior permission of Dean, Instruction Division must be
obtained.
116
14. Makeup Policy:

Makeup policy for the course must be clearly mentioned in the handout so that
there is no ambiguity to the student.
15. General Timings of Consultation (Chamber Consultation Hour):

Provide consultation hours for all the instructors with their chamber numbers.
16. Attendance:
(to indicate as in Part-I; as well to indicate any special attendance as may be

needed during the coverage of course topics).
17. Home work and Library references for problem sets:
Here the instructor offers an explicit mention of home exercises / problem sets /
library references that the students are encouraged towards either reinforcement /
extension of the concepts taught as planned (vide sl. no.10) .
18. Recommended Group Effort :
It is expected that the instructor indicate to the students regarding a set of activities
such as working towards a mini project or a further theoretical study by a group of
students by which the concepts being taught in the current course are better
appreciated and understood by the students.
19. Notices:
The notices of the course need to be put up consistently on only one notice board and
the location or name of the notice board must be mentioned explicitly in the handout.
Contact details of the Instructor and the Instructor(s) In-charge:
(The contact details include Name; Location of the chamber at BPD; Telephone
Nos. with extensions; Institute emails Id.; and so on to enable the student reach
the instructor and seek clarifications or at least fix up an appointment to seek
clarifications)
Any other item of relevance and Course-specific for the guidance of the students (but
not listed in the format here in).
*****
117
ANNEXURE-5
THE GRADING PROCESS
118
Process of Grading of students’ performance

In all courses other than courses namely Thesis, Seminar etc., qualitative letter grades A
to E and Non-letter grade. “NC” are awarded at the end of the semester which have the
qualitative meaning and grade point value as shown in table below.
Table 5: Qualitative Meaning of Grades
Where Applicable Where Qualitative Grade Point
Applicable Meaning Awarded
All Courses of First A Excellent 10

Degree other than
those mentioned in the B Good 8
last two rows of this
C Fair 6
table
D Poor 4
E* Exposed 2
Thesis in the First Excellent / Good / Fair / Poor

Degree
Seminar Good / Poor

*Exposed indicates that a student has just been exposed to the course but not met the evaluation norms
to consider him/her having cleared the course. Hence, he/she has to re-register for the course, attend
the classes, and obtain a valid grade of “D” and above. This process he/she has to complete within the
eight semesters (four years) of the program.
After tabulation of the marks secured by the students in all the evaluation components
of a course, the performance of each student is graded relatively to that of all others,
who have registered for the same course in the given semester, by plotting a histogram
of the marks secured versus the number of students. A representative histogram is
shown in Figure 3 within this annexure. The specific grade cut-offs for each of the
Grades A, B, C, D, E of a course is arrived at by the instructor(s) concerned after a
detailed examination of the profile of the histogram (or descending-order list), in
particular the gaps and dips between clusters of points (students). The process is as
detailed below.
First the clusters corresponding to A to E which separate out the excellent students and
those who are judged as merely exposed to the course are identified. The remaining
grades are then identified in the context of overall class average and histogram profile.
In a large normal class, the average will lie somewhere in the C band. However, there is
no hard and fast rule that it must be so. For a class of good quality students, the
average could as well lie in the band of B Grade.
A Histogram such as the one as shown in the Figure.2 (on page 124) is employed as
already explained to arrive at specific grade cut-offs.
Once the dividing lines between various grades have been drawn, on the histogram,
these are converted as in table 6 giving the range of marks corresponding to each grade,
such as the one shown below for the representative histogram shown in Figure.3.
119
Table 6: Example Grade Range

Grade Weightage Range of marks (Grade Cut-offs)*
*Specific only to the example under
consideration
A 10 Greater than or equal to 72
B 8 Less than 72 and greater than or equal to 58
C 6 Less than 58 and greater than or equal to 34
D 4 Less than 34 and greater than or equal to 18
E 2 Less than 18
Thus BPD follows a relative grading system. The specific Grade cut-offs** in terms of the
marks obtained by a student would be declared only after a thorough scrutiny by the
Examination Committee.
This process is further explained in the pages following the histogram
Scrutiny of Grades by Examination Committee
The suggestion of the instructor(s) such as above for the grade cut-offs is scrutinized by
the Examination committee in light of the course file submitted by the instructors.
The course file contains all details as how the instructor handled the course namely:
• course handout
• attendance record
• question paper with answer keys of all the components;
• make up question papers, if any (with make up requests by the students)
• all the notices (communicated to the students)
• answer papers (lowest marks / highest marks / average) of all the components
• marks list and related documents of all the components
• Any other document related to the course.
The Examination committee is empowered to seek any clarifications from the

instructor(s) concerned before their recommendations are forwarded to the Director for
final approval. Only after the approval of the grades by the Institute, the same will be
communicated to the students.
The method adopted herein eliminates any preconceived notion about the border lines
between grades at the beginning of the course. Thus the grading is a relative process
maintaining certain absolute standards (depending upon the standard of question
papers, performance of students, previous grading etc.)
The student is thereby given a large number of opportunities to exhibit himself and be
evaluated. The system encourages and rewards continuous and systematic study. It
provides a constant feedback to the student as to where he/she stands, thus enabling
him to cultivate regular habits of studying / learning and preparing himself for the
future.
120
BITS, Pilani – Dubai Catalog 2010-11
Course Number & Course Title

Course Avg. = 45.8
5
E D C B A
4
No. of Students
46
3
12 23 4445
2
10 14 24 2829 30 38 4243 47 52 62 65 67 68 7576 7879

1
Marks Secured
Figure 2: A Sample Histogram
121
BITS, Pilani – Dubai Catalog
Unusual methods of evaluation have been evolved in the Practice School courses to
take account of certain traits, which do not surface in a classroom education, like
professional judgment, decision-making ability, interdisciplinary approach, initiative,
leadership, and sense of responsibility.
Computation of the Cumulative Grade Point Average
A student is deemed to have cleared a course, if he/she obtains any grade (other than
NC) in the course.
The overall performance of a student is indicated by an index known as the “Cumulative
Grade Point Average” (CGPA). The Cumulative Grade Point Average will be used to
describe the overall performance of a student in all courses in which he / she is
awarded letter grades, since his / her entry into the Institute through the latest
semester as per the grading procedure. It is the weighted average of the grade points
of all letter grades received by the student from his / her entry into the Institute and is
computed as follows:
u 1g 1 + u 2 g 2 + u 3 g 3 + ............. + u n g n
CGPA =
u 1 + u 2 + u 3 + ............. + u n
Where u1 ,u2 , u3 , ………. , un denotes units associated with the courses taken by the
student and g1, g2, g3,….,gn denote points of the letter grades awarded in the
respective courses. It is expressed on a 10-point scale.
Students who fail to meet the minimum academic requirements (CGPA = 4.5 or 5.0, as
applicable) stipulated above are put under a Academic Counselling Board (ACB), which
monitors their programme and gives guidance, so that they are properly rehabilitated at
the earliest. This Committee is given authority to take appropriate action including
discontinuance of the programme by the student or transfer to other program.
Example:
Table 7: An Example to Arrive at CGPA
Course No. of Grade Grade
Units Points
CHEM C 142 Chemistry II 3 A 30
ES C 112 Thermodynamics 3 A 30
MATH C 192 Mathematics II 3 B 24
PHY C 132 Physics II 3 C 18
TA C 112 Workshop Practice 4 B 32
TAC C 162 Computer Programming I 3 D 12
Total 19 146
3x10 + 3x10 + 3x8 + 3x6 + 4x8 + 3x4 146

CGPA = = = 7.68
3+3+3+3+ 4+3 19
***
122
ANNEXURE – 6
DUAL DEGREE SCHEME
123
DUAL DEGREE SCHEME

As per BPD academic regulations, various educational programmes of the Institute are
distinguished by structural and operational flexibilities. One of the important flexibility is
Dual Degree which meets, as far as possible, many worthy goals in a practical way.
It is an opportunity for students who are capable of accepting the challenge to work
simultaneously for two degrees out of the integrated First-Degree programmes being
offered by the Institute. BPD normally widely publicizes through its notice boards during
the ending of II semester inviting applications from interested meritorious BPD students
who wish to opt for Dual Degree.
In the Dual Degree Scheme a student needs to continue and pursue studies for one
more academic year in excess of normal four years duration for First-Degree program.
In the BPD structure of First Degree Programmes in Engineering, as given in Section 3
vide a graphic representation titled “Structure of BPD First Degree Programmes
(Practice School Option)”, kindly note that
• Courses in the first two years are common to all students irrespective of the
discipline in which he/she is pursuing the program.
• Depending on the student’s option for Practice School (PS) or Thesis-seminar
(TS):
• A student undergoes PS-I, which is for 8 weeks duration (during summer after
2nd academic year of study) and PS II, which is 5 ½ month duration (after III
academic year of study)
• On the other hand, as student who has opted TS option will pursue TS after 3rd
Year of study.
• During 3rd year, for two semesters duration, student undergoes Eight
Compulsory Discipline Courses (CDCs) in addition to four Analysis and Application
Oriented Courses (AAOC) Courses and
• For the remaining one semester duration in Fourth year, students undergo the
academic-regulations-prescribed-number of electives (i.e, five electives) towards
satisfying the requirements of first-degree.
The Structural harmony of BPD programmes are such that it permits a student
opting for BPD Dual Degree Scheme, to arrive at the structure of the composite
degree such that:
• Four of the AAOC courses are the same for both degrees and
• The student need to just complete additional 8 CDC courses and 5 electives
required for the second degree
Therefore, the student opting dual degree scheme, can fulfil the additional
requirement of 13 courses for composite programme completion within the
additional academic year of his/her study at the Institute.
124
An example dual degree structure is provided herewith for ready reference

(kindly refer next page for an example course structure of a student who opted
for dual degree scheme). The principle by which the composite programme is
worked out is as described below:
• All courses and categories of the two programmes that remain after excluding
the elective categories, the Practice School (PS) / Thesis-Seminar (TS)
component constitute the basic requirement of the composite programmes.
• On this basic requirement, is superimposed the smaller of the two elective
packages associated with the two concerned programmes, as also PS and TS.
• All these courses are properly interspersed and re-sequenced to form the dual
degree program.
It may kindly be noted that, in the dual degree scheme, until a student fulfils the
requirements of graduation for the both the degrees, he/she is construed to have
completed entire composite program. Thus, student is not permitted to fulfil
requirements for each programme separately as the scheme he /she opted is a
composite program.
125
BITS, Pilani – Dubai

International Academic City, Dubai
Course Structure for <student name>, BPD ID # <YYYY xxx>
Dual Degree B.E. (Hons.) CS as First Degree and B.D. (Hons.) EEE as Second Degree
AAOC C111 Probability and Stats. 3 CHEM C142 Chemistry II 3

CHEM C141 Chemistry I 3 MATH C192 Mathematics II 3
2004- ENGL C121 English Lang. Skills 3 PHY C132 Physics II 3
2005 MATH C191 Mathematics I 3 TA C112 Workshop Practice 4
PHY C131 Physics I 3 TA C162 Computer Programming I 3
TA C111 Engineering Graphics 4
22 19
ES C221 Mechanics of Solids 3 ES C242 Structure and Prop. of Materials 3
2005 -
2006
MATH C241 Mathematics III 3 TA C222 Measurement Techniques II 4
MGTS C211 Principles of Mgmt. 3 MGTS C233 Principles of Mktg. for Engrs 3
TA C211 Measurement Tech. I 2 ES C263 Microprocessors Progmg. and 4
TA C252 Computer Prgmg. II 3 Interfacing
MATH C222 Discrete Structure for 3
Computer Science
17 20
Summer BITS UC221 Practice School I 5 units

2006-
2007
4 First Degree Compulsory Min 12 4 First Degree Compulsory Discipline Min
Discipline Courses Courses 12
EEE C272 Circuits and Signals 3
Min 18 Min 21
2007- 4 Second Degree Compulsory Min 12 3 Second Degree Compulsory Min

2008 Discipline Courses 6 Discipline Courses 9
2 Elective Courses 3 Elective Courses 9
Min 18 Min 18
BITS C412 Practice School II 20 BITS C422T Thesis 15

2008 –
2009
20 16
Note: This is the currently operative pattern as approved by the Institute.
*****
126
ANNEXURE-7
PRACTICE SCHOOL
127
Practice School (PS)

Since its inception, BITS, Pilani-Dubai (BPD), has been offering Practice School as an
optional course for the students of first degree in engineering. It provides a good
opportunity for the student to learn the skills of being a professional through a closely
monitored industry oriented internship. The Practice School course also strengthens
Institute - Industry linkage.
The students of First Degree programme in engineering need to exercise their option to
opt for either Practice School (PS) or Thesis-Seminar (TS).
Practice School (PS):
The Practice School (PS) is a controlled simulation of real life where the student relates
and applies his classroom knowledge and skills to real life situations faced by industry.
Practice School is a part of the first-degree programme in engineering and takes the
classroom, for a period of seven and half months, to a professional location where the
students and the monitoring faculty get into real life situations of an industry or
research organization. PS institutionalizes efforts to build the long needed bridge
between the professional world and the educational world. The course requires the
student to undergo the rigor of professional world in form as well as in substance,
providing an opportunity to apply classroom knowledge to real life situations.
PS as a course in First Degree Programmes
The PS Course for the first degree has two components, namely
PS – I or a 5 unit program, which is exposure - oriented of two months duration
implemented during either of the summer following the second year and
PS – II or a 20 unit program, which is project - based and of five and a half months
duration implemented during either of the semester of the final year.
Thus, together PS-I and PS-II constitute 25 units in every four year first degree
programme in Engineering.
At the beginning of both the PS-I and PS-II Courses, students register for the same
appropriately. Similar to any other course offered at BPD, they are provided with course
handouts containing details about the PS Faculty, PS Mentor, Dean (Practice School,
Career Counselling and Placement), a brief about the PS Station, Objectives of the
course and its linkage to programme being offered (as part of which student registered
for the PS), Schedule of evaluation components (weightages and date of conduction of
each component) namely observation, technical dairy, Quizzes, Group Discussions,
Seminars, Project Reports, Viva Voce and so on.
Assessments are carried out regularly as per the schedule provided and the students’
performance is conveyed back either to encourage or suggest improvements (for them
to perform better) as may be required. In addition to a final grade in PS the student
secures at the end of the semester, a mid semester grade is also indicated to the
128
student half way through the duration of PS. More details regarding evaluation
components are attached in the enclosure-1.
About PS-1
PS – I is a five unit course. PS-I commence with an initial exposure of students to
industry environment through gap lectures (by the resource of the PS Station) and field
visits (organized in consultation with Dean (Practice School, Career Counselling and
Placement) at the Industry). Further they are oriented to professional activity by
organizing Quizzes, Assignments, Group Discussions and so on. Students who opt for
PS carry out PS-I during summer at the end of II year.
PS - I offer opportunities for detailed understanding of vast engineering operations as
well as introduction to the theme of industrial infrastructure and development defined in
terms of problems such as inventory, productivity, management, industrial relations,
information system, wage administration etc.
About PS –II
The student education in PS – II is in terms of his involvement in the problem - solving
efforts of direct interest to the host organizations. PS II is a 20 unit course. Every
student who has opted for PS carries out PS-II either during the “a part of summer plus
first semester” or in the second semester of the Final Year. For this purpose the
students of a IV Year of a discipline are divided into batches (each normally having
50% of the total student strength) – so as to facilitate batch I students to carry out PS-
II during first half of IV academic year of study while the second batch of students
carry out during the second half of the academic year
In PS-II also with the help of the Dean (Practice School, Career Counselling and
Placement) and the resource persons of the PS Station gap lectures, field visits are
arranged to expose the student to have an in-depth understanding of typical technical
project of the industry and enable him to identify a good technical problem on which
he/she can work upon during PS II. The technical problems / issues for carrying out PS
II projects are identified in consultation with Coordinator of the Practice School (PS)
Station, PS Faculty, PS Mentor (faculty from the Institute) and the resource persons of
the industry.
Students are required to defend the technical credibility of the work carried out as part
of PS II Project from time to time through written as well as oral presentations namely:
Quizzes, Group Discussions, Seminars, Project Reports, Viva-voce and so on. All along
the course a strong attempt is made to emphasize the importance of teamwork, the
need for leadership qualities, and the need to fulfil the objectives of the PS II project
within a time schedule.
Role of Institute faculty as ”PS Faculty” and “PS Mentor”
To ensure that the students acquire a good quality and standard of learning as is
required and expected of at the first degree level, the Practice School Course is closely
129
supervised and monitored by two faculty of BPD per student. They are designated as a
“PS Faculty” and a “PS Mentor”.
Through a day to day supervision, the PS Faculty ensures a thorough supervision of the
student so that: the student adheres to the concerned PS Station’s (industry’s) working
regulations in attending to conduct the activities at the industry like any other employee
over there. In addition PS faculty ensures to coordinate with industry personnel to
arrange required site visits or gap lectures to enable student’s learning process and
working at the PS Station. PS faculty stays in constant touch with industry personnel
and PS Mentor (the Institute faculty who has been assigned so) ensures their
involvement in timely conduction of evaluation components. The PS Faculty maintains a
separate register that contains a complete record of day to day operations and
proforma in which periodic reports about the student’s progress are provided to the
Institute. The details maintained in the PS Register include: a ready reckoned,
fortnightly reports, details of gap lectures arranged, details of assignments/projects
given to PS student at the PS Station and the progress of the same, details of filed trips,
make-ups for evaluation components offered and so on.
The Institute faculty assigned as PS Mentor is a subject expert in the specific discipline
in which student is pursuing his first degree. Thus the faculty assigned as “PS Mentor”
has the obligation to live up to the expectation of student in offering required subject
guidance to carry out professional studies / projects as assigned to the student with the
concurrence of the Coordinator of the PS Station (industry). PS Mentor is held
responsible for the quality of learning professional skills a PS student is expected to
acquire during his / her industry internship.
Feedback on Practice School
In view of the important and significant role the Practice School plays in shaping young
graduates as “Engineering Professionals”, each and every operation of the PS Course is
closely monitored by the Institute by obtaining a very detailed feedback from all
concerned namely: every PS student, PS Faculty, PS Mentor as well as from PS Station
and its CEO.
The Feedback is obtained on various aspects common to PS-I and PS-II such as:
PS Allotment; Registration; Transportation; Expenditure; PS Course Schedule; PS
assignment; Facilities at PS Station; Inter-personal relations; Involvement of PS Faculty
and professional expert at the industry; Student’s involvement; conduction of evaluation
and feedback provided for the student to improve; certain other operational issues; and
overall impressions on various aspects;
In addition to the above, the Feedback on PSII is focused further on following aspects:
PS Project Assignment; facilities at PS Station; PS training received; PS experience and
visualization of professional life
130
Growth in PS Stations
PS Courses is in operation in BPD right from its inception. The faith of the firms was
adequately re-paid by the performance of the students and as a result the number of
Companies offering PS I and II stations to BPD has grown over the past years, as
shown in the graph attached in enclosure-2 vis-à-vis the number of students opted for
PS.
Currently we have nearly 371 companies in the U.A.E, who have so far offered Practice
School to our students and the number of companies requesting for PS students is on a
high rise.
Stipends paid during PS
Nearly all the PS - II students of BITS, Pilani - Dubai are being paid monthly stipend by
the industries during their five and a half month internship. Also PS-I students (during
their 2 month internship) are paid monthly stipend by majority of industries.
Placement Offers
Several students receive placement offers from the PS Station in which he/she carried
out the PS. Of late, some students are not able to accept them as either they were
interested to go for higher studies or that they receive better offers from other
employers.
*****
131
Enclosure -1
About the components of evaluation of student’s performance at
the practice school station
Performance Evaluation of students at the Practice School Stations both in PS-1 and PS-
II is done using the following evaluation components. The weightage for each
component is indicated.
Table 8: Evaluation Components of PS-I and PS-II
Components Weightage Weightage

PS - I PS - II
daily Observation: This component is evaluated by 15 % 15%

observing the student for the following points
a. Regularity and ability to meet deadlines 3% 3%
b. Sense of responsibility 3% 3%
c. Initiative and leadership 2% 2%
d. Students industry / efforts 3% 3%
e. Social sense and adaptability to practical 3% 3%

situation
f. Self reliance and cooperation 1% 3%
Quiz: A quiz is designed to test the students in terms 10% 15%

of these points
a. Knowledge of basic concepts and physical 2% 3%

principles
b. Additional knowledge required 3% 4%
c. Ability to apply the knowledge of basic 3% 4%

concepts and physical principles
d. Ability to analyze a given problem or situation 1% 2%
e. Logical path followed in problem solving effort 1% 2%
132

PS- I PS- II
Group Discussion: In group discussion faculty 15 % 15%

evaluates the student on these points
a. Knowledge and comprehension of the problem 3% 3%

topics introduces for group discussion
b. Level of participation 3% 3%
c. Ability to lead discussion in the right direction 2% 2%

and to cooperate with the fellow members
d. Ability to suggest new ideas for extending and 2% 2%

improving Group Discussion
e. Ability to initiate the topic when the discussion 1% 1%

is subsides
f. Ability to moderate the discussion 1% 1%
g. Ability to create a good impression act 2% 2%

accordingly
h. Self reliance and cooperation 1% 1%
Seminar / Viva: The seminar/viva test the students 25% 25%

in terms of these points.
a. Knowledge of basic concepts and physical 2% 2%

principles
b. Additional knowledge acquired 3% 3%
c. Ability to apply the knowledge of basic 5% 5%

concepts and physical principles
d. Ability to analyze and a given problem or 5% 5%

situation
e. Logical path followed in the problem, solving 3% 3%

effort
f. Effective oral communication 5% 5%
133

PS- I PS- II
g. Self reliance and cooperation 1% 1%
h. Moderation 1% 1%
Dairy: Technical dairy written by the students is 5% 5%

judged for these points.
a. Data handling, calculation and presentation 2% 2%
b Thought process 2% 2%
c. Regularity 1% 1%
Project Report: Project is a written component is 30% 25%

judged on these points
a. Knowledge an comprehension of the problem 6% 5%
b Ability to introduce the problem and setting 3% 2%

the objective of the project
c. Ability to analyze the problem 6% 5%
d. Logical path followed 2% 2%
e. Concluding remarks in terms of the objectives 6% 5%

set earlier and the future scope of the
problem
f. Presentation of the abstract with precision 3% 2%
*****
134
ANNEXURE-8
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
(For Courses Other than
Specialized Discipline
Courses)
135
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
(For Courses Other than Specialized Discipline Courses)
Language and Literature
ENGL C121 English Language Skills I 3

ENGL C122 English Language Skills II 3
The course is designed to raise progressively the level of proficiency of the normal input
to a stage where they can embark on English language and literature.
The above two unstructured courses are designed to raise progressively the level of
proficiency of the normal input to a stage where they can embark on English language
and literature. They are intended to develop the language skills of listening, speaking,
reading and writing. No student will be permitted to register in more than one course at
a time. The presentation of the skills courses in the present break-up is not intended to
indicate any sequence. It simply indicates the total number of units and the related
number of hours spent in the course through formal contact or self-study only. Thus a
student can begin at any one of such courses with the requirement that for the normal
input only one (or two) of these courses would be needed. From the description
presented above it would be clear that students may register in any one (or both) of
these courses with the proviso that registration can be done in only one course per
semester.
ENGL C123 English Language Skills 303

The course is designed to raise progressively the level of proficiency of the normal input
to a stage where they can embark on English language and literature. It is intended to
develop the skills of listening, speaking, reading and writing.
Sounds of English; word structure; word order and effective sentences; listening
comprehension; vocabulary extension; phrasal verbs; paragraph writing; reading
comprehension Precise writing, letter writing; dicto composition; writing research
papers; writing book reviews.
*****
136
Core Science
BIO C111 General Biology 303
This course serves as a prelude to the biological system that enables the students to
apply the concepts and principles of biology in the various fields of engineering.
Living systems and their properties; major biological compounds; basic physiological
processes; introduction to genetics; environment and evolution.
BIO C211 Biological Chemistry 303

The course is designed to provide the students with sufficient background of biochemistry
with an understanding of fundamentals to explain how the inanimate molecules of living
organisms are assembled & perpetuate the living state.
Chemistry and functions of constituents of cells and tissues; introductions to enzymes;
metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids, amino acids; nucleic acids and protein synthesis;
vitamins and hormones
BIO C241 Microbiology 233

This course deals with the structure, physiology and growth of microorganisms, with
emphasis to develop skills for identification of microorganisms in disease and application
in industry.
Introduction and classification of microbes; structure and physiology of microbial cell;

infection & immunity; host parasite relationship; microbiology of milk, air, water and
food; physical chemical methods of controlling microbes; experiments for isolation,
cultivation, physiological and biochemical characterization of microbes.
CHEM C141 Chemistry I 303

This is the first of a sequence of two courses aimed at providing an integrated overview
of chemistry.
Topics to be discussed will include: nuclear chemistry: electronic structure of atoms;
molecular structure and chemical bonding; chemical thermodynamics; phase and
chemical equilibrium; electrochemistry; chemical kinetics.
CHEM C142 Chemistry II 303

Pre-requisite: CHEM C141
Representative topics from inorganic and organic chemistry will be discussed to expose
the student to the logic and systematic of these areas, keeping in view the general
principles introduced in the first course.
137
Topics will include: stereoisomerism; important classes of organic reactions such as

nucleophilic aliphatic substitution, elimination, electrophilic addition, free radical
addition; organic synthesis; chemistry of selected main group elements; coordination
chemistry.
CHEM C221 General Chemistry 303

Atomic structure; chemical bonding; gaseous, liquid and solid states; thermodynamics:
phase and chemical equilibrium; electrochemistry; chemical kinetics; organic
compounds; functional groups, structure and isomerism; stereochemistry; organic
reactions; substitution, addition and elimination; chemistry of some representative
elements; nucleus and radioactivity
PHY C131 Physics I (Mechanics, Waves and Optics) 303

This is the first half part of a two semester comprehensive core physics most
appropriate to engineering students and deals basic principles of physics in the broad
areas, namely: mechanics waves and optics
Conservation Principles, Rotational Dynamics, Oscillations, Wave Motion, Reflection and
Refraction, Interference, Diffraction Polarization.
PHY C132 Physics II (Electricity, Magnetism and Modern Physics) 303

This is the second half part of a two semester comprehensive core physics most
appropriate to engineering students and deals basic principles of physics in the broad
areas, namely: Electricity, Magnetism and Modern Physics Electric Field, Magnetic Field,
Electric Current, Electromagnetic Induction, Maxwell’s Equations, Electromagnetic
Waves, Bohr Atom, Atomic spectra, Wave Particle Duality, Uncertainty Principle.
PHY C122 General Physics 303

Philosophy of Science; Newton’s laws of motion; Work Energy, Impulse and
Momentum; Equilibrium; Moment of a force; Rotation; Periodic motion; First law of
thermodynamics; Second law of thermodynamics; Electromagnetic waves; Interference
and diffraction; Polarization; Relativistic mechanics; Photons, Electrons and Atoms;
Quantum Mechanics; Atoms, Molecules and Solids; Nuclear Physics
*****
138
Core Mathematics (MATH)
MATH C191 Mathematics I (Advanced Calculus) 303

The course is intended as a basic course in calculus of several variables and vector
analysis.
Functions and graphs; limit and continuity; applications of derivative and integral.
Conics; polar coordinates; convergence of sequences and series. Maclaurin and Taylor
series. Partial derivatives. Vector calculus in Rn; vector analysis; theorems of Green,
Gauss and Stokes
MATH C192 Mathematics II (Complex Variables and Linear Algebra) 303

This course provides an introduction to linear algebra, and an introduction to theory of
Complex Variable, functions and its application. Complex numbers, analytic functions,
Cauchy's theorems; elementary functions; series expansions; calculus of residues and
applications.
Vector space; basis and dimension; linear transformation; range and kernel of a linear
transformation; row reduction method and its application to linear system of equations
MATH C222 Discrete Structures for Computer Science 303

The course provides mathematical foundations for courses in computer science that
relies upon the comprehension of formal abstract concepts.
Introduction to discrete mathematical structures; Formal logic and predicate calculus;
Sets, relations and functions; Proof techniques; Graphs and trees; Primes, factorization,
greatest common divisor, residues and application to cryptology; Boolean algebra;
Permutations, combinations and partitions; Recurrence relations and generating
functions; Introduction to error-correcting codes; Formal languages and grammars,
finite state machines.
MATH C241 Mathematics III (Differential Equations) 303

This Course reviews and continues the study of differential equations with the objective
of introducing classical methods for solving boundary value problems.
Eigen-values and Eigen-vectors. Inner product space and orthonormal bases.
Elementary differential equations, Hyper geometric equations, Lengendre polynomials,
Bessel functions; Fourier series; Sturm-Liouville problem, series solution for differential
equation, systems of first order equations; Laplace transformation and application to
139
differential equations; one dimensional wave equation, one dimensional heat equation
and Laplace equation in rectangular form.
MATH D021 Remedial Mathematics 505

This course provides the mathematical foundation to the student who has not done
mathematical courses at 10 +2 level.
Number System, Progression, Permutations and Combinations, Binomial Theorem,
Vectors, Matrices and Determinants, Coordinate Geometry, Systems of Coordinates,
Equation of Line , Circle, Conic sections and Quadratic Equations, Trigonometry
Functions, Heights and Distances, Trigonometric Identities ,Sum and Product Formula,
Properties of Triangles , Sets , Relations, Functions and Graphs, Limits ,Continuity,
Derivatives of Simple functions and Their Applications, Integral as a Anti-derivative,
Methods of Integrations, Definite Integral .
*****
140
Technical Arts (TA)
TA C111 Engineering Graphics 244

This course deals with “Engineering Drawing”-An Engineer’s Language of
communicating design procedures and manufacturing methodologies and all activities
among technocrats.
Forms; proportion and presentation; orthographic views; auxiliary views; lines and
planes; intersection and development; free hand sketching; working drawing of simple
machine part
TA C112 Workshop Practice 244

This course deals with the basics of various metal joining and machining operations.
Casting; metal forming; forging, welding and brazing; metal cutting machines e.g.,
lathe 'shaper and planer; drilling, milling and grinding; laboratory exercises involving
machining, fitting and joining.
TA C162 Computer Programming I 303

This course provides an understanding of computers, its internal resources and
associated external but most common peripherals with emphasis on principles of
computer programming to use computers, its internal resources and external
peripherals most effectively in engineering applications.
Introduction to computers: building blocks of computers, I/O devices, concept of
auxiliary and main memory and memory devices; introduction to number systems and
information representation inside computer; introduction to UNIX; problem analysis,
solution design and programme coding using structured programming language.
TA C211 Measurement Techniques I 042

A laboratory course that covers the laboratory. Components associated with six core
science courses in the integrated first degree structure. While the exact component and
assignments may vary from time to time the assignments would invariably be
illustrative of the theory covered in this portion as well as aim to emphasize the aspects
of measurement as a theme in experimental science. This course is a compulsory
requirement for all students who have to compulsorily do the six core science courses.
Other students may be permitted to register in this course with prior approval.
141
TA C222 Measurement Techniques II 164

This laboratory based course emphasizes topics that are required for every engineering
student learn basic principles and techniques of measuring both electrical and non-
electrical quantities.
Measurement of basic electrical and non-electrical quantities; system performance
measurements; analysis of experimental data.
The course shall aim to train the student in the skill of operation of instruments in the
electrical and electronics, chemical, civil and mechanical engineering applications.
Precise laboratory. Exercises will be prescribed from time to time.
TA C252 Computer Programming II 3*

Prerequisite: TA UC162
This second level course on computers and programming aims providing an in-depth
knowledge and technical skills required to effectively use various advanced but main
elements of computer programming
Shell programming in Unix; use of advanced filters and other tools like sed and awk;
system calls; advanced programming concepts: macro definition and usage, recursion
and problem solving; concept of pointers, dynamic data structures using pointers,
advanced usage of pointers; bit operations; handling command line arguments,
dynamic memory allocation and management; file management; problem solving using
simple data structures like stacks, queues, linked lists and binary trees. This course will
focus on non-trivial problem solving using the various programming tools available in
Unix and the C programming language.

This course aims at providing the student with intensive practice in writing technical
reports and other forms of professional communication. Elements of effective writing;
art of condensation; business letter writing; memos; formal reports; technical
proposals; conducting and participating, meetings; notices, agenda and minutes;
strategies for writing technical descriptions, definitions and classifications; oral
presentation; use of graphic and audio- visual aids; editing.
*****
142
Engineering Science (ES)
CHE C213 Fluid Flow Operations 303

This first course in fluid engineering aims at imparting knowledge of fluid’s behaviour
when static and when in motion, and the impact of fluid motion on various aspects of
design. It comprises study of all types of fluids (viscous and in viscid, compressible and
compressible) and fluid flows (laminar and turbulent, internal and external) and fluid
machinery.
Course contents include:
Fundamental concepts: fluid statics; integral and differential analyses for fluid motion;
dimensional analysis; internal and external fluid flow; fluid machinery; flow through
packed bed; agitation; introduction to compressible flow.
CHE C221 Chemical Process Calculations 303

This course introduces the chemical engineering profession to the second year
engineering students and trains them in certain skills that are repeatedly employed in
subsequent courses as well as in professional life. It introduces principles and
techniques used in the field of chemical, petroleum, and environmental engineering.
Properties of gases, liquids and solids; material and energy balances; elementary
process analysis involving phase equilibria and chemical reactions; recycling and
unsteady state process; combustion calculations and typical industrial applications.
ECE/EEE/INSTR C272 Circuits and Signals 303

Two port parameters; passive network synthesis; modern filter theory; active RC filters,
Representation of deterministic signals, Fourier integrals, Modulation; sampling,
convolution, correlation DFT & FFT, Z- transform, network realization, direct form I & II
cascaded form; parallel form; digital filter design; IIR; FIR & Window functions, bilinear
transformation; signal coding algorithms, digital signal processors.
ES C112 Thermodynamics 303

This course deals with fundamentals of thermodynamics and the three laws of
thermodynamics namely first law, second law and third law and their applications.
Concepts and laws of thermodynamics; macroscopic thermodynamic properties;
application to closed and open system; microscopic approach to entropy; equations of
state; thermodynamics of non-reacting mixtures.
143
ES C221 Mechanics of Solids 303

This course deals with the basics of mechanics, simple stresses and strains and its
various types.
Fundamental principles of mechanics; introduction of mechanics of deformable bodies;
forces and moments transmitted by slender members; stress and strain; stress-strain-
temperature relations; torsion; stresses and defections due to bending; stability of
equilibrium.
ES C232 / ME C212 Transport Phenomena I 303

This course deals with the basics of fluid mechanics and heat transfer.
Fundamentals of the momentum, heat and mass transfer; the control volume approach
and integral equations; differential analysis for momentum, heat and mass transfer, and
solutions for I-dimensional steady situations; convective heat and mass transfer;
dimensional analysis.
ES C233 Logic in Computer Science 303

Role of logic in computer science. Propositional logic – syntax and well-formedness,
semantics, satisfiability and validity, decision procedures. Predicate logic or first order
logic – syntax, and semantics, satisfiability and validity, completeness and compactness,
un-decidability and incompleteness – Godel’s incompleteness theorem. Verification –
model checking, linear-time temporal logic and computational tree logic. Programme
verification – Hoare logic, proofs of correctness. Modal logic, logic programming
ES C241 Electrical Sciences I 303

This course offers the most fundamental and elementary concepts of Electrical circuit
theory and introductory concepts of digital electronics
Introduction; basic circuit elements; sources (dependent and independent); Kirchoff’s
current and voltage law, source representation and conversion; Network theorems;
response of RL, RC and RLC circuits; diodes and its applications; transistors - BJT and
FETs; amplifiers: biasing and small signal analysis; OPAMPS; Digital Logic gates; Basics
of Combinational and Sequential circuits.
144
ES C242 Structure and Properties of Materials 303

This course deals with the study of the basic structure of different materials and their
various properties in detail.
Study of the basic properties of materials in relation to their molecular structure;
emphasis on the structure of metallic, polymeric and ceramic materials in relation to
their mechanical, electrical, electronic and chemical properties, methods of imparting
desirable properties to materials by inducing changes in molecular structure; property
requirements and material selection, criteria for widely ranging service conditions.
ES C263 Microprocessor Programming and Interfacing 324

This laboratory based course introduces the concepts of Assembly language
programming of microprocessors, microcontrollers and their interfacing
Elements of digital electronics; PC organization; 80X86 as CPU : Instruction set register
set, timing diagrams, modular assembly programming using procedures and macros,
assembler, linker and loader concepts; concept of interrupts: hardware interrupts,
software interrupts, BIOS and DOS interrupts; disk organization: boot sector, boot
partition, root directory and FAT; memory interfacing and timing diagrams; I/O
interfacing; programmable I/O devices such as 8255, 8253, 8259, etc.
ES C272 Electrical Sciences II 303

This course introduces elementary principles of electrical circuit analysis, electrical
machines and electro-mechanical energy conversion.
Introduction; sinusoidal steady state analysis of circuits; three phase circuits; magnetic
circuits; transformers; basics of rotating machines; DC machines; synchronous
machine; induction machine.
ES C211 Applied Thermodynamics 303

This course deals mainly with the application of thermodynamic principles of power
absorbing and power producing machines.
Thermodynamics of Power developing and power absorbing reciprocating machines;
vapour, gas and refrigeration cycles; re-generation, re-heat, compound cycle
modifications, combined gas turbine – vapour cycle, binary systems; thermodynamic
relations; reactive systems; combustion; adiabatic flame temperature; dissociation,
equilibrium.
145
ES C261 Digital Electronics and Microprocessors 303

(Only for M.Sc.(Tech.) Engineering Tech and M.Sc(Tech.) Information Systems
programmes, and not available for B.E.(Hons.) )
Binary logic gates, logic circuits, Boolean algebra and K-map simplification, number
systems and codes, arithmetic logic units, flip-flops, registers and counters; introduction
to microprocessors, architecture, instruction set and programming, memory and I/O
interface devices, examples of digital system design engineering.
*****
146
Engineering
ENGG C111 Electrical and Electronics Technology 303

Electric circuit, electromagnetism, magnetic circuit, electrostatics, AC voltage and
current, single phase circuits, semiconductor devices, amplifiers, digital systems,
microprocessors, synchronous machines, induction motors, power electronics,
measurements, illumination
ENGG C212 Introduction to Systems 303

Systems approach; systems concepts; general systems theory; fuzzy sets; systems
planning and control; block diagrams; signal flow graphs; graph theory; systems
methodology-measurement and evaluation, model building, sub-optimisation,
implementation; Forrester’s systems dynamics; decision making conflict resolution;
management information theory; Development of the above concepts will be taken
through various cases reflecting social problems, e.g., education, ecology, energy
facility, location, integrated area development, etc.
ENGG C232 Engineering Materials 303

Mechanical , electrical , electronic and chemical properties and applications of common
engineering materials; ferrous and non- ferrous metals and alloys; thermosetting and
thermoplastic plastics; natural and synthetic resins; rubber; glass; abrasives and
ceramics; common building materials, namely, timber, stone lime and cement;
corrosion of metals and methods of preventing corrosion; protective and decorative
coatings; insulating materials, testing of materials.
ENGG C241 Mechanical Technology 303

Fundamental concepts of heat, work and energy; second law of thermodynamics;
properties of gases and vapours; basic cycles; flow of liquids; steam boilers; steam
engines and pumps; steam turbines and condensers; hydraulic pumps and turbines;
internal combustion engine.
ENGG C242 Maintenance and Safety 303

Objectives, functions, and types of maintenance; defects due to wear; lubrication and
surfacing techniques to reduce wear; maintenance of different equipments and their
elements; spares planning; overhauling; TPM; safety and safety management;
environmental safety; chemical safety; occupational health management; control of
147
major industrial hazards; managing emergencies; employee participation in safety; HRD

for maintenance and safety.
ENGG C264 Fluid and Solid Mechanics 303

Fluid; fluid properties, fundamental laws; flow of fluid through orifices, notches, and
weirs; flow through pipes and channels; mechanical properties of materials; stress;
strain; elasticity; bending moment and shear force; bending stresses; shearing stresses;
deflection of beams; columns and struts; torsion.
ENGG C272 Process Technology 303

Manufacturing process of acids, chlor-alkali, fertilizers, coal, chemicals, pulp and paper,
polymers, petroleum and extractive metallurgy; waste management.
ENGG C282 Industrial Engineering Techniques 303

Industrial systems and organization; engineering economy; work measurement
techniques; motivation and time studies; factory planning and materials handling;
industrial standardization; critical path methods; quality assurance and statistical quality
control; reliability; maintenance and management planning; scheduling; job analysis
(evaluation); value engineering.
ENGG C291 Electronics and Instrumentation Technology 303

Binary logic gates, logic circuits, Boolean algebra and K-map simplification, number
systems and codes, arithmetic logic units, flip-flops, registers and counters; introduction
to microprocessors, architecture, instruction set and programming, memory and I/O
interface devices, examples of digital system design.
*****
148
Analysis and Application Oriented Courses (AAOC)
AAOC C111 Probability and Statistics 303

This Course introduces the concept of probabilistic models and enables the student to
become familiar with probabilistic concepts.
Probability spaces; conditional probability and independence; random variables and
probability distributions; marginal and conditional distributions; independent random
variables; mathematical expectation; mean and variance; binomial, Poisson and normal
distributions; sum of independent random variables; law of large numbers; central limit
theorem (without proof); sampling distribution and test for mean using normal and
student's t-distribution; test of hypothesis; correlation and linear regression.
AAOC C222 Optimization 303

Prerequisite: MATH C191 and MATH C192
Optimization Problems are encountered in physical sciences, engineering, economics,
industry, planning, and many other areas of human activity. Objective of the Course
is to familiarize the student with standard methods of solving optimization problems.
Optimization of functions of one and many variables with and without constraints;
Kuhn-Tucker conditions; gradient methods; linear programming; simplex based and
integer programming methods; duality theory; transportation and assignment
problems; dynamic programming; branch and bound methods; models of linear
production systems, sequencing and scheduling, PERT, CPM.
AAOC C312 Operations Research 303

Prerequisite : AAOC C111
The course covers conventional topics of Operations Research the course deals with
some of the statistical techniques of decision-making. Sampling, simulation, design of
experiments and analysis of variance, nonparametric tests; correlation and regression
analysis; quality control, reliability; decision theory; queuing theory; deterministic and
probabilistic inventory systems.
AAOC C321 Control Systems 303

Prerequisites: ES C241 and MATH C191
This comprehensive course covers fundamental principles of modelling of engineering
systems, systems analysis applied to control systems
Mathematical models of physical systems, feedback characteristics of control systems,
control system components, time response analysis, stability, frequency response,
state-space analysis, compensation.
149
AAOC C341 Numerical Analysis 303

Prerequisite : MATH C191 and MATH C192
This course enables students to acquire skills to implement methods for solving
problems using computer; devise algorithms for numerical solutions of mathematical
problems with a brief discussion on error analysis of different algorithms. Solution of
non-linear algebraic equation; interpolation and approximation; numerical differentiation
and quadrate; solution of ordinary differential equations; systems of linear equations;
matrix inversion; Eigen-value and eigenvector problems; round off and conditioning.
BIO C391 Instrumental Methods of Analysis --4

This course helps in providing a sufficient background of various instruments, their
handling and application in the field of biotechnology and modern instrumental methods
of analysis. Principles configuration, applications of instruments like mass
spectrophotometer, NMR, UV, IR, X-ray apparatus, atomic spectrophotometer, gas
chromatography, liquid scintillation Spectrophotometer, gas device, high voltage
electrophoresis, ultracentrifuge, DTA, TGA, etc.
This course is specially designed for students in the first degree majoring in
experimental sciences and would require groups of students to work with the above
instruments in order to appreciate the potentially of such modern instrumental methods
of analysis
*****
150
Technique Oriented Courses
TOC C112 Book-Keeping 303

Concept of double entry; posting and maintenance of basic business accounts; cash
book, ledger, journal. Preparation of income and expenditure statement; trial balance
and balance sheet.
TOC C211 Book-Keeping and Accountancy 303

Theory of accounting; single and double entry; ledgers; trial balance; manufacturing,
trading, profit and loss and appropriation accounts; distinction between capital and
revenue; depreciation reserves and provisions; sinking funds; balance sheet.
Negotiable instruments; goods on sale or return; consignments; partnership accounts;
goodwill and problems connected therewith; investment accounts; receipts and
payments accounts; income and expenditure acco7unts; royalty, hire purchase and
instalment purchase. Company accounts; issue, forfeiture and redemption of shares and
debentures; profit prior to incorporation; divisible profits and dividends; statements,
returns and other accountancy provisions under companies act.
TOC C212 Library Science 303

Foundation of Library Science-survey of basic principles and concepts; problem of large
scale book selection, acquisition and technical processes; quick and long range
reference service; bibliography, abstracting and annotations; information retrieval and
literature search; reprography techniques; reprographic reproduction-microfilms, slides,
microfiche, photocopying and other non-book material; the role of higher education in
the larger society and the innovative role he library can play will be stressed.
TOC C213 Civil Engineering Practice 3*

Basic civil engineering practices such as surveying, soil mechanics, structures, concrete
technology, public health, estimating and costing.
Actual structuring will be announced from time to time. Home assignments, fieldwork,
etc. will also constitute part of these hours.
TOC C223 Comfort Conditioning and Refrigeration 3*

Refrigeration theory; refrigeration cycles; refrigeration systems; refrigeration
components and their use; psychometrics; refrigerants; metering devices; refrigeration
and air-conditioning applications; methods of installation; maintenance; diagnosis;
repair of refrigeration and air conditioning equipments; heating and cooling loads;
distribution components and systems.
151
Actual structuring will be announced from time to time. Home assignments, fieldwork,
etc. will also constitute part of these hours.
TOC C224 Corporate Taxation 303

Corporation tax; assessing income from business; receipts less deductions: actual
business expenses, scientific research. Insurance premium, bonus, etc., interest, bad
debts and other expenses for business; amortization of certain expenses, capital
expenditure, allowances, carry forward losses and allowances; income from other
heads, interest, dividends house property, deductions from gross total income, total
income, taxable income, capital gains, ode of computation and deduction, personal
income tax laws and provisions.
TOC C235 Electrical and Electronics Engineering Practice 063

Electrical drawings, tests on energy conversion devices, motor and transformers
winding, electrical estimation and costing, hands on experience on electronic bench
equipments, device testing, soldering practice, PCB layout and fabrication, simple
trouble shooting or electronic circuits, earthing, shielding, experiments on
microprocessor kits.
TOC C236 Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering Practice 063

Operation and maintenance of instruments, electronic equipments and services.
TOC C244 Production and Processing 063

Machine and hardware specifications, stores and stores keeping , purchase procedures,
job estimation and costing; methods analysis, work measurements; investment
analysis.
TOC C253 Computer Oriented Problem Solving I 3*

Principles of numeric processing; errors; propagation, simple numerical methods,
solving of linear simultaneous equations; numerical differentiation and integration; basic
applications of computer oriented numeric methods.
TOC C254 Computer Oriented Problem Solving II 3*

Non numeric processing; string manipulation; applications of non-numeric processing;
introduction to computer graphics; application from business and CAI
*****
152
Humanities and Social Sciences
MGTS C211 Principles of Management 303

This course aims at acquainting students with various aspects of modern management
principles.
Fundamental concepts of management - planning; organizing; staffing; directing and
controlling; production, financial, personnel, legal and marketing functions; accounting
and budgeting, balance sheets.
*****
153
Other Courses (BITS)
BITS C221 Practice School I 5

All the above courses are run during the summer term only. The operation of all these
three courses will be identical in nature. However, BITS C221 will be a required course
for all integrated First Degree students with Practice School option. This course is also a
prerequisite for BITS C412 Practice School II.
BITS C231 may be available only to those students who have successfully cleared BITS
C221 and BITS C241 is available only to those students who have successfully
completed BITS C231. Thus BITS C231 and BITS C241 can be taken only as electives
and are available only to highly motivated students if facilities are available after
satisfying the needs of students who have to compulsorily register in BITS C221.
BITS C313 Lab Oriented Projects 3

BITS C314 Lab Oriented Projects 3
These courses include projects involving laboratory investigation or laboratory
development in the students' discipline or interdisciplinary areas. These courses are
normally available to students in third or higher levels. These courses must co-terminate
with project reports
MBA C321 Legal and Economic Environment of Business 4*

Indian contract act, sale of goods act, negotiable instruments act, companies act,
corporate tax laws, consumer protection and unfair trade practices etc, FEMS, industrial
policy, macroeconomics environment, fiscal and monetary policy, overview of Indian
economy, economic indicators.
BITS C323 Study Oriented Project 3

BITS C324 Study Oriented Project 3
These courses include projects which are oriented towards readings from published
literature or books about new frontiers of development or analysis of available data
base. These courses are normally available to students in third or higher levels. These
courses must co-terminate with project reports.
154
BITS C331 Computer Projects 3

BITS C335 Computer Projects 3
Prerequisite: Prior preparation for one's own CDC.
These courses are intended to impart practical training to the students in the areas of
computer software and hardware through specifically assigned one-semester projects.
The projects would be person-oriented, individually supervised by a project guide and
demand attainments of different dimensions and complexity depending on the student's
earlier background and the objectives of the projects.
BITS C333 Projects on Organizational Aspects 3

BITS C334 Projects on Organizational Aspects 3
These courses involve projects related to thrust areas where students are expected to
get involved with planning, organization and execution of new ideas and concepts.
These courses are normally available to students in third or higher levels. These courses
must co-terminate with project reports.
BITS C341 Selected Computer Languages 3*

Prerequisite: TA C252
This course aims at inculcating programming and problem-solving skills using one or
more of the higher level languages like C++, LISP and 4 GLs; The choice of languages
and the treatment may vary from semester to semester depending on various factors
like emerging technologies and feedback from the industry.
BITS C342 Object Oriented Programming 303

This course brings in the requisite advanced skills and principles to a professional while
programming computers in employing a variety of problem solving techniques
Object orientation concepts and principles: abstraction, encapsulation, modularity,
inheritance, and polymorphism; classes and objects; static and dynamic binding; class
utilities; metaclasses; object oriented software engineering; programming and problem-
solving using one or more of the popular object-oriented programming languages like
C++ or Java.
BITS C372 Data Communications and Networks 303

This course covers the concepts of data communications and modern networking
aspects
Communication Concepts; Data and Voice Communications; Hardware Systems and
Configurations; Network Topologies and Design Aspects; Protocols; Networking
155
Software; Local Area Networks; Network Security and Management; Emerging Trends
in Communications.
BITS C412 Practice School II 20

BITS C413 Practice School II 20
The above two courses will be operated identically with stipulated prior preparation
conditions as per the academic regulations. BITS C412 is a required course for all
students with Practice School option either for a single degree or for one of the degrees
under dual degree scheme. BITS C413 has been created as a required course if a dual
degree student is allowed a Practice School option for a second degree after he has
completed a Practice School option for one degree.

The above two pairs of courses BITS C 422Tand BITS C442T and BITS C 421T and
BITS C441T will be operated identically with stipulated prior preparation conditions as
per the academic regulations. BITS C 422T and BITS C442T are required courses for all
students with Thesis and Seminar (TS) option either for a single degree of one of the
degrees under dual degree scheme. BITS C 421T and BITS C441T have been created
as required courses if a dual degree student is permitted TS option for a second degree
after he has completed TS option for one degree.
BITS C461 Software Engineering 3*

This elective courses enables students to analyze and design computer based
information systems and facilitates them to develop basic skills in software engineering;
adherence to software development standards and practices and improved
understanding of different software process models for practical engineering
applications.
Software engineering concepts and methodology; formal requirements specification;
estimation; software project planning; detailed design; techniques of design;
productivity; documentation; programming languages styles, code review; tool,
integration and validation; software quality assurance; software maintenance; metrics,
automated tools in software engineering.
BITS C462 Renewable Energy 303

This course deals with the basics of various forms of renewable energy, their
applications and their relative advantages and disadvantages.
156
Introduction of renewable energy, advantages, potential, status of development, broad

details of different renewable energy systems such as solar, wind, biomass, microhydel,
geothermal etc; Renewable energy development policy, Renewable energy industries,
international co-operation, HRD and career growth opportunities, consultancy areas and
future thrust areas in renewable energy development.
BITS C468 New Venture Creation 303

Entrepreneurship as career option, idea to opportunity – market analysis and
segmentation, presenting a pitch deck, building the start-up team, competition analysis,
lean start-ups, product development, intellectual property, sales and marketing,
business models, financing, launching a business, growth and exit strategy, social
entrepreneurship, business plan presentation skills.
BITS C469 Financing Infrastructure Projects 303

Investment decisions in infrastructural projects: benefit cost analysis, measurement
problems, indirect estimation methods of benefits; Cost of capital: private and public
money, different schools of thought on social capital- cases; Multiple projects and
constraints: linear and integer programming models, goal programming formulation;
Financing infrastructure projects: venture capital, sources of capital–private and public
participation, modes of cooperation such as BOOT and BOT national and international
sources, international agencies, borrowing terms and conditionalities; Public policy
issues, leasing and mortgaging, evaluation issues, infrastructural mutual funds,
valuation aspects; Real options, value of option for delay, abandonment and vacant
land – judgmental assessment of options; post review and administrative issues in
project management, international (cross country) projects, implementation issues.
BITS C471 Management Information Systems 303

This course provides knowledge of the basic principles involved in the design,
development and implementation of Management Information Systems.
Introduction to Information Systems; Concepts of management, concepts of
information, systems concepts; Information Systems and Organizations; decision
making process; database systems; data communications; planning, designing,
developing and implementing information systems; quality assurance and evaluation of
information systems; future developments and their organizational and social
implications; decision support system and expert systems
157
BITS C481 Computer Networks 303

This course provides fundamental principles of operation of computer networks with an
aim to enable prospective engineers make use of them effectively in practice.
Introduction, history and development of computer networks; Reference models;
Physical Layer: theoretical basis, transmission media, types of transmission; MAC sub-
layer: local area networks, FDDI; Data Link Layer: Sliding Window protocols, design
aspects; Network Layer: routing algorithms, congestion control algorithms,
internetworking: Transport Layer: Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN).
Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) - reference models, service classes, switch design,
LAN emulation; Application Layer protocols.
BITS C494 Environmental Impact Assessment 314

Environment and global problems; Framing Environmental issues; effects of
infrastructure development on environment; prediction and assessment of
environmental impacts of infrastructure projects: technical and procedural aspects,
guidelines and legal aspects of environmental protection, impacts on air, water, soil and
noise environment, valuation, strategic assessment, mathematical modelling for
environmental processes; social impact assessment (SIA), dislocation/disruption impact
of Infrastructure projects; Life Cycle Assessments (LCA) and risk analysis
methodologies; mitigation of environmental impacts; case studies; environmental
management plan (EMP), national and international certification and guidelines
including ISO.
158
Courses on Development Process
CDP C211 Agriculture Growth of India 303

Planning and policy problems-agricultural policy in India since independence, planning
for agriculture, growth and inequality in agriculture; production modes and Institutions-
technical relations in agriculture, farm mechanization; agricultural labour market, land
reforms and the changing, agrarian structure; resources for production-fertilizer in
Indian’s agricultural development, motive power and energy use in agriculture,
education and agriculture growth, technological change, extension, and innovation –
new technology, problems & potentialities, dry farming, technology, integrated rural
development; role of agriculture looking ahead – India’s crop output trends, past and
present; forecasting agricultural production.
CDP C212 Industrial Growth of India 303

Concept and problems of industrialization; industrialization in developing countries;
industrial growth and planning in India since 1947, emerging industrial structure in
India; problems and prospects of some industries namely: steel, foundry, iron ore,
aluminium, machine tool industry, cement, chemicals petrochemicals, fertilizer, oil
industry, coal industry, power generation textile, handloom, jute sugar, vanaspati,
plantations, paper, rubber, drug and pharmaceuticals; issues bearing on industrial
growth in the 1980s.
CDP C221 Growth of Social Health in India 303

Planning and development of public health in India; public health administration at
centre and in the states; environmental sanitation; prerequisites of health life water, air
and ventilation, food and housing; family planning and population control; school
health, rural sanitation; sanitation of camps fairs and festivals; social security and
health services; comprehensive health care; social medicine, health education , health
statistics and statistical methods.
CDP C231 Transport and Communication 303

Review of transport development in India, transport under the five year plans, growth
of transport, trends in traffic, imbalances in the transport system, a new evidence on
traffic flow; machinery for coordination of transport policy at the centre and state
levels; transport planning and data base; transport research training; railways; road
development; road transport; urban transport; air transport; coastal shipping; inland
water transport; ports and harbours; ropeways and pipelines.
159
CDP C313 Security Analysis & Portfolio Management 303

Introduction to investment and securities; profile of financial assets; new issue market
or primary market, initial public offerings (IPO); secondary market; framework of risk &
return; fundamental analysis economy, industry; company analysis; stock evaluation
models; multiple holding period and multiple growth rate; bond analysis and bond
management strategies; technical analysis; efficient market theory; portfolio
management; Markowitz model; Sharpe’s Single Index model; capital asset pricing
model; financial derivatives-options &futures.
CDP C323 Functions and working of Stock Exchanges 303

Stock exchanges in India: regulations governing formation and working; trading and
settlement procedures; review of the working of stock exchanges in India; National
stock market system; OTCEO; listing requirements. Requirements for membership of
stock exchange; responsibilities of stock brokers in regard to contracts and accounts,
duties and responsibilities to stock exchange, public and members interest; securities
contracts act, by-laws and regulations; SEBI guidelines; trading in stock exchanges;
insider trading SEBI guidelines; dealings in debentures; rating of debentures; trading in
government securities; potential for trading in derivatives.
CDP C332 Contemporary India 303

Topics will include some or all of the following: economic process; contemporary Indian
planning and industry; political processes; Contemporary Indian political scene and
Indian administration : India and the contemporary world; social processes:
contemporary Indian educational scene; religion and caste system; Indian science;
Indian women; cultural processes; contemporary Indian art, music, dance, theatre,
cinema and literature.
CDP C364 Industrial Relations 303

Introduction to human resources management; planning and organizing human
resources; leadership and motivation ; job satisfaction and morale; employee
communication; audit and control; procurement of personnel; performance appraisal;
human resource development; wage and salary administration; job change; discipline;
labour welfare; trade unions and collective bargaining; industrial disputes; worker
participation in management.
CDP C371 Development Economics 303

Concept of development; statistical foundation of decisions; nutrition, disease and
climate as influences on growth; critical importance of population; importance of
agriculture, international trade and industry; cost benefit analysis and planning process.
160
ANNEXURE – 9
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
(SPECIALIZED DISCIPLINE
COURSES)
161
1. Computer Science (CS)

CS C313 Object Oriented Programming and Design 324
Object oriented concepts and design, abstraction, architecture and design patterns, GUI
programming and frameworks, design of object oriented solutions using UML, design
for concurrency, implementation of solutions using object oriented languages like C++
or Java; Language level mapping and realization of object oriented constructs,
realization and performance issues versus abstraction and usability.
CS C321 Computers and Programming 324

This course is primarily intended to introduce the students of computer science to topics
like Shell programming, and advanced programming concepts.
Computer structures; instruction execution, addressing techniques; computer system
organization, micro-programming and interpreters; symbolic coding; programme
segmentation and linkage; laboratory work as several computer projects to illustrate
basic machine structure and programming techniques.
CS C342 Advanced Computer Organization 303

Prerequisite : CS C391 or EEE C391 or INSTR C391 or ECE C391.
This course provides the students of computer science to topics memory modules, CPU
design, I/O devices and interrupt processing and in microprogramming
Memories and memory module design; sample CPU design - instruction set,
addressing modes, instruction formats, instruction fetching and execution; instruction
and execution cycles, timing, realization and documentation; floating point
arithmetic operations, FPAU design; I/O devices and interrupt processing; special topics
such as microprogramming and bus structures, simple design examples.
CS C351 Theory of Computation 303

This course helps the students of computer science to explore on topics like formal
methods, automata theory, turning machines, complexity and computability and on
reducibility and NP completeness
Finite automata and regular languages – equivalences, closure properties. context free
languages and push-down automata – equivalences, closure properties, concepts in
parsing; turing machines; computability and decidability – universal turing machine,
recursive functions, church-turing hypothesis; complexity classes – P, NP, reducibility
and NP-completeness.
162
CS C352 Data Base Systems 303

This courses introduces the students of computer science to Database management
system, distributed database concepts, Query language and processing
Introduction to data bases and management; data files and structures; hierarchical,
relational, network models; distributed data bases; query processing and query
optimization, query languages; concepts of security and protection; case study of a
data base system.
CS C362 Programming Languages and Compiler Construction 303

This course introduces the students of computer science to Memories and memory
module design; sample CPU design – instruction set, addressing modes, instruction
formats, instruction fetching and execution; cycles, timing, realization and
documentation; floating point arithmetic operations, FPAU design; I/O devices and
interrupt processing; special topics such as microprogramming and bus structures,
simple design examples.
CS C363 Data Structures and Algorithms 324

This course provides the students of computer science to topics like software design
principles, modularity, analysis and design of algorithms, and graph theory.
Introduction to software design principles, modularity, abstract data types, data
structures and algorithms; Analysis of algorithms; Linear data structures – stacks,
arrays, lists, queues and linked representations; Pre-fix, in-fix and post-fix expressions;
Recursion; Set operations; Hashing and hash functions; Binary and other trees,
traversal algorithms, Huffman codes; Search trees, priority queues, heaps and balanced
trees; Sorting techniques; Graphs and digraphs; Algorithmic design techniques; Data
structures for external storage, multi-way search and B-trees; Implementation
techniques for different data structures including trees, graphs and search structures;
Performance evaluation of data structures and algorithms; Implementation issues in
large data structures.
CS C372 Operating Systems 303

This course introduces the students of computer science to topics introduction to
operating systems, design of operating systems, Modules of Operating systems, security
and protection of Operating systems Introduction to operating systems; Various
approaches to design of operating systems; Overview of hardware support for
operating systems; Process management: process synchronization and mutual
exclusion, inter-process communication, process scheduling; CPU scheduling
approaches; Memory management: paging, segmentation, virtual memory, page
163
replacement algorithms; File systems: design and implementation of file systems;

Input/Output systems; device controllers and device drivers; Security and protection;
Case studies on design and implementation of operating system modules.
CS C391 Digital Electronics and Computer Organization 334

This laboratory based course imparts knowledge on fundamentals of digital electronics
with an in-depth treatment on the associated tools for the design of digital system. Also
the course provides basic concepts of computer organization. Number systems and
machine representation, Boolean algebra, combinational and synchronous sequential
circuits, logic minimization, programmable logic devices, state table and state diagrams,
digital integrated circuits, asynchronous circuits, arithmetic operations and algorithms,
introduction to computer organization and architecture, speed considerations, memory
organization, I/O design, implementation issues. The course will also consist of
laboratory practice.
CS C414 Telecommunication Switching Systems and Networks 303

This course introduces the students of computer science to topics electromechanical
switching, pulse dialling, speech digitization, time switching, telephone networks, ATM,
TCP/IP, and ISDN Networks
Introduction, electromechanical switching, pulse dialling and DTMF dialling, stored
programme control, space division switching, speech digitization and transmission, time
division switching, fundamentals of traffic engineering, telephone networks, signalling,
data networks, layered architecture and protocols, LANs, packet switching networks,
TCP/IP, ISDN, ATM networks.
CS C415 Data Mining 303

This course introduces the students of computer science to topics like fundamental
concepts of data mining, usage of data warehousing in data mining, knowledge
discovery in data bases (KDD) ,role of data mining in KDD and various algorithms used
for data mining.
Data Mining – Introduction, Fundamental concepts; Motivation and application; Role of
data wear housing in data mining; Challenges and issues in data mining; Knowledge
discovery in databases (KDD); Role of data mining in KDD; Algorithm of data mining;
Task like decision–tree construction, Finding association roles, sequencing,
classification, and clustering; Application of neural networks and machine learning of
classification and clustering.
164
CS C422 Parallel Computing 303

This course introduces the students of computer science to topics introduction to
parallel computing, parallel algorithms, issues in implementing algorithms in parallel
computers, design techniques for parallel algorithms.
Introduction to parallel computing; Models of parallel computers; Interconnection
networks, basic communication operations; Introduction to parallel algorithms; Parallel
programming paradigms; issues in implementing algorithms in parallel computers;
design techniques for parallel algorithms.
networks, basic communication operations; Introduction to parallel algorithms; Parallel
programming paradigms; issues in implementing algorithms on parallel computers;
Parallel programming with message passing interface; Performance analysis; Scalability
analysis; Basic design techniques for parallel algorithms; Parallel algorithms for selected
topics like sorting, searching and merging, matrix algebra, graphs, discrete optimization
problems and computational geometry.
CS C424 Software for Embedded System 303

This course introduces the students of computer science the process involved in
software development in embedded systems like use cases analysis, use case
diagrams, architectural design , detailed design , choosing appropriate programming
languages & compiler for final implementation ,testing the software and choosing an
operating system for embedded system.
Real-time and embedded systems; software issues in embedded system; software
development process requirements analysis: use Cases, identification and analysis of
use cased, use case diagrams; design: architectural design, design patterns and
detailed design; implementation: languages, compilers runtime environments and
operating systems for embedded software; testing: methodologies, tests cases.
CS C441 Selected Topics from Computer Science 3

This course is primarily intended to introduce the students of computer science to
topics, either in recent advances or of special interest. Topics may be taken from one or
more of the areas like artificial intelligence, theory of computing, networking and
distributed processing, digital control, information theory, super computers, special
purpose architectures and language processors.
The course will be unstructured and operationally polarized depending upon the
interests and pursuits of the professional in the discipline. Actual structuring will be
announced from time to time. (Topics of a structure on: Web Services and Internet-
based Distributed Computing is: Introduction to service oriented architecture;
165
Significance of XML based data representation; XML parsers; XML style sheet overview;
Web services basics; Web services architecture; UDDI and its role in publishing
information about web services; JAVA based API calls to access the UDDI registry;
Simple object access protocol for internet based distributed computing; Discovering
information about web services from UDDI; web services security; Role of web services
in electronic application integration; ebXML and B-to-B integration; .NET and J2EE tools
support for web services development and development; web services and mobile
platforms 3).
CS C444 Real–Time Systems 303

The course focuses on basics of hardware design, advanced concepts of software
design and modern techniques of validation of real time system designs.
Introduction to real-time systems, clock synchronization, task assignment and
scheduling, programming language with real-time support, ADA, real-time
communication protocols, real-time databases, fault tolerant techniques, reliability
evaluation methods; case studies in real-time operating systems, simulation of real-time
systems, embedded system programming.
CS C446 Data Storage Technologies and Networks 303

This course introduces the students of computer and science about various data storage
medias for read /write operations, Hardware and software design issues for usage and
access positioning in memory hierarchy, large storage devices like Hard disks and
networked storage devices, their performance issues, hardware and software
components for design of high performance storage architectures and QOS in storage
devices.
Storage Media and Technologies – Magnetic, Optical and Semiconductor media, and
techniques for read/write operations, issues and limitations. Usage and Access-
positioning in the memory hierarchy, Hardware and Software Design for access,
Performance issues, Large Storages – Hard Disks, Networked Attached Storage,
Scalability issues, Networking issues. Storage Architectures - Storage partitions, Storage
System Design, Caching, Legacy Systems. Storage Area Networks - Hardware and
Software components, Storage Clusters/Grids. Storage QoS - Performance, Reliability,
and Security issues.
CS C451 Combinatorial Mathematics 303

This course introduces the students of computer science to topics like advanced theory
of permutations and combinations, and graphical enumeration problems.
166
Advanced theory of permutations and combinations; elementary counting functions;

theory of partitions; theorems on choice including Ramsey's theorem; the mobius
function; permutation groups; Polya's theorem and Debrauijn’s generalization; graphical
enumeration problems.
CS C453 Discrete Mathematical Structures 303

This course introduces the students of computer science to topics like graphs, coding
design, analysis of algorithms, interaction between mathematics and modern areas of
computer science.
One or more of the interrelated topics will be covered from the following: graphs,
designs, codes, shift register sequences, groups, fields, Boolean algebras, analysis of
algorithms, Fast Fourier Transform etc. providing a fertile ground for interaction
between mathematics and modern areas of computer science. The selection of the
topics will depend upon the circumstance and current interest of faculty.
CS C461 Computer Networks 303

This course is introduces the students of computer science to topics like ISO Network
Model, algorithms related to Networking, and in design accepts.
Evolution of communication and computer networks, protocol layering, network
reference models, multiple access protocols, local area networks, packet and circuit
switching, switching fabrics, network performance analysis and simulation techniques;
addressing, routing, flow and congestion control,
IP protocol; Broadband Integrated Services Digital Network (B-ISDN); Asynchronous
Transfer Mode (ATM) reference models; network interoperability, traffic management
and quality of service in integrated network protocol design and implementation
strategies.
CS C471 Computer Graphics 223

This lab based course introduces an understanding and opportunity to design and
develop graphic systems such as animation of realistic objects, creation of geometric
models for 2-D and 3-D objects.
Generation of dots, lines, arcs and polygons; colour graphics, shades and levels; image
transformation, windowing and clipping; 2-D and 3-D graphics; data structures,
algorithms and optimization methods; case studies using GKS, CORE, etc; graphic
languages and compilers.
167
CS C481 Graphical User Interfaces 303

This course is introduces the students of computer science to topics like GUI concepts,
Event-Driven programming, Components for GUI, programming in GUI environments
Concept of an User Interface; User Interface Management Systems; Interaction Styles;
Event-driven programming; graphical user interface components and examples;
emphasis will be on programming in GUI environments like MS Windows.
CS C491 Special Projects 3

This course uses a project based approach to build confidence and competence in the
area of control Science engineering concepts
This is an unstructured open-ended course where under the overall supervision of an
instructor-in-charge, batches of students will be attached to different instructors. Each
batch will work on a specific time-bound project which is of basic or peripheral concern
of his discipline. Each student must submit a project report as a culmination of his
endeavour and investigation. The instructor- in-charge will determine the choice of the
project and also whether or not the project report is to be submitted jointly by a group
or individually by a student. The course will aim to evaluate student's actual ability to
use the fundamentals of knowledge and to meet new unknown situations as
demonstrated by the students' interaction with the instructors and instructor-in- charge
and aggregated in the project report. The instructor-in- charge may assign specific
hours for formal brain-storming sessions.
*****
168
2. Electrical and Electronics Engineering (EEE)

EEE C272 Circuits and Signals 303
Two port parameters; passive network synthesis; modern filter theory; active RC filters.
Representation of deterministic signals, Fourier integral, Modulation; Sampling.
Convolution, correlation DFT & FFT. Z- transform. Network realization, direct FIR &
Window functions, bilinear transformation; signal coding algorithms, digital signal
processors.
EEE C364 Analog Electronics 334
This course deals with the introduction and applications of various analog and mixed
signal ICs. It includes:
Discrete and IC amplifier basics; low and high frequency amplifiers; linear and non
linear Op-amp circuits; non linear ICs; precision circuits; comparators; Schmitt triggers;
non-sinusoidal and sinusoidal waveform generators; phase-locked-loops; analog
switches; IC power amplifiers; RF/IF amplifiers; switched capacitor circuits; data
converters; IC sensors and systems. Laboratory and computer simulation experiments
in analysis, design and characterization of electronic circuits also form part of the course
EEE C371 Electromechanical Energy Conversion 334

This is a lab based course provides an in-depth coverage of the theory, modelling,
performance testing and applications of electrical machines
Theory; performance; testing; applications and control of d.c. machines; induction
machines; synchronous machines and transformers; experiments on testing and control
of machines and transformers; fractional hp motors; miniature motors
EEE C374 Power Systems 303

This course introduces electric power generation, transmission and distribution
principles
Transmission line parameters and calculations, circle diagram; Incidence and network
matrices, algorithm for network matrices, load flow studies; optimum generating
strategies; load frequency control; insulators, cables; corona. Power system protection-
generators, transformers and lines
169
EEE C381 Electronic Devices and Integrated Circuits 303

This course provides a basic understanding of a variety of discrete electronic device
principles, their theory of operation and a brief introduction to Integrated circuits.
Single pn junction devices - rectifier diodes, switching diodes, Zener diodes, Varactor
diodes, UJTs, LEDs, etc; bipolar junction transistors - current gain mechanism, high
frequency and switching behaviour; pnpn devices; JFET; MOSFET; other MOS and
CMOS devices; optoelectronic devices; device fabrication techniques; introduction to
ICs; microwave semiconductor devices.
EEE C383 Communication Systems 334

This laboratory based course provides a foundation in along and digital communication
system analysis and design
Principles of modern analog and digital communication with more emphasis on digital
communication. Amplitude and angle modulation, sampling, PCM, DM, ADPCM, pulse
shaping, digital modulation: FSK, PSK, DPSK, QPSK etc.; information theory, source
coding and channel coding, Shannon capacity theorems; emerging trends in
communication systems. Experiments in analog and digital communication.
EEE C391 Digital Electronics and Computer Organization 334

(Course description is same as given under CS C391)
This laboratory based course imparts knowledge on the fundamentals of digital
electronics with an in-depth treatment on the associated tools for the design of digital
system. Also the course provides basic concepts of computer organization. Number
systems and machine representation, Boolean algebra, combinational and synchronous
sequential circuits, logic minimization, programmable logic devices, state table and state
diagrams, digital integrated circuits, asynchronous circuits, arithmetic operations and
algorithms, introduction to computer organization and architecture, speed
considerations, memory organization, I/O design, implementation issues. The course
will also consist of laboratory practice.
EEE C414 Telecommunication Switching Systems and Networks 303

This course introduces the students of computer science to topics electromechanical
switching, pulse dialling, speech digitization, tile switching, telephone networks. ATM
TCP/IP, and ISDN Networks
Introduction, electromechanical switching pulse dialling and DTMF dialling, stored
170
EEE C415 Digital Signal Processing 303

This elective course provide an insight into the theoretical and practical aspects of
digital signal processing
Introduction; design of analog filters; design of digital filters ( IIR and FIR); structures
for the realization of digital filters; random signals and random processes; linear
estimation and prediction; Wiener filters; DSP processor architecture; DSP algorithms
for different applications.
EEE C416 Digital Communication 303

This elective course offer concepts of digitization, information transmission and
characterization of modern digital communication techniques
Introduction, the modelling and characterization of information sources, algorithms for
source coding and encoding of analog output sources; information transmission through
AWGN channels using digital modulation methods and BER estimation; Digital
Communication through band limited Gaussian noise channels; channel coding and
decoding; Wireless communication channels; its characterization and modulation
schemes for such channels; emerging trends in the above field.
EEE C417 Computer Based Control Systems 303

(Pre-requisite: AAOC C321 and EEE C391 or INSTR C391)
This elective course provide principles of modern process control systems with
emphasis on industrial applications
Introduction to Process Control and Computer Based Control; Elements of computer
based control loop; digital sensors and their applications; Field buses and specifications;
Types of analog, digital and intelligent controllers; Elements of Analog and Digital
Control loops; Types of Industrial Control Valves and their selections; PID vs. Fuzzy and
neural Techniques of control; Programmable logic controllers and SCADA; Distributed
Control Systems; Industrial Network hierarchy; Industrial standards for networking;
Application of PLC in Power Systems and Process Industries.
171
EEE C418 Digital Systems 303

(Pre-requisite: EEE C391 or INSTR C391)
This course provides an in-depth knowledge of principles of digital system design with
emphasis on microprocessor based instrumentation with emphasis on measurement
and control applications
Analysis and design of combinational and sequential digital circuits; data converters -
A/D, D/A, V/F and F/V converters; special semiconductor devices, displays, ROM, RAM
and their applications in instrumentation, digital instruments; programmable digital
testing systems; electronic programmers; introduction to microprocessors,
microprocessor based instruments and systems for measurement and control.
EEE C422 Modern Control Systems 303

This elective course provide characterization of continuous and discrete time control
systems
State variable characterization of linear continuous - time and discrete - time
systems, controllability, observability, stability; sampled data systems; Z transforms;
non-linear systems; phase plane and describing function methods; calculus of
variations; optimal control.
EEE C423 Combinatorial Mathematics 303

This course introduces the students of computer science to topics like advanced theory
of permutations and combinations, and graphical enumeration problems.
Advanced theory of permutations and combinations; elementary counting functions;
theory of partitions; theorems on choice including Ramsey's theorem; the mobius
function; permutation groups; Polya's theorem and Debrauijn’s generalization; graphical
enumeration problems.
EEE C424 Microelectronic Circuits 303

This course offers an in-depth coverage of the analysis and design principles of discrete
electronic systems, associated computer simulation using advanced tools such as
PSPICE with emphasis on integrated circuit applications Basic single and two transistor
amplifier configurations; current mirrors and current sources; active loads; biasing in
discrete and integrated circuit amplifiers; voltage sources and voltage references;
differential and multistage amplifiers; frequency response of amplifiers; frequency
compensation; output stages and power amplifiers; filters and tuned amplifiers; signal
sources and communication circuits etc, illustrative example of analog integrated
172
circuits. The course will emphasize MOS/CMOS and bipolar transistor circuits. Computer
simulation exercises using SPICE and other software packages will be prescribed.
EEE C432 Medical Instrumentation 303

This elective course provides a basic understanding of principles of medical
instrumentation.
Basic components of bio-medical instruments, bio-electric signals and recording
electrodes, transducers, recording and display devices. Patient care and monitoring
systems, cardiovascular measurements-blood pressure, blood flow, cardiac output,
heart sounds etc.; instrumentation for respiratory and nervous systems, analysis of
EEG, ECG, EMG, EOG and action potentials, non- invasive diagnostic measurements -
temperature, ultrasonic diagnosis, CAT scan techniques, sensory measurements-motor
response, analysis of behaviour etc. biotelemetry, biofeedback, clinical laboratory
instruments, X-ray diagnosis. Recent advances in biomedical instrumentation-
microprocessor based systems.
EEE C433 Electromagnetic Fields and Waves 303

This elective course provides a basic understanding of electromagnetic fields and
waves. Also develops skills in the analysis and design of different antennas.
Maxwell’s equations; application of circuit theory and field theory; Maxwell’s equations
in free space and time varying fields; plane waves in dielectric and conducting media;
solution of wave equations; the poynting vector; the poynting theorem; poynting vector
in conducting media and circuit application; wave polarization; linear, elliptical and
circular polarization; wave reflection, refraction and diffraction; transmission lines and
resonators; Smith chart, and its applications in stub matching and impedance matching;
discontinuities; antennas and radiation; half wave dipole antenna; loop antenna; helical
antenna; directive arrays; frequency independent antennas; reflector and lens
antennas; horn antennas; antenna arrays; Friis formula; antenna practices and antenna
measurements.
EEE C441 Television Engineering 303

This elective course introduces principles of television signal transmission and reception.
Monochrome TV-nature of the composite video signal; camera tubes, generation of
special waveforms, transmitters, antenna, receivers, picture tubes, receiving antenna
elements of colour TV and industrial TV.
173
EEE C443 Analog and Digital VLSI Design 303

Prerequisite: EEE C381
This course introduces physics, models, modern design and simulation tools of Analog
and Digital VLSI Design employed in modern Integrated Circuit Chip Technology.
Physics and models of MOS transistors; basic IC building blocks; MOS operational
amplifiers; Analog system design applications; Digital circuits - MOS and CMOS
inverters, logic gates, PLA and storage circuits, etc.. Introduction to analog and
digital VLSI design; CAD for IC design and CAD applications in circuit simulation and
layout generation.
EEE C444 Real–Time Systems 303

design and modern techniques of validation of real time system designs. Introduction to
real-time systems, clock synchronization, task assignment and scheduling, programming
language with real-time support, ADA, real-time communication protocols, real-time
databases, fault tolerant techniques, reliability evaluation methods; case studies in real-
time operating systems, simulation of real-time systems, embedded system
programming.
EEE C452 Electromagnetic Fields and Microwave Engineering 303

This course introduces the principles of electromagnetic fields, waves and its
applications in microwave engineering employed in modern space communication.
Electromagnetic waves; Maxwell's equations; Poynting theorem and wave equations;
propagation of EM waves; transmission lines; microstrip lines; wave guides; cavities and
antennas; microwave generators, microwave amplifiers; measurement at microwave
frequencies.
EEE C453 Discrete Mathematical Structures 303

This elective course provides focused insight in to discrete mathematical fundamentals
employed modern areas of computer science.
One or more of the interrelated topics will be covered from the following: graphs,
designs, codes, shift register sequences, groups, fields, Boolean algebras, analysis of
algorithms, Fast Fourier Transform etc. providing a fertile ground for interaction
174
between mathematics and modern areas of computer science. The selection of the
topics will depend upon the circumstance and current interest of faculty.
EEE C461 Power Electronics 303

This course develops an engineering approach towards the designing of the control
circuits required for machines or the instruments through providing an understanding of
power electronic device principles and their applications mainly in as switching power
converters
PNPN devices, power transistor characteristics, rating and specifications; triggering
mechanism and commutation circuits; controlled power rectifiers, Inverters (DC to AC
converters), choppers (DC to DC Converters); speed control of DC motors, speed
control of AC motors; other industrial applications of thyristors and power transistors;
voltage regulation and starting of electrical drives; logic modules for static converters;
introduction to application of microprocessors for electrical drives.
EEE C462 Advanced Power Systems 303

(Prerequisite: EEE C371 or INSTR C371)
This course covers economics and methods of power generation (both conventional and
non-conventional) transmission and distribution including their electrical and mechanical
designs. Also the course offer the knowledge of stability and switch gear and
protection.
Symmetrical components, sequence impedances; fault calculations; short circuit
studies; circuit breakers and their selections; power system stability, power system
protection--generators, transformers and lines; waves on transmission lines, protective
devices -- grounded and ungrounded systems.
EEE C471 Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation 303

This course provides an understanding of various elements of electronic instruments
and measurement techniques as applied to industrial electronic practices.
Elements of electronic measurement and instrumentation; signal sources; voltage and
current measuring instruments; waveform analysis instruments; display and recording
instruments; device testers, DC power supplies and IC regulators; bridge instruments;
basic digital instruments, industrial electronic practices.
175
EEE C472 Satellite Communication 303

This course provides a review of Line of Sight Communication principles n and
associated communication engineering techniques of satellites and their future trends.
Review of microwave communications and LOS systems; the various satellite orbits like
GEO, MEO, LEO; the satellite link analysis and design; the communication transponder
system like INSAT, INELSAT etc; the earth segment and earth station engineering; the
transmission of analog and digital signals through satellite and various modulation
techniques employed; the multiple access techniques like FDMA, TDMA, CDMA, DAMA,
etc; the INSAT program; salient features of INSAT – systems and services offered;
satellite services offered by INTELSAT, INMARSAT and future satellites like IRIDIUM
etc; future trends in satellite communications.
EEE C491 Special Projects 3

area of electrical and electronics engineering concepts.
endeavour and investigation.
The instructor- in-charge will determine the choice of the project and also whether or
not the project report is to be submitted jointly by a group or individually by a student.
The course will aim to evaluate student's actual ability to use the fundamentals of
knowledge and to meet new unknown situations as demonstrated by the students'
interaction with the instructors and instructor-in- charge and aggregated in the project
report. The instructor-in- charge may assign specific hours for formal brain-storming
sessions.
*****
176
3. Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (INSTR)

INSTR C 272 Circuits and signals 303
Representation of deterministic signals, Fourier integral, Modulation; sampling,
convolution, correlation DFT & FFT, Z – transform, network realization, direct form I &
II cascaded form; parallel form; digital filter design; IIR; FIR & Window functions,
bilinear transformation; signal coding algorithms, digital signal processors.
INSTR C312 Industrial Instrumentation and Control 303

Prerequisite: AAOC UC321
This course offers study of various aspects of automatic control for industrial processes,
including some recent developments in the field of process control.
Introduction to process control; elements of the process loop; mathematical modelling,
dynamic closed loop characteristics, controller principles and tuning, direct digital loop,
hydraulic controllers, pneumatic controllers, electronic controllers; complex and
multivariable control schemes, Final control elements, P & I diagrams PLCs systems,
Distributed Control system (DCS) Al techniques: expert system, neural networks fuzzy
logic genetic algorithms and applications.
INSTR C313 Microelectronic Circuits 303

(Course description is same as given under EEE C424)
This course offers an in-depth coverage of the analysis and design principles of discrete
electronic systems, associated computer simulation using advanced tools such as
PSPICE with emphasis on integrated circuit applications.
Basic single and two transistor amplifier configurations; current mirrors and current
sources; active loads; biasing in discrete and integrated circuit amplifiers; voltage
sources and voltage references; differential and multistage amplifiers; frequency
response of amplifiers; frequency compensation; output stages and power amplifiers;
filters and tuned amplifiers; signal sources and communication circuits etc, illustrative
example of analog integrated circuits. The course will emphasize MOS/CMOS and
bipolar transistor circuits. Computer simulation exercises using SPICE and other
software packages will be prescribed.
INSTR C355 Electronic Instruments and Instrumentation Technology 3 3 4

This laboratory based course deals with design and development principles of electronic
instruments and associated instrument manufacturing technology and conformity of the
same with Quality Standards
177
Electronic indicating, display, recording and analysis instruments, elements of design,

grounding and shielding, electronic circuits manufacturing technology, metrology,
standards in quality management, instrumentation in hazardous area, industrial
communication techniques, typical unit operations, standard instrumentation symbols, P
and I diagrams, instrumentation for typical industries.
INSTR C364 Analog Electronics 334

This course deals with the introduction and applications of various analog and mixed
signal ICs. It includes Discrete and IC amplifier basics; low and high frequency
amplifiers; linear and non linear Op-amp circuits; non linear ICs; precision circuits;
comparators; Schmitt triggers; non-sinusoidal and sinusoidal waveform generators;
phase-locked-loops; analog switches; IC power amplifiers; RF/IF amplifiers; switched
IC sensors and systems. Laboratory and computer simulation experiments in analysis,
design and characterization of electronic circuits also form part of the course.
INSTR C371 Electromechanical Energy Conversion 334

This lab based course provides an in-depth coverage of the theory, modelling,
performance testing and applications of electrical machines
Theory; performance; testing; applications and control of d.c. machines; induction
machines; synchronous machines and transformers; experiments on testing and control
of machines and transformers; experiments on testing and control of machines and
transformers; fractional hp motors; miniature motors.
INSTR C381 Transducers and Measurement Systems 303

This course provides an in-depth understanding of measurement system components
and their application in monitoring, control and experimental engineering analysis.
Importance and types of measurement, generalized measurement system; functional
elements; static and dynamic characteristics systems; primary sensing elements;
passive transducers and active transducers and inverse transducers, fibre optic
transducers, MEMS based transducers, Measurement techniques for motion, seismic,
pressure flow temperature, level, humidity, pH, viscosity; signal conducting techniques
using bridge, op-amp, instrumentation amplifier, carrier, chopper, charge, isolation
amplifier, data converters, filters, modulators; data acquisition.
178
INSTR C391 Digital Electronics and Computer Organization 334

This laboratory based course imparts knowledge on fundamentals of digital electronics
with an in-depth treatment on the associated tools for the design of digital system. Also
the course provides basic concepts of computer organization. Number systems and
machine representation, Boolean algebra, combinational and synchronous sequential
circuits, logic minimization, programmable logic devices, state table and state diagrams,
digital integrated circuits, asynchronous circuits, arithmetic operations and algorithms,
introduction to computer organization and architecture, speed considerations, memory
organization, I/O design, implementation issues. The course will also consist of
laboratory practice.
INSTR C392 Analysis Instrumentation 303

The course offers basic principles and applications of analysis instruments
Generalized configuration of an analysis instrument. Off-line analysis instruments:
emission spectrometers, UV/VIS/IR absorption spectrophotometers, flame emission and
atomic absorption spectrophotometers, X-ray fluorescence spectrometer and
diffractometer, NMR and mass spectrometers, pH-meters, gas chromatographs,
electrochemical instruments, analytical electron microscopes. On line analyzers:
Sampling systems for gases and liquids, fluid density monitors, consistency and
viscosity analyzers, thermal conductivity gas analyzers, paramagnetic oxygen
analyzers, chemical composition analyzers, on-line instruments for measuring standard
parameters, e.g. vapour pressure, distillation characteristics, cloud point, pour point,
flash point etc. Recent developments.
INSTR C411 Opto-Electronic Instruments 303

This elective course provides an in-depth understanding of principles, applications and
some designs of opto-electronic instruments.
Optical radiation-its emission, control and detection; optical signal processing; amplifiers
and associated electronic equipments. Opto-electronic system design-calorimeters,
spectrophotometers, flame photometers, fluorimeter and turbidimeters; project
equipments; introduction to laser-based instruments.
INSTR C414 Telecommunication Switching Systems and Networks 303

This course covers a range of techniques employed in conventional to modern
telephone networks and the extension of the same to network of telecommunication
systems.
179
Introduction, electromechanical switching, pulse dialling and DTMF dialling, stored

INSTR C421 Digital Systems 303

Prerequisite : EEE C391 or INSTR C391
and control applications.
Analysis and design of combinational and sequential digital circuits; data converters -
A/D, D/A, V/F and F/V converters; special semiconductor devices, displays, ROM, RAM
and their applications in instrumentation, digital instruments; programmable digital
testing systems; electronic programmers; introduction to microprocessors,
microprocessor based instruments and systems for measurement and control.
INSTR C444 Real-Time Systems 303

Course description is same as given under CS C444.
INSTR C451 Process Control 303

(Course description is same as given under CHE C441)
Prerequisite : AAOC C321 Control Systems
This is an application and analysis oriented course offering students an in-depth insights
into modelling and simulation techniques of typical industrial process control with
special emphasis and applications involving instrumentation employed in chemical
industries.
Dynamic modelling and simulation of momentum, energy and mass transfer and
reacting systems; analysis of the dynamic behaviour of lumped and distributed
parameter systems; analysis and design of simple feed back and advanced control
180
systems; design of control systems with multiple input and multiple output; introduction
to computer control.
INSTR C461 Power Electronics 303

This course develops an engineering approach towards the designing of the control
circuits required for machines or the instruments through providing an understanding of
power electronic device principles and their applications mainly in as switching power
converters PNPN devices, power transistor characteristics, rating and specifications;
triggering mechanism and commutation circuits; controlled power rectifiers, Inverters
(DC to AC converters), choppers (DC to DC Converters); speed control of DC motors,
speed control of AC motors; other industrial applications of thyristors and power
transistors; voltage regulation and starting of electrical drives; logic modules for static
converters; introduction to application of microprocessors for electrical drives.
INSTR C471 Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation 303

This course provides an understanding of various elements of electronic instruments
and measurement techniques as applied to industrial electronic practices.
Elements of electronic measurement and instrumentation; signal sources; voltage and
current measuring instruments; waveform analysis instruments; display and recording
instruments; device testers, DC power supplies and IC regulators; bridge instruments;
basic digital instruments, industrial electronic practices.
INSTR C481 Medical Instrumentation 303

instrumentation.
microprocessor based systems, lasers and optical fiber based systems.
181
INSTR C491 Special Projects 3

(Course description is same as given under BIO C491)
area of instrumentation engineering concepts
of his/her discipline. Each student must submit a project report as a culmination of
his/her endeavour and investigation. The Instructor- in-charge will determine the choice
of the project and also whether or not the project report is to be submitted jointly by
a group or individually by a student. The course will aim to evaluate student's actual
ability to use the fundamentals of knowledge and to meet new unknown situations as
demonstrated by the students' interaction with the instructors and Instructor-in-
charge and aggregated in the project report. The Instructor-in- charge may assign
specific hours for formal brain-storming sessions.
*****
182
4. Mechanical Engineering (ME)

ME C312 Design of Machine Elements 303
The course content includes materials and design of machine elements consisting of the
application of scientific principles, technical knowledge, and imaginative skills to be
developed in a student.
Fundamentals and principles of design; design and selection of machine elements such
as shafts, bearings and gears etc; design of mechanisms.
ME C314 Power Plant Engineering 303

This course deals with the various types of power plants, construction and working of
the allied components and their performances.
Classification of power plants. Components and layout of; thermal, nuclear, hydro
electric power plants. Site selection for various power plants. Combined cycle power
plants. Magneto Hydro Dynamics (MHD) systems. Economics of power generation,
economic loading of power stations. Load curve analysis; load factor, diversity factor.
Power plant instrumentation and controls.
ME C331 Transport Phenomena II 324

(For Mechanical Engineering)
This course deals with the various types of heat transfer mechanisms and their
applications.
Fundamental concepts of heat transfer; steady-state and unsteady- state heat
conduction; analytical and empirical relations for forced and free convection heat
transfer; heat exchanger analysis and design, heat transfer by radiation; elements of
mass transfer; one dimensional compressible flow; flow in open channels, associated
laboratory.
ME C332 Prime Movers and Fluid Machines 324

This course deals with the various types of turbines, pumps, compressors their
construction, working and performance.
Theoretical analysis of energy and momentum transfer between fluid and rotor;
principles of axial, mixed and radial flow compressors, turbines and pumps; design
considerations; cascade aerodynamics and performance limitations; applications to
power plant systems, laboratory exercises in testing reciprocating machines; rotary
machines and refrigeration plants.
183
ME C342 Production Techniques 324

This course deals with the metal cutting processes, metal joining processes and
production techniques.
Analysis, economics and quality control of metal cutting, plastic working of metals,
joining and casting processes, laboratory exercises in metal cutting, plastic working of
metals, testing and inspection of weldments and castings.
ME C382 Computer Aided Design 3*

(Course description is same as given under EA C342)
This course deals with imparting the practical skills of various design packages.
Computer Aided Drafting and tools for graphics; mathematical tools; convergence
criteria; design tools like modelling, simulation, spread sheets and use of specialized
packages etc.; students will be required to do projects, specialized works for which a
pool of guides will be drawn from several disciplines
ME C392# Advanced Mechanics of Solids and Kinematics 303

Energy methods; asymmetrical bending; curved beams; thick cylinders; contact
stresses; introduction to mechanisms; velocity and acceleration analysis using vector
polygon method; kinematics of cams and synthesis of cam profile; gear trains.
ME C412 Production Planning and Control 303

This course deals with the various types of production systems, their planning, layouts
and control.
Generalized model of production systems; types of production flows; life cycle concepts;
facilities location and layout planning; aggregate and batch production planning;
inventory systems; materials requirements planning; elements of monitoring and
production control.
ME C422 Dynamics of Machines and Vibration 303

This course deals with the analysis of mechanisms, balancing and vibrations.
Dynamic force analysis in mechanisms; determination of flywheel size; balancing of
rotating and reciprocating masses; whirling of shafts; forced vibration and vibration
isolation; multi-degree freedom systems; systems with distributed mass and elasticity.
184
ME C432 Computer Aided Manufacturing 303

This course deals with the various types of NC machines their working and controls.
Introduction, features of NC machine tools, NC part programming, CAM system devices,
interpolators for manufacturing systems, control loops of NC systems, computerized
numerical control, adaptive control systems, CAD to CAM, CAPP, industrial robots,
computer aided production planning and control, computer aided inspection and quality
control, CIM systems.
ME C441 Automotive Vehicles 303

This course deals with the various subsystems of an automobile, their construction,
working, analysis and performance.
Internal combustion engines; vehicle performance; analysis and design of vehicle
components. Experimental or theoretical investigation of problems selected from the
field of automotive vehicles.
ME C442 Advances in Materials Science 303

The course provides knowledge about the synthesis and processing of materials, their
inner structure, their properties, and their performance in machines and devices serving
society.
Deformation of materials, deformation at high temperatures and creep, recovery,
recrystalization and grain growth, fracture of materials and fatigue failure, deterioration
of materials, corrosion and oxidation, surface properties, surface energy and tribology,
polymers and fibre reinforced polymeric composites, mechanical testings, non-
destructive testing techniques.
ME C443 Quality Control, Assurance and Reliability 303

This course deals with the various quality accessing techniques and their analysis.
Basic concepts of probability and probability distributions, standard probability
distribution, sampling and sampling distributions, confidence intervals, testing
significance, statistical tolerance, various types of control charts, statistical process
control techniques, value analysis, defect diagnosis and prevention, basic concepts of
reliability, reliability design evaluation and control, methods of applying total quality
management, production process.
ME C451 Mechanical Equipment Design 303

This course deals with the various designing aspects of machine elements and analysis
of their functional requirements.
185
Design analysis for additional machine elements; retainment of bearings and design of
machine housing; introduction to techniques of optimization reliability and value
analysis; exercises in detail design; design solutions to meet specified functional
requirements.
ME C452 Composite Materials and Design 303

This course deals with the various types of composite materials their manufacturing
methods and their applications.
Introduction to composites, concepts of reinforcement, strengthening mechanisms,
fibrous reinforcements, matrix materials, micro-mechanical aspects of composites,
manufacturing methods, composite production design methods-design of tensile
members, pressure vessels, storage tanks, and other chemical process equipment made
of FRP, design of joints, damage of composites by impact, FRP grids, recent
development in manufacturing of composites and technologies.
ME C461 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning 303

This course deals with the various refrigeration and air conditioning devices and their
thermodynamic analysis and their applications.
Principles, thermodynamic analysis, load estimates and design of various refrigeration
and air conditioning systems for comfort and industrial applications. Theoretical or
experimental investigation of refrigeration and air-conditioning problems.
ME C472 Precision Engineering 303

This course deals with the acceptable limits of tolerances in machine tool applications
and methods of achieving it.
Concept of accuracy, accuracy of numerical control systems, tolerances and fits,
acceptance tests for machine tools, static stiffness and its influence on machining
accuracy, inaccuracies due to thermal effects, influence of forced vibrations on
accuracy, dimensional wear of cutting tools and its influences on accuracy, clamping
and setting errors, location principles and errors due to location, surface roughness and
micro finishing processes, dimensioning and dimensional chains, methods of improving
accuracy and surface finish, thread and gear measuring instruments, coordinate
measuring machines, introduction to computer aided tolerancing.
186
ME C481 Project Appraisal 303

Prerequisite: ECON C212 Principles of Economics
This course deals with the judging the nature and value of the projects and their
selection and planning and execution.
Nature and scope of economic science, its relationship with other social sciences;
quantification of economic variables, theories of consumer behaviour and of the firm:
linear economic models; market structures; social accounting and basic elements of
economic planning.
Criteria for selection of a project; factor intensity; commercial profitability; national
economic-profitability; limitations of market prices; estimation of shadow prices; linkup
project appraisal to national objectives; McGaughey and Thorbeck approach; Little-
Mirrlees method; UNIDO guidelines approach; limitations of the conventional project
appraisal; towards a new framework for project appraisal.
ME C491 Special Projects 3

This course deals with imparting practical skills to the students by making them to
develop a model or theoretical analysis incorporating the principles mechanical
engineering.
demonstrated by the students' interaction with the instructors and instructor-in-
charge and aggregated in the project report. The instructor-in- charge may assign
*****
187
5. Chemical Engineering (CHE)
CHE C311 Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics 303

This course emphasizes application of thermodynamics to chemical engineering
systems. The course contents include:
Development and applications of the combined first and second laws; relations between
state properties; chemical equilibria in reacting and non-reacting systems; statistical
concepts, and brief exposure to irreversible thermodynamics; extensive problem
assignments throughout.
CHE C312 Kinetics and Reactor Design 303
This course covers application of reaction kinetics and catalysis to design the reactor at
industrial scale. Course contents include:
Kinetics of homogeneous, heterogeneous reactions; ideal reactors, non-ideal flow;
selectivity; analysis and design of chemical reactors.
CHE C322 Chemical Process Technology 303

The emphasis is on manufacturing technologies of industrially important chemicals,
major engineering problems and environmental issues.
Process synthesis concepts for flow sheet generation; selected technologies for
chemicals from inorganic chemical industries, natural product industries, synthetic
organic chemical industries, polymerization industries, etc.
CHE C351 Heat Transfer Operations 334

Energy is a major input in chemical industry and energy savings through proper energy
integration of chemical plants is essential for improving profitability. This course covers
overview of heat transfer mechanisms and their application to the optimal design of
heat exchange equipment.
Steady and unsteady state heat conduction; forced and natural convection; radiation;
condensation and boiling heat transfer; evaporation; heat exchanger; associated
laboratory.
188
CHE C332 Process Design Decisions 303

This course covers application of chemical engineering theory and economics to overall
analysis and optimization of chemical processes.
Strategic design decisions in process synthesis and analysis; cost models; profitability
measures and analysis; depreciation; engineering economics; hierarchy of levels of
design decision making; batch vs. continuous; input-output structure of flow sheet;
recycle structure of flow sheet; general structure of separation systems; energy
integration analysis; pinch technology; cost diagrams and screening of process
alternatives; preliminary process optimization; process retrofitting; case studies.
CHE C361 Mass Transfer Operations 303

Important diffusion based separation processes are covered that form the core of
petroleum refining and other process industries.
Introduction to molecular diffusion and mass transfer coefficients; inter-phase mass
transfer; design of absorption, distillation, extraction and leaching processes.
CHE C411 Environmental Pollution Control 303

Chemical processing contributes to degradation of environment and contamination of
natural resources. Identification, analysis, and control of pollution are thus paramount
to all chemical industries. This course discusses:
Air and water pollutants; sampling and analysis; control methods for air and water
pollutants; modelling of different control techniques; advanced wastewater treatment
processes; solid waste management, noise pollution; case studies; associated
laboratory.
CHE C412 Process Equipment Design 303

This course covers the design of various unit operation, equipment in chemical
industries. Course content includes.
A application of principles of chemical engineering to the selection and design of
equipment for Chemical industries; design, cost estimation and selection of process
equipment’ piping, pressure vessels, heat exchangers, distillation columns etc. Use of
computer software packages in the design; plant safety practices; use of codes.
189
CHE C413 Process Plant Safety 303

This emphasis is on safety in chemical industries and methods of riskmanagement,
which includes,
Role of safety in society. Engineering aspects of process plant safety. Chemical hazards
and worker safety. Hazardous properties of chemicals. Safety aspects in site selection
and plant layout. Design and inspection of pressure vessels. Storage, handling and
transportation of hazardous chemicals. Risk assessment methods. Toxic release, fire
and explosions. Boiling liquid expanding vapour explosions. Safety audit. Emergency
planning and disaster management. Case studies.
CHE C414 Transport Phenomena 303

Prerequisite : CHE C213, CHE C351, CHE C361
This course emphasizes an integrated approach to transfer processes related to the
transport of mass, energy and momentum in various operations. It encompasses:
Analogy for momentum, heat and mass transport; shell balance approach for analysis
of individual and simultaneous momentum, heat and mass transport; hydrodynamic and
thermal boundary layers; velocity, temperature and concentration distributions in
turbulent flow; inter-phase transport for isothermal and non-isothermal systems.
CHE C421 Biochemical Engineering 303

This course provides the basic concepts of biological systems which are relevant to
study by chemical engineers. Topics covered are:
Principles of Chemical Engineering applied to Bioprocesses; Kinetic Models for growth,
substrate utilization and product formation; Biological reaction kinetics and applied
enzyme catalysis; immobilized biocatalysts; Bioreactor Design and Operation;
Fermentation, Upstream and Downstream processing; Novel Bioreactor Configurations;
Transport phenomena in Bioprocesses; Instrumentation and control; Bioprocess
Optimization and Scale up; Industrial Protein Purification Techniques; Commercial
Enzymes and Biopharmaceuticals; Bioprocess Patenting, Economics and Feasibility
Studies.
CHE C422 Combustion Engineering 303
This course discusses various industrial combustion and design of furnaces which
includes:
Fundamentals; theory of combustion and its application to problems of design and
operation of equipment for efficient use of fuel; burning of coal in boilers and furnaces;
radiation from fires, fly ash and fusion; ignition and flame propagation in fires;
industrial explosion and fire hazards; study of design and construction of furnaces.
190
CHE C431 Selected Chemical Engineering Operations 334

This course is intended to provide an overview of various chemical engineering
operations. It covers
Chemical engineering operations such as size reduction, mechanical separation,
filtration, crystallization, drying, adsorption, membrane separation process etc;
associated laboratory.
CHE C432 Computer Aided Process Plant Design 303

A review of the basic concepts of chemical engineering and applied with computer
aided design for an equipment or a process plant. Course includes
Introduction to chemical engineering design, process plant and methodology for
computer aided process design, and analysis. It further undertakes computer aided
design of process equipment viz. distillation column, absorption column, heat
exchanger, evaporator, condenser, pressure vessel, piping, etc; and plant safety
practices. The course contains a project work on computer aided design of the specific
plant or equipment.
CHE C433 Corrosion Engineering 3 03

Prerequisite: ES C242
This course deals with properties of various materials with corrosion principles in
details.
Corrosion principles: electrochemical aspects, environmental effects, metallurgical and
other aspects; various forms of corrosion. Materials: metals and alloys, non-metallic
(polymers and ceramics). Corrosion prevention: materials selection, alternation of
environment, design, cathodic and anodic protection, coatings.
CHE C441 Process Control 303

Prerequisite: AAOC C321
This course involved in modern application of various types of process control. Topics
include:
191
CHE C471 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning 303

This course provides an introduction to the various refrigeration and air conditioning
systems and its problems. It covers:
Principles, thermodynamic analysis, load estimates and design of various refrigeration
and air conditioning systems for comfort and industrial applications. Theoretical or
experimental investigation of refrigeration and air-conditioning problems.
CHE C473 Advanced Process Control 314

Prerequisite: CHE C441 and INSTR C 451
This course is built on the basis of process control and aims to build a strong foundation
in control systems.
Process identification and adaptive control; Model predictive control structures; Model-
based control structures; State estimation; Synthesis of control system-some case
studies; Intelligent control.
CHE C491 Special Projects 3

area of chemical engineering concepts.
project and also whether or not the project report is to be submitted jointly by a
group or individually by a student. The course will aim to evaluate student's actual
ability to use the fundamentals of knowledge and to meet new unknown situations as
demonstrated by the students' interaction with the instructors and instructor-in-
charge and aggregated in the project report. The instructor-in- charge may assign
*****
192
6.Biotechnology (BIOT)
BIO C216 Introductory Molecular Biology

The course introduces the students to the basics of molecular biology with an emphasis
on Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic genomes.
The course aims to provide the basic aspects of molecular biology, DNA replication,
transcription, translation and control mechanisms of protein synthesis. DNA-protein
interactions, post transcriptional modifications, regulations of genexpression, DNA
repair. Current advances in this emerging areas will be covered.
BIOT C332 Genetics 303

This course is designed to present modern concepts of continuity and variation living
organisms. It introduces the genetic material, its replication and molecular basis of
functions as well as the relevance of genetic investigations to man.
Facts and theories of heredity, their relation to the present state of biological theory in
general; elements of population genetics; genetics and species concept
BIOT C336 Cell Physiology 303

The course intent to provide the students a strong foundation in the working of cell at
the organelle and molecular level.
Fundamentals of structure and functioning of cells and organelles, Cytoskeleton,
Cellular membrane, Ultra structural studies of bacterial, plant and animal cells and
viruses. Cellular homeostasis, respiration, bioenergetics, carbon and nitrogen fixation.
Synthesis of bio moelecules and homeostasis.
BIOT C337 Industrial Microbiology and Bioprocess Engineering 234

The course introduces and delineates the various aspects of pure and applied
microbiology with the focus on implication of r-DNa technology in the field of industrial
bioprocesses for commercial manufacturing of value added biotechnological products.
Principals and application of fermentation technology with respect to production of
value added biotechnological products and strategies of improving production.
Development of biological processes associated with raw materials preparation t
product recovery, relevant to industries as diverse as medical, food and environmental
protection.
BIOT C338 Introduction to Environmental Biotechnology 303

The course is provides students with a sound understanding of biotechnology and
diverse ways it can be applied to address important environmental issues from
monitoring of the environment and treatment of waste water to the removal pollutants
and extraction of oil and minerals. The course focuses on industrial processes,
incorporating design and monitoring of water treatment technologies. Microbial removal
and degradation of organics pollutants, phytoremediation of soil and water
contaminated with toxic metals and radionuclides, wetlands as treatment processes,
193
biofilms, biofilters for vapour phase wastes, and compositing. Case studies are
presented in the ares of biosensers in environmental engineering and genetic
engineering of organisms for bioremediation.
BIOT C339 Biophysical Chemistry 303

The course aims to quantiate the physical and chemical principle governing biological
systems. Biophysical chemistry analyzes and applies the general principles determining
the properties and behaviour of physical, chemical and biological systems.
The principles governing the molecular shapes, structures, structural transitions and
equilibrium in proteins and nucleic acids; protein folding; lipids-minelayers, bilayers and
mini cells; lipid-protein interactions in membranes.
BIOT C343 Geonomics 303

This course provides and introduction tot the field of genomics. It covers the structure
of the human genome, and the strategies that were used to map and sequence the
genome, and the details how the genomic sequence information is utilized for
pharmacogenomis, drug discovery and diagnostics. The course also introduces post-
genomics technologies such as bioinformatics, functional genomics and comparative
genomics.
BIOT C344 Proteomics 303

This course will deal with the introduction to proteome significance and analysis of post-
translational modification of proteins, protein-protein interaction. Functions of all protein
worked out will be discussed in light of the standard prokaryotic and eukaryotic models.
Emphasis will be given on methods of proteomic research, proteome analysis, resolution
and identification of proteins.
BIOT C345 Immunotechnology 303

This course deals with the advances in the emerging area of vaccine development for
disease control, antibody production, purification and their pharmaceutical applications.
Immunotechnology is specialized course, which deals biotechnological aspects of
immunological mechanisms Hybridoma technology and production of monoclonal
antibodies, designing and building of mAb genes, primary and secondary libraries for
antibody genes. Emphasis will be given on the production of humanized and human
antibodies. Uses of monoclonal antibodies ain diagnosis, therapy of allergic diseases,
vaccine production, abzyme, purification, quantification and cytogentic analysis. Case
studies on disease diagnostics, disease protection in both plants and animals will be
discussed.
BIOT C346 Experiments in Biotechnology 093

This course is a lab intensive course designed to familiarize the students with recent
techniques in molecular biology and biotechnolgy. The course is intended to prepare the
students for future careers in the chosen field of study this course aims to give hands on
experience on advanced molecular biology techniques such as genomic DNA isolation
194
plasmid DNA, single, double and partial digestion., construction of genomic DNA library,
PCR, polymorphism in studies, southern blotting, RNA isolation, Real time PCR, protein
expression and analysis and immuno-histochemical techniques
BIO C412 Introduction to Bioinformatics 303

Introduction to genomics and proteomics, Human genome and other sequencing
projects; Biological database and data mining; Similarity search and sequence alignment.
Protein structure prediction and structure analysis; Use of software package in
bioinformatics
BIOT C413 Molecular Biology of Cell 303

The course aims to impart the basic aspects of cell biology, cell cycle regulations and
factors influencing cell division and apoptosis.
Introduction of eukaryotic cell cycle, genetic regulation of cell cyene expression during
development process. In addition the postulated functions of hitherto accepted non-
essential DNA and the functioning of higher eukaryotic genes with unexpected structures
in eukaryotic genomes would also be covered.
BIOT C414 Genetic Engineering 163

The course provides the students conceptual understanding of basic molecular biology
techniques which outline the general principals of DNA technology.
The primary objective of this course is to familiarize the students with a comprehensive
set of basic techniques, which comprises of isolation of plasmid from bacterial cell,
preparation of competent cell, transformation and various methods of gene transfer.
Restriction digestion, restriction mapping, ligation, PCR, Southern and Northern
hybridization. Student will be introduced to the dissection of mice and splenocyte culture.
An exposure will also be given on various plant tissue culture techniques; micro-
propagation, callus and suspension culture, isolation of DNA from plant cell and its
manipulation.
BIOT C416 Immunology 303

An elective course designed to provide information about all areas of immunology. The
course provides an in depth understanding on immune systems, natural and acquired
immunity, mechanisms involved in antigen-antibody recognition, auito immune
diseases, cancer and tissue/organ transplantation.
Introduction to immune system, cell mediated and humoral immunity, allergy
mechanisms, to hypersensitivity reactions, immunity to infectious diseases, immune
mechanisms involved in cancer and transplantation immunology.
BIOT C417 Biomolecular Modelling 303

The course designed to provide the students the first hand experience e of potential
utility of biomolecular modelling especially in concurrent pharmaceutical research and in
195
cell and structural biology. It describes the functionality, advantages and limitations of
standard computing strategies for simulation of bio molecules.
Biomoleculars conformation, Structural genomics and proteomics, protein folding,
Forecefield, simulation, Conformational analysis, ab initio structure prediction
comparative modelling, lattice models, usages of modelling packages.
BIOT C418 Genetic Engineering Techniques 194

Experiments on the common molecular techniques used in gene manipulation in bacteria
and plants; gene cloning procedure in bacteria – from isolation of plasmids to screening
of recombinant clones; polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and its application; gene and
protein expression analysis; DNA sequencing; Agrobacterium - mediated gene transfer in
plants and introduction to plant cell culture techniques; Use of software for molecular
biology.
BIO C461 Recombinant DNA Technology 303

The course deals with theoretical aspects of recombinant DNA manipulation. Emphasis
will be placed on procedures to create chimeric molecules using examples from actual
experimented work. Vector designing, polymers chain reaction, invitro mutagenesis
cloning in prokaryote and Eukaryotic vectors will be covered.
BIO C491 Special Projects 3

This course deals with imparting practical skills to the students by making them to
develop a model or theoretical analysis incorporating the principles mechanical
engineering.
demonstrated by the students' interaction with the instructors and instructor-in- charge
and aggregated in the project report. The instructor-in- charge may assign specific
hours for formal brain-storming sessions.
***
196
7. Electronics and Communication Engineering (ECE)
ECE C272 Circuits and signals 303

This an elementary course that introduces and deals I depth with the basic concepts
involved in modelling and synthesizing of various electrical systems involving circuits
and signals.
Representation of deterministic signals, fourier integral, Modulation; sampling
convolution, correlation DFT FFT, Z- transform, network realization, direct from I & II
cascaded form; parallel form; digital filter design; IIR; FIR & Window functions, bilinear
transformation; signal coding algorithms, digital signal processors.
ECE C313 Microelectronic Circuits 303

This course offers an in- depth coverage of the analysis and design principles of
discrete electronic systems, associated computer simulation using advanced tools such
as PSPICE with emphasis on integrated circuit applications Basic single and two
transistor amplifier configurations; current mirrors and current sources; active loads;
biasing in discrete and integrated circuit amplifiers; voltage sources and voltage
references; differential and multistage amplifiers; frequency response of amplifiers;
frequency compensation; output stages and power amplifiers; filters and tuned
amplifiers; signal sources and communication circuits etc, illustrative example of analog
integrated circuits etc, illustrative example of analog integrated circuits, The course will
emphasize MOS/CMOS and bipolar transistor circuits Computer simulation packages will
be prescribed.
ECE C364 Analog Electronics 334

This course deals with the introduction and application of various analog and mixed
signals ICS. It includes:
Discrete and IC amplifier basics; low and high frequency amplifiers linear and non linear
OP-amp circuits; non linear ICs; precision circuits; comparators; Schmitt triggers; non-
sinusoidal and sinusoidal waveform generators; phase-locked-loops; analog switches;
IC power amplifiers; RF/IF amplifiers; switched capacitor circuits; data converters; IC
sensors and systems. Laboratory and computer simulation experiments in analysis,
design and characterization of electronic circuits also form part of the course.
ECE C383 Communication Systems 334

This laboratory based course provides a foundation in along and digital communication
system analysis and design
197
Principles of modern analog and digital communication with more emphasis on digital
communication Amplitude and angle modulation, sampling, PCM, DM, ADPCM, pulse
shaping, digital modulation: FSK, PSK, DPSK, QPSK etc.; information theory, source
coding and channel coding, Shannon capacity theorems; emerging trends in
communication systems. Experiments in analog and digital communication.
ECE C391 Digital Electronics and Computer Organization 334

This laboratory based course imparts knowledge on the fundamentals of digital
electronics with an in- depth treatment on the associated tools for the design of digital
system. Also the course provides basic concepts of computer organizations.
Number systems and machine representation, Boolean algebra, combinational and
synchronous sequential circuits, logic minimization, programmable logic devices, state
table and state diagrams, digital integrated circuits, asynchronous circuits, arithmetic
operations and algorithms, introduction to computer organization and architecture,
speed considerations, memory organization, I/O design, implementation issues. The
course will also consist of laboratory practice.
ECE C392 Modern Communication Technologies 303

This course provides an overview of modern communication systems and the associated
concepts namely: Digital Modulation Techniques, Coding Theory, Wireless Links, Optical
and Mobile Communication systems and so on.
Modern communication system overview, Digital modulation techniques, channel
capacity and coding, Digital link improve techniques, Digital Receiver design and
performance analysis, Wireless communication systems: Wireless channel models and
link improvement techniques, multiple access schemes. Basic concept of mobile
network, Optical communication system: Transmitters receivers and other optical
communication subsystem, Optical wireless systems.
ECE C393 Information Theory & Coding 303

This course provides an in depth treatment of principles associated with information
theory, various techniques of coding and concept of cryptograph.
Random variables and random processes; Information sources and source coding
theorem, Kraft inequality, Shannon-Fano codes, Huffan codes, Arithmetic codes,
Lempel-Ziv-Welch algorithm, universal source codes; Channel coding theorem for
discrete memory less channels; channel capacity with feedback; continuous and
Gaussian channels; error control coding: Linear block codes and their properties, hard-
decision decoding, convolution codes and the Viterbi decoding algorithm, iterative
decoding; turbo codes and low-density-parity-check codes; rate distortion theory; rate
198
distortion function, random source codes; joint source –channel coding and the
separation theorem; cryptography: basic concepts on cryptography and cryptanalysis,
security issues; private-key encryption algorithms stream ciphers, block, ciphers,
Shannon’s theory; introduction to number theory – modular arithmetic, exponentiation
and discrete logarithms in Galois field; public-key encryption algorithms- Diffie-Hellman
public-key distribution scheme, RSA public-key cryptosystem; Message authentication,
hashing functions, digital signature.
ECE C394 Communication Networks 303
This course introduces various communication and switching protocols employed in
present day communications or such other modern communication systems. In addition
to various issues in design, simulation, analysis and implementation of the same.
Packet switching and circuit switching; Layered network architecture (OSI mode), Point-
to-point protocols and links: Physical layers, error detection and correction, ARQ
retransmission strategy, framing X.25 standard queuing theory and delay analysis:
Little’s theorem, analytical treatment of M/M/1 and M/M/m queuing systems, simulation
of queuing systems, delay analysis for ARQ system, muti-access protocols and
techniques: Aloha systems, CSMA, IEEE-802 standard routing and flow control. TCP/IP
protocols, ISDN, ATM, network security Design of a LAN system with commercially
available function units. Wireless LAN: adhoc network, security issues.
ECE C452 Electromagnetic Fields and Microwave Engineering 303
This course introduces the principles of electromagnetic fields, waves and its
applications in microwave engineering employed in modern space communication.
Electromagnetic waves; Maxwell’s equations; Poynting theorem and wave equations;
propagation of EM waves; transmission lines; micro-strip lines; wave guides; cavities
and antennas; microwave generators, microwave amplifiers; measurement at
microwave frequencies.
ECE C 491 Special Projects 3
area of Electronics and Communication engineering concepts
endeavour and investigation. The instructor-in-charge will determine the choice of the
or individually by a student. The course will aim to evaluate student’s interaction with
the instructors and instructor-in-charge may assign specific hours for formal brain-
storming sessions.
*****
199
8. Engineering Technology (ET)
ET 341 Instrumentation & Control 303

Measurement systems, transducers, feedback control, components; electrical,
hydraulic, pneumatic; signal conditioning and processing controllers, display, recording,
direct digital control, programmable logic controllers, PC based instrumentation.
ET C342 Materials Management 303

Integrating materials management; policy aspects; purchasing management;
warehousing and storage of inventory control systems; appraisal and control; just in
time (JIT); automation in materials management.
ET C351 Chemical Process Technology 303

Process synthesis concepts for flow sheet generation; selected technologies for
chemicals from inorganic chemicals industries, natural product industries, synthetic
organic chemical industries, polymerization industries, etc.
ET C352 Energy Management 303

Energy Management principles; energy conservation energy auditing; analysis;
formulation of energy management options; economic evaluation, implementation &
control; energy conservation techniques – conservation in energy intensive industries;
steam generation, distribution systems, and electrical systems; integrated resource
planning; demand- side management; cogeneration; total energy schemes; thermal
insulation; energy storage; economic evaluation of conservation technologies; analysis
of typical applications.
ET C362 Environmental Pollution Control 303

Air & water pollutions; sampling and analysis; control methods for air & water
pollutants; modelling of different control techniques; advanced wastewater treatment
processes; solid waste management, noise pollution; case studies; associated
laboratory.
ET C411 Concepts of engineering Design 3
<To be developed.>
ET C412 Production Planning & Control 303

Generalized model of production system; types of production flows; life cycle concepts;
facilities location and layout planning; aggregate and batch production. planning;
inventory systems; materials requirements planning; elements of monitoring &
production control.
ET C413 Advances in Materials Science 303

Deformation of materials, deformation of high temperature and creep, recovery, re-
crystallization and grain growth, fracture of materials and fatigue failure, deterioration of
materials, corrosion and oxidation, surface properties, surface energy and tribology,
200
polymers and fiber reinforced polymeric composites, mechanical testings,

nondestructive testing techniques.
ET C414 Project Appraisal 303

Prerequisite: ECON C212 Principles of Economics
economic profitability; limitations of market prices; estimation of shadow prices; linkup
project appraisal to national objectives; McGaughey and Thorbeck approach; Little
Mirrlees method; UNIDO guidelines approach limitations of the conventional project
appraisal; towards a new framework for new projects.
ET C421 Computer Aided Project Planning and Monitoring 3
<To be developed.>
ET C422 Computer Aided Manufacturing 303

troduction, features of NC machine tools, NC part programming, CAM system devices,
interpolators for manufacturing systems, control loops of NC systems, computerized
numerical control, adaptive control systems, CAD to CAM, CAPP, industrial robots,
computer aided production planning & control, computer aided inspection and quality
control, CIM systems.
ET C431 Technology Forecasting 303

Importance of technology forecasting (TF) as a useful tool in planning and decision
making in management, economic planning and planning of R&D; TF techniques like
Delphi, extrapolation, normative techniques, morphological analysis, correlation
methods and modelling techniques; applications in decision making; development
planning and business.
ET C432 Quality Control, Assurance & Reliability 303

Basic concepts of probability and probability distributions, standard probability
distribution, sampling and sampling distributions, confidence intervals, testing
significance, statistical process control techniques, value analysis, defect diagnosis and
prevention, basic concepts of reliability, reliability design evaluation and control,
methods of applying total quality management, production process.
ET C441 Technology Management 303
Concept of technology, nature of technological change, economics of technology,

corporate technology strategy, analysis for technology strategy, adoption and
management of new technology, accounting for technology, appropriate technologies,
transfer of technology, influence of government polices on technology, technology,
management for sustainable development.
201
ET C491 Special Projects 3

instructor-in- charge, batches of students will be attached to different instructors. Each
endeavour and investigation. The instructor in-charge will determine the choice of the
project and also whether or not the project report is to be submitted jointly by a group or
individually by a student. The course will aim to evaluate student’s actual ability to use
the fundamentals of knowledge and to meet new unknown situations as demonstrated
by the student’s interaction with the instructors and instructor-in-charge and aggregated
in the project report. The instructor in-charge may assign specific hours for formal brain-
storming sessions.
*****
202
9. Information Systems (IS)
IS C311 Computer Concepts and Software Systems 303

Computer Structures; Machine and Assembly languages; Computer Architecture and
Operating Systems, Operating Environment for Application Programmes.
IS C312 Information Analysis 303

Software Requirements; Problem Identification and Feasibility Assessment; Notations
for Problem Analysis like Data Flow Diagrams, Data Dictionaries and Entity-Relation
Diagrams; Requirements Analysis Techniques like SADT and Object-Oriented Analysis;
Software Requirements Specification; Behavioural and Non-Behavioural Requirements
Specification; Requirements Prototyping; CASE Tools and Applications.
IS C313 Object Oriented Programming and Design 324

Object oriented concepts and design, abstraction, architecture and design patterns, GUI
programming and frameworks, design of object oriented solutions using UML, design for
concurrency, implementation of solutions using object oriented languages like C++ or
Java; Language level mapping and realization of object oriented constructs, realization
and performance issues versus abstraction and usability.
IS C321 Programme Data and File Structures 303

Problem- solving using a high level programming language; Data abstraction and
structuring; Data Structures such as Stacks, Queues, Lists, Trees and Graphs and their
implementation; Algorithms; recursion; sorting and Searching Techniques; Files and file
structures.
IS C331 Personal Computers and Computing 143

Personal Computers, State of Art of Personal Computing; Operations and
Programming; Study and Practice of General Purpose Software Packages on PCs.
IS C332 Database Systems and Applications 303

Introduction to Database Management System; File Organization; Data Independence
in databases; Data Models; Query processing systems; Database Design techniques;
Concepts of security and integrity in databases. Distributed Databases; Applications
using DBMS.
IS C341 Software Engineering 3*

Prerequisite: TA C252 Computer Programming II
Software Engineering concepts and methodology; formal requirements specification;
automated tools in software engineering.
203
IS C342 Structures of Programming Languages 303

Programming paradigms and programming languages; programming language
processors; syntax and semantics, binding; data types, structures; abstract data types;
sub-programme structure; sequence control; recursion data control; storage
management; syntax; translation; operating and programming environments; some
theoretical models; case studies from some popular and widely used programming
languages.
IS C351 Computer Organization and Architecture 324

Overview of logic design; Instruction set architecture; Assembly language programming;
Pipelining Computer Arithmetic; Control unit; Memory hierarchy; Virtual Memory; Input
and output systems; Interrupts and exception handling; Implementation issues; Case
studies;
This course covers the fundamentals of computer organization and architecture from a
programmer’s perspective.
IS C352 Management Information Systems 303

Introduction to Information Systems; Concepts of management, concepts of information,
systems concepts; Information Systems and Organizations; decision making process;
database systems, Data Communications; Planning, designing, developing and
implementing information systems; Quality assurance and evaluation of information
systems, future developments and their organizational and social implications; decision
support system and expert systems.
IS C362 Operating Systems 303

Introduction to operating systems; various approaches to design of operating systems;
Overview of hardware support for operating systems; Process management; process
synchronization and mutual exclusion, inter process communication, process
scheduling; CPU scheduling approaches; Memory management: algorithms; File
systems; design and implementation of the systems; Input/Output systems; device
controllers and device drivers; Security and protection; Case studies on design and
implementation of operating system models.
IS C363 Data Structures and Algorithms 324

This course provides the students of computer science to topics like software design
principles, modularity, analysis and design of algorithms, and graph theory.
Introduction to software design principles, modularity, abstract data types, data
structures and algorithms; Analysis of algorithms; Linear data structures – stacks,
arrays, lists, queues and linked representations; Pre-fix, in-fix and post-fix expressions;
Recursion; Set operations; Hashing and hash functions; Binary and other trees,
traversal algorithms, Huffman codes; Search trees, priority queues, heaps and balanced
trees; Sorting techniques; Graphs and digraphs; Algorithmic design techniques; Data
structures for external storage, multi-way search and B-trees; Implementation
techniques for different data structures including trees, graphs and search structures;
Performance evaluation of data structures and algorithms; Implementation issues in
large data structures.
204
IS C411 Information Systems Project 3*

Practical work to be conducted through a project on analysis, planning and design of an
information system.
IS C415 Data Mining 303

Data Mining – Introduction, fundamental concepts; motivation and applications; role of
data warehousing in data mining; challenges and issues in data mining; Knowledge
Discovery in Databases (KDD); role of data mining in KDD; algorithms for data mining;
tasks like decision-tree construction, finding association rules, sequencing,
classification, and clustering; applications of neural networks and machine learning for
tasks of classification and clustering.
IS C421 Modelling and Decision System 303

Principles of decision making; modelling, tools of decision making; Decision Support
Systems; Study work on available decision systems and packages.
IS C422 Parallel Computing 303

networks, basic communication operations; Introduction to parallel algorithms, Parallel
analysis; Basic design techniques for parallel algorithms; Parallel algorithms for
selected topics like sorting, searching and merging, matrix algebra, graphs, discrete
optimization problems and computational geometry.
IS C424 Software for Embedded System 303

Real –time and embedded system; software issues in embedded system; software
development process; requirements analysis; use Cases, identification and analysis of
use cases, use case diagrams; design; architectural design, design patterns, and
detailed design; implementation: languages, compilers, runtime environments and
operating systems for embedded software; testing; methodologies, tests cases.
IS C431 Educational Software 143

Principles of text editing; elementary graphics; concepts of motion and animation; visual
effects in illustrations; design of simple education software for elementary level subjects.
IS C442 Advanced Algorithms and Complexity 30

3
Randomized algorithms (Las Vegas & Monte Carlo); basic tools from probability theory
and probabilistic analysis required in algorithmic applications: game theoretic
techniques; occupancy problems & tail inequalities; data structures for randomized
algorithms: skip list & hash tables; randomized geometric & linear programming
algorithms: convex hull, duality & diameter of a set; randomized graph algorithms: all-
pairs shortest paths & minimum spanning trees; optimization problems: simplex
205
algorithm & duality; primal-dual algorithm for shortest paths; NP-Completeness; the
Classes P & NP, NP – hard problems, approximation Algorithms.
IS C444 Real Time Systems 303

Introduction to real- time systems, clock synchronization, task assignment and
scheduling, programming language with real – time support, ADA, real time
communication protocols, real- time databases, fault tolerant techniques, reliability
evaluation methods; case and integrity problems; algorithms and implementation; and
selected current topics.
IS C446 Data Storage Technologies and Networks 303

Storage Media and Technologies – Magnetic, Optical and Semiconductor media,
techniques for read/write operations, issues and limitations. Usage and Access –
Positioning in the memory hierarchy, Hardware and Software Design for access,
Performance issues. Large Storages – Hard Disks, Networked Attached Storage,
Scalability issues, Networking issues. Storage Architecture – Storage Partitioning,
Storage Area Networks – Hardware and Software Components, Storage Clusters/Grids.
Storage QoS – Performance, Reliability, and Security issues.
IS C461 Computer Networks 303

Evolution of communication and computer networks, protocol layering, network
reference models, multiple access protocols, local area networks, packet and circuit
switching fabrics, network performance analysis and simulation techniques; addressing,
routing, flow and congestion control, IP protocol; Broad Band Integrated Services Digital
Network (B – ISDN); Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) reference models; network
interoperability, traffic management and quality of service in integrated network protocol
design and implementation strategies.
IS C462 Network Programming 303

Overview of computer networks; inter-process communication; network programming;
socket interface; client-server computing model; design issues, concurrency in server
and clients; external data representation; remote procedure calls; network file systems;
distributed system design.
IS C471 Computer Graphics 223

Generation of dots, lines arcs and polygons; colour graphics, shades and levels; image
IS C472 Geographical Information Systems 303

Introduction to geographical information systems, theory and applications of GIS, data
sensing and collection, fundamental database concepts, fundamental spatial concepts,
models of spatial information, representation & algorithms, structures & access
methods, architectures and interfaces, data output and display techniques, next
generation systems.
206
IS C481 Graphical User Interface 303

Concepts of a user interface; User Interface Management Systems; Interaction styles;
Event – Driven programming, Graphical User Interface components and example;
emphasis will be on programming on GUI environments like MS Windows.
****
207
10. Named Courses for Higher Degree Programmes

10 a. Design Engineering (DE)
DE G531 Product Design 5
Introduction to creative design; user research and requirements analysis, product
specifications, Computer Aided Design; standardization, variety reduction, preferred
numbers and other techniques; modular design; design economics, cost analysis, cost
reduction and value analysis techniques, design for production; human factors in
design; anthropometric, ergonomic, psychological, physiological considerations in
design decision making; legal factors, engineering ethics and society.
DE G611 Dynamics & Vibrations 5

Steady and transient Vibration of single and multi degree freedom systems. Systems
with distributed mass and elasticity. Non-linear and self-excited vibrations, structural
damping, Random vibrations, vibration analysis, vibration control – reduction, isolation
and vibration absorbers.
DE G631 Materials Technology & Testing 5

Study of Characteristics and technology of metals, plastics, rubbers, ceramics,
polymers, composites, optical fibers and other modern engineering materials and their
application with particular reference to Railways. Destructive and non-destructive testing
techniques and their applications in Railways.
ME G511 Mechanisms & Robotics 235

Classification of robots & manipulators; fields of application; synthesis of planar &
spatial mechanisms; methods of function and path generation; coupler curve synthesis;
linkages with open loop; actuators & drive elements; microprocessor application and
control of robots.
ME G512 Finite Element Methods 5

Fundamental concepts, matrix algebra and Gaussian limitation. One-dimensional
problems, trusses, two dimensional problems using constant strain triangles, ax
symmetric solids subjected to ax symmetric loading, two-dimensional isoparametric
elements and numerical integration, beams and frames, three dimensional problems in
stress analysis, scalar field problems, dynamic considerations, pre-processing and post
processing.
ME G521 Mechanical system Design 235

Concept of system design; modelling of structural and kinematic systems, and
determination of system characteristics; reliability of systems; design of machine
elements for specified reliability; concepts of optimization; Techniques of design
optimization for linear and non-linear problems.
208
ME G611 Computer Aided Analysis and Design 235

The course aims at developing complete self reliance in solving analysis & design
problems of engineering with the aid of computers. It stresses upon the use of more
powerful tools including system planning, simulation and modelling. The student will
take up a design project by the instructor or resource person as and when required. The
effort must culminate with a CAAD programme and a project report.
209
10 b. Microelectronics (MEL)
MEL G611 IC Fabrication Technology 325

Material properties; crystal growth and doping; diffusion; oxidation; epitaxy; ion
implantation; deposition of films using CVD, LPCVD and sputtering techniques; wet and
dry etching and cleaning; lithographic process; device and circuit fabrication; process
modelling and simulation.
MEL G621 VLSI Design 325

Introduction to NMOS and CMOS circuits; NMOS and CMOS processing technology;
CMOS circuits and logic design; circuit characterization and performance estimation;
structured design and testing; symbolic layout systems; CMOS subsystem design;
system case studies.
MEL G631 Physics and Modelling of Microelectronic Devices 325

Physics and properties of semiconductor – a review; pn junction diode; bipolar
transistor; metal-semiconductor contacts; JFET and MESFET; MOSFET and scaling;
CCD and photonic devices.
MEL G632 Analog IC Design 325

Basic concepts; BICMOS process and technology; current and voltage sources;
differential and operational amplifiers; multipliers and modulators; phase-lock
techniques; D-to-A and A-to-D converters; micro-power circuits; high voltage circuits;
radiation resistant circuits; filter design considerations.
MEL G641 CAD for IC Design 325

Introduction to VLSI design methodologies and supporting CAD tool environment;
overview of ‘C’; data structure, graphics and CIF; concepts, structures and algorithms of
some of the following CAD tools; schematic editors; layout editors; module generators;
silicon compilers; placement and routing tools; behavioural, functional, logic and circuit
simulators; aids for test generation and testing.
MEL G642 VLSI Architectures 2 4

Overview of CLSC processor architectures; Instruction set architecture of CISC
processor; hardware flowcharting methods; implementing microprocessor logic from
hardware flowcharts; RISC instruction set architecture; Pipelined execution of RISC
instructions; pipeline execution unit design; control hazards; design of memory
hierarchy.
210
10 c. Software Systems (SS)
BITS C481 Computer Networks 303

Introduction, history and development of computer networks; Reference models;
Physical Layer; theoretical basis, transmission media, types of transmission; MAC sub-
layer; local area networks, FDDI; Data Link Layer; Sliding Window protocols, design
aspects; Network Layer; routing algorithms, congestion control algorithms,
internetworking; Transport Layer; Integrated Services Digital Network(ISDN).
Asynchronous Transfer mode (ATM) – reference models, service classes, switch
design, LAN emulation; Application Layer protocols.
SS G514 Object Oriented Analysis and Design 224

Object oriented concepts, theories and principles; fundamental concepts of the object
model : classes, objects, methods and messages, encapsulation and inheritance,
interface and implementation, reuse and extension of classes, inheritance and
polymorphism; process of object oriented requirements specification, analysis and
design; notations for object oriented analysis and design; case studies and applications
using some object oriented programming languages.
SS G515 Data Warehousing 325

Introduction, evolution of data warehousing; decision support system; goals, benefit,
and challenges of data warehousing; architecture, data warehouse information flows;
software and hardware requirements; approaches to data warehouse design; creating
and maintaining a data warehouse; Online Analytical Processing (OLAP) and
multidimensional data, multidimensional modelling; view materialization and data marts;
data warehouse metadata; data mining.
SS G516 Computer Organization and Software Systems 5

Programmer model of CPU; basic concepts of buses and interrupts; memories
subsystem organization; I/O organization, concepts of assembler, linker and loader;
types of operating systems; concepts of process; OS functions: process scheduling,
memory management, I/O management and related issues.
SS G531 Pervasive Computing *4

Select Application architectures; hardware aspects; human-machine interfacing; device
technology; hardware; operating system issues; software aspects;, java; device
connectivity issues and protocols; security issues; device , device management issues
and mechanisms; role of web; wap devices and architectures; voice – enabling
techniques; PDAs and their operating systems; web application architectures; smart
card – based authentication mechanisms; applications; issues and mechanisms in
WAP-enabling; access architectures; wearable computing architectures.
SS G562 Software Engineering and Management 5

Current concepts, methods, techniques, and tools of the software engineering process;
software process models; process definition and assessment; software measurement
and metrics; project planning, estimation and control; requirements analysis and
211
specification, design methods; quality assurance and testing; configuration

management; process improvement; case studies and project work.
SS G653 Software Architectures 325

Systems engineering and architectures; Hatley - Pirbhai architectural template;
architectural flow diagrams; requirements engineering and software architecture;
architectural design processes; design post – processing; real time architectures;
architectural design patterns; software architecture and maintenance management;
object oriented architectures; client server architectures; forwarding engineering for
object oriented and client – server architectures; emerging software architectures.
212
10 d. Biotechnology (BIOT or BIO courses)
BIO G512 Molecular Mechanism of Gene Expression 325

Prokaryotic and eukaryotic genomes and their topology; DNA – protein interactions;
RNA transcription and transcriptional control; DNA replication; transcription in yeast;
RNA processing translation; mechanism of gene expression in pro and eukaryotes.
BIO G513 Microbial & Fermentation Technology 303

Metabolic Stoichiometry – energetics, fundamentals of microbes and their morphology,
stoichicometry of cell growth and product formation, fermentation kinetics, phases of
growth in batch culture, continuous culture and fed - batch culture, kinetics of cell
growth, product formation and substrate utilization –substrate and product inhibition
kinetics, enzyme technology, Industrial Biotechnology – strain selection and
improvement, media formulation and sterilization strategies, Industrial applications,
fermentation and product recovery preparation of alcohols, antibiotics organic acids,
enzymes, bakery and dairy products, biopharmaceuticals vaccine production.
BIO G542 Advanced Cell and Molecular Biology 5
Eukaryotic cell cycle: restriction point, GI phase Progression, role of cyclins, cancer cell
cycles; growth factors and their interaction with receptors: PDGF, EGF, VEGF, FGF,
TGF; stress responses : mechanisms molecular biology with special reference to
hypoxia; extracelular matrix and adhesion molecules; cytokines: sources, molecular
structure, targets and mechanisms of action; apoptosis, caspases and necrosis.
BIO G611 Environmental Biotechnology 5

Applications of biotechnology to the management of environmental problems, role of
biotechnology in increasing plant and animal production through biological insecticides,
herbicide resistance, mineral cycling ,conversation of genetic resources and biological
nitrogen fixation . use of biotechnological processes in pollution control, bioremediation
of toxicants, treatment of domestic and industrial waste will be emphasized. Ethical
issues related with the release of genetically modified organisms would also be
covered.
BIO G641 Cell and Tissue Culture Technology 224

Plant and animal cell culture from various organisms; types of cell lines; development
and maintenance of cell lines; tissue culture for viral growth, hybridization ad gene
manipulation; hybridoma technology and protoplast fusion.
BIO G642 Experimental Techniques 5

Specially designed laboratory courses which aims to impart training in selected range of
techniques such as , salt fractionation, dialysis, PAGE with discontinuous buffer
solution, Western blotting, Ion- exchange chromatography and Gel filtration, Genomic
DNA extraction from Human Blood, bacteria, purification of DNA and analysis,
polymerase chain reaction, single, double and partial restriction digestion, construction
213
of the genomic DNA library, Southern Blotting, Karyotyping , short term lymphocyte
culture, RNA extraction and quantification.
BIO G643 Plant Biotechnology 325

Commercially important plant parts and compounds; invitro living industries, plant cell,
protoplast and germ plasm culture, maintenance and application; in vitro industrial
production of secondary metabolites, pharmaceutical products, enzymes and food
proteins; strategies of industrial production of antibodies through crop farming.
214
10 e. Master of Business Administration (MBA)
MBA C311 Business Structure and Processes 004

Fundamental concepts, development of management theory, business forms,
(proprietorship etc,); review of managerial functions (planning, organizing, staffing,
leading and controlling); business process, structure and systems, socio-economic
interface; overview of functional areas; operations/production, finance, accounting,
personnel, marketing, materials, international business; developing an industrial culture.
MBA C312 Business Structure and Processes 003

Fundamental concepts, supply, demand, market mechanism; theory of demand
(consumer behaviour); production, costs (theory of the firm); market structures (perfect
competition, monopoly, monopolistic completion, oligopoly); circular flow of income,
national income accounting national income determination; money and banking,
employment, interest, inflation.
MBA C317 Managerial Skills 101

The role of manager, team building and goal setting, basics of supervision, leadership,
decision making, negotiation skills and techniques, how managers communicate, how to
interview, process of induction, training and development, delegation, how to appraise
employees, how to manage time, use of committees, how to handle meetings, how to
handle complaints
MBA C319 Managerial Skills 202

Overview, Negotiation styles, Negotiation process, Tactics in Negotiation, Handling
conflicts in negotiation. Best alternative to a Negotiated Agreement, Communication –
Key to Effective Negotiating, Non-verbal communication in Negotiations, Emotions:
dealing with others and ourselves, International negotiations, Cross Culture Issues in
Negotiations, Power in negotiation, Workplace Negotiations, Turning Negotiation into a
Corporate Capability, Do’s and Don’ts of Negotiations. Negotiation over the telephone/
Electronic media, Ethics in negotiation, Negotiation - Exercise.
MBA C321 Legal and Economic Environment of Business 0 0 4*

Indian contract act, sale of goods act, negotiable instruments act, companies act,
corporate tax laws, consumer protection and unfair trade practices etc, FEMS, industrial
policy, macroeconomics environment, fiscal and monetary policy, overview of Indian
economy, economic indicators.
MBA C411 Organizational Behaviour 004

Evolution and relevance; perception emotions and learning in an organizational set up;
attitudes and values, groups and group processes, leadership, power and politics,
organizational change, resistance and development, managing conflict.
215
MBA C412 Human Resource Management 004

Strategic human resource management, manpower planning, job analysis, recruitment
and selection, placement, induction, training and development, appraising and
managing performance, compensation, employee discipline, workplace safety and
health, collective bargaining, industrial relations, human resource accounting and audit.
MBA C413 Quantitative Methods 004

Grouping data, measures of central tendency and dispersion, probability distribution,
sampling and estimation, testing hypotheses, chi-square and analysis of variance,
regression and correlation, non-parametric methods, time series and forecasting, index
numbers, decision theory, linear programming, transportation and assignment
problems, queuing theory, network problems, simulation; application of statistical
software (SYSTAT, SPSS, SIMULAS, etc.) and spreadsheets.
MBA C414 Technology Management 303

Concept of technology, nature of technological change, economics of technology,
corporate technology strategy, analysis for technology strategy, adoption and
transfer of technology, influence of government policies on technology, technology,
management for sustainable development.
MBA C415 Financial and Management Accounting 4

Basic concepts, double entry accounting, journal, ledger, trial balance, profit & loss
account, balance sheet, cash flow statement, financial statement analysis, ratio
analysis, cost-volume-profit analysis, inventory valuation, inflation accounting, cost
accounting and budgetary control systems, financial analysis and forecasting.
MBA C416 Corporate Finance and Taxation 4

Role and environment of managerial finance, time value of money (NPV, IRR), Project
feasibility, budgeting, long term investment decisions, long term financing decisions (LT
& ST), capital structures, dividend decisions, short term financing decisions, working
capital management, principles of corporate taxation, income tax, capital gains tax, tax
laws and provisions, financial engineering.
MBA C417 Managerial Communication 4

Written communication: memos, letters, notices, agenda, minutes, resolutions, (project)
proposals, reports; electronic communication: mail, privacy and `workplace monitoring,
teleconferencing, oral communication: group communication, presentation, public
speaking, media; non-verbal communication, effective listening and feedback; reading
skills.
MBA C418 Marketing 4

Definition, marketing research and forecasting demand, creating customer value,
satisfaction and loyalty, analysing consumer and business markets, market
segmentation, brand equity, brand positioning, product and pricing strategies, managing
216
services, managing value networks and channels, integrated marketing communication,

international marketing.
MBA C419 Production and Operations Management 4
Product & service design, plant location, aggregate planning, capacity, process, layout,
sequencing & scheduling, line balancing, maintenance, quality (control, assurance,
management), statistical quality control, queuing theory, project management. CPM,
PERT.
MBA C421 Supply Chain Management 4

Purchase/procurement, stores, material handling systems, inventory analysis, inventory
models, disposals, make or buy, outsourcing; vendor selection, development, and
relations; Material requirements planning, manufacturing resources planning, ERP, JIT
inbound and outbound logistics, warehousing, transportation, packaging.
MBA C422 Business and Society 4

Corporate social responsibility, business ethics, policies, codes, standards, ethics and
decision making, environmental and social issues, workplace diversity, fostering ethics
at work (whistle blower policy); business and social etiquette, internet and online
behaviour, etiquette and office electronics.
MBA C423 Business Policy and Strategic Management 4

Mission, vision, strategic intent, hierarchical levels of strategy, PEST analysis, SWOT
analysis, industry analysis, organizational analysis, BCG matrix, GE matrix, core
competencies, five force theory, value chain, competitive advantage, generic strategies,
diversification, strategy implementation and control.
MBA C424 International Business 303

Global Trade Protection, Cultural Environment, Legal Aspects, International Montary
System, Overseas Business Options, MNCs, Regional Analysis, Screening and
Segmentation, International Marketing Research, International Marketing Strategy,
Export Policy and Institutional Infrastructure, Export Finance, Export Payments,
Exchange Transactions, Product Planning; Positioning and Management, Distribution
Policy; Management and Agreements, International Pricing and Promotion, Organizing
for Overseas Markets.
MBA C425 R & D Management 4

Distinctive need and particular structure for management of R&D systems; the close
relationship between R&D objectives and innovation and precise time targets; micro
considerations like economics and cost, science policy, criteria of choice , various
issues connected with availability, transfer and marketing of technology; micro
considerations in planning, organization, project selection, formulation and
management, R&D cost estimating and budgeting human resources availability,
evaluation and measurement of performance, control problems; mission-oriented
research; technology missions enunciated by Indian Government.
217
MBA C426 Database Management Systems 4

Introduction to data bases and management; data files and structures; hierarchical,
relation, network models; distributed data bases; query processing and query
optimization, query languages; concepts of security and protection; case study of a
data base systems.
MBA C427 e-Business and Internet Marketing 4

e-business evolution & opportunities; categories of e-business; e-business models;
network infrastructure & web based tools for e-business; e-business risks & risks
management; network security and firewall; cryptography and authentication ;
billing/payment systems; regulatory environment of e-business; ERP/SCM/CRM and
web based marketing; business intelligence & intelligent systems; data warehousing
and data mining; implementing e-business systems & change management. Case
studies and projects in e-business areas; emerging e-business scenarios.
MBA C428 Internet Security & Cyber Laws 4

Examination of issues related to network and information security, security concepts,
security attacks and risks security architectures, security policy management, security
mechanisms, cryptography algorithms, security standards, security system
interoperation and case studies of the current major security systems.
MBA C429 Recent Advances in ETM 4

Course description to be developed.
MBA C433 Advertising and Sales Promotion 303

The communication process and models of persuasive communication; advertising
research; advertising campaign components; advertising campaign planning;
advertising/ media scene; media concepts; media planning & strategy ; advertising
campaign planning, execution and evalution; advertising agencies; sales promotion
strategy; measuring the effectiveness of the promotional program; regulations of
advertising and promotion; Extending marketing communication to social
communication, personal selling, international advertising, interactive advertising,
advertising laws, social, ethical and moral issues.
MBA C436 Strategic Financial Management 303

(Pre-requisite: MGTS C382 Financial Management or MBA C416 Corporate Finance
and Taxation)
Company value and the Manager’s Mission: Introduction to Valuation, Why Value? The
Value Manager, Cash Is King and Value-Based Management. Approach to Valuation –
A practitioner’s Guide: Frameworks for Valuation Methods: Discounted, Relative and
Contingent Claim. Analyzing Historical Performance. Forecasting Performance.
Estimation of Discount Rates. Estimation of Cash Flows. Estimation of Growth Rates.
Valuation Models; Dividend-Discount Models, Free-Cash-Flow-to-Equity Discount
218
Models, Free-cash-Flow-to-Firm Approach, Price/Earning Ratio, Price/Book value Ratio

and Price/Sales Ratio. Measuring and Managing the Company Value: Company value
vs. shareholders wealth maximization –TSR. Economic Value Added, Market Value
Added and Cash Value Added. Wealth Creator by the Indian Corporates. Analyzing the
company Performance – Application of Balanced Scorecard (BSC). Applying Valuation:
Multi business Valuation. Mergers, Acquisition, and Joint Ventures
MBA C437 Security Analysis and Portfolio Management 303

Introduction to investment and securities; profile of financial assets; new issue market or
primary market, initial public offerings (IPO); secondary market; framework of risk &
return; fundamental analysis- economy, industry; company analysis; stock evaluation
models; multiple holding period and multiple growth rate; bond analysis and bond
management strategies; technical analysis; efficient market theory; portfolio
management; Markowitz model; Sharpe’s Single Index model; capital asset pricing
model; financial derivatives, options & futures.
MBA C451 Internetworking Technologies 303

Introduction to internetworking concepts; the internet architecture; goals and key issues
related to internetworking technologies; design aspects; HTTP and other relevant
protocols; agent technology and tools relevant to the internet; techniques of data
compression; voice, video, and interactive video-on-demand over the internet;
multimedia operating systems and their impact; multimedia networking; mobile
computing; internet security; case studies.
MBA C454 Project Appraisal 303

Criteria for selection of a project; factor intensity, commercial profitability; national
economic - profitability; limitations of market prices; estimation of shadow prices; linkup
project appraisal to national objectives; McGaughey and Thorbeck approach; limitation
of the conventional project appraisal; towards a new framework for project appraisal.
MBA C471 Management Information Systems 303

Introduction to Information Systems; Concepts of management, concepts of
information, systems concepts; Information Systems and Organizations; decision
making process; database systems; data communications; planning, designing,
developing and implementing information systems; quality assurance and evaluation of
information systems; future developments and their organizational and social
implications; decision support system and expert systems.
MBA C481 Expert Systems 3*

The object of this course is to study in details the features of expert systems and their
role in the scientific world of today and tomorrow. It concentrates on the tools available
to the knowledge engineer, expert systems, building techniques, and the difficulties
which may be encountered during the development of an expert system.
219
MBA C482 Creating & Leading Entrepreneurial Organizations 303

role in the scientific world of today and tomorrow. It concentrates on
MBA C483 Marketing Research 303

An examination of the concepts and practical methodology used in marketing research.
An overview of marketing research process, with emphasis on research design; data
instrument design; questionnaire formulation; sampling plans; data collection methods -
interviewing, panels; data analysis and use of computer based information systems for
marketing intelligence. Also Time-series & Regression based models of sales
forecasting, control and evaluation of marketing function and survey methodology are
covered. Emphasis will be on cases and research projects.
MBA C488 Services Management System 303

Understanding Services, the Service Sector today, Designing the Service Enterprise,
Technological Issues, Structuring Service Operations, Processes Management, Staffing
for Services, Functions of Services Management System, Client Relationships,
Measuring and Reporting Services.
MBA G512 Manufacturing Strategy 4

Corporate strategy; Missing links in manufacturing strategy; Audit approach;
Restructuring; Manufacturing strategy process in practice; Formulation as a process;
Operating strategies; Methodology framework; Lean production; Competitive priorities;
Strategic value of response time and product variety; Flexibility in context of
manufacturing strategy; Manufacturing focus; Business process reengineering; Theory
of constraints; Link between strategy and organizational culture; Evolution of
manufacturing systems; Operations management strategic perspective.
MBA G522 Total Quality Management 4

TQM principles and practices; leadership; customer satisfaction; employee involvement;
continuous process improvement; supplier partnership; performance measures;
statistical process control; ISO 9000; benchmarking; quality function deployment;
concurrent engineering; experimental design; Taguchi’s quality engineering; product
liability.
MBA G523 Project Management 4

Concepts and techniques of project formulation, evaluation and implementation; Project
planning and scheduling; Risk management; Time-cost trade off; Resource levelling and
allocation; Project monitoring and control; Contract management.
MBA G552 Total Productive Maintenance 4

Outline of TPM; TPM – Challenging limits; Maximizing equipment effectiveness;
Organizing for TPM implementation; TPM implementation and stabilization; TPM small
group activities; the PM prize for outstanding TPM plants.
220
MBA G622 Software Project Management 4

Managing a software development project, concepts, objects of a project, environment
of a software project, system development life cycle, tools, review process;
documentation in software program management, procedures, diagramming
techniques, management; Planning and monitoring a software project, project planning,
management tools, software project definitions, project management packages, project
control; software project definition, classification, project sizes and methodologies,
feasibility, requirements and start-up; programmer productivity; software planning,
control tools, accelerated design; prototyping and role in software project management;
software production and software project management; software system installation,
managing testing requirements, test plans, alpha and beta systems; emerging directions
in project management.
****
221
ANNEXURE-10
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS-
ELECTIVES
222
Electives for First Degree Programmes
BITS C461 Software Engineering 3*

This elective course enables students to analyze and design computer based
information systems and facilitates them to develop basic skills in software engineering;
adherence to software development standards and practices and improved
understanding of different software process models for practical engineering
applications.
Software engineering concepts and methodology; formal requirements specification;
automated tools in software
BITS C467 Bioethics and Biosafety 303

Introduction to the need and issues governing biosafety, legal, ethical and social
implications of human gene manipulation, guidelines for research in transgenic
organisms and plants, socio-economic impacts of biotechnological experiments, GLP
and MGP and CPCSEA guidelines, patent processing, ethics in stem cell research, animal
cloning and organ transplants, environmental pollution-hazards and control, public
education and participation in biosafety.

segmentation, presenting a pitch deck, building the startup team, competition analysis,
lean startups, product development, intellectual property, sales and marketing, business
models, financing, launching a business, growth and exit strategy, social
BITS C469 Financing Infrastructure Projects. 303

Investment decisions in infrastructural projects: benefit cost analysis, measurement
problems, indirect estimation methods of benefits; Cost of capital: private and public
money, different schools of thought on social capital- cases; Multiple projects and
constraints: linear and integer programming models, goal programming formulation;
Financing infrastructure projects: venture capital, sources of capital–private and public
participation, modes of cooperation such as BOOT and BOT national and international
sources, international agencies, borrowing terms and conditionalities; Public policy
223
issues, leasing and mortgaging, evaluation issues, infrastructural mutual funds,

valuation aspects; Real options, value of option for delay, abandonment and vacant
land – judgmental assessment of options; post review and administrative issues in
project management, international (cross country) projects, implementation issues.
BITS C494 Environmental Impact Assessment. 314

Environment and global problems; Framing Environmental issues; effects of
infrastructure development on environment; prediction and assessment of
environmental impacts of infrastructure projects: technical and procedural aspects,
guidelines and legal aspects of environmental protection, impacts on air, water, soil and
noise environment, valuation, strategic assessment, mathematical modelling for
environmental processes; social impact assessment (SIA), dislocation/disruption impact
of Infrastructure projects; Life Cycle Assessments (LCA) and risk analysis
methodologies; mitigation of environmental impacts; case studies; environmental
management plan (EMP), national and international certification and guidelines
including ISO
CS C441 Selected Topics from Computer Science 3

This course is primarily intended to introduce the students of computer science to
topics, either in recent advances or of special interest. Topics may be taken from one or
more of the areas like artificial intelligence, theory of computing, networking and
distributed processing, digital control, information theory, super computers, special
purpose architectures and language processors.
The course will be unstructured and operationally polarized depending upon the
interests and pursuits of the professional in the discipline. Actual structuring will be
announced from time to time engineering.
(Web based Services and Internet-based Distributed Computing)
Introduction to Service oriented architecture: Significance of XML based data
representation; XML parsers; XML style sheet overview; Web Services basics; Web
services architecture UDDI and its role in publishing information about web services;
JAVA based API calls to access protocol for internet based distributed computing;
Discovering information about web services from UDDI; Web services security; Role of
web services in electronic application integration; ebXML and B-to-B integration; .NET
and J2EE tools support for web services development and deployment; web services
and mobile platforms 3.
224
CS C444 Real–Time Systems 303

CS C471 Computer Graphics 223

This lab based course provides an understanding and opportunity to design and develop
graphic systems such as animation of realistic objects, creation of geometric models for
2-D and 3-D objects.
Generation of dots, lines, arcs and polygons; colour graphics, shades and levels; image
EA C 451 Inter networking Technologies 303

This course provides an overview of internetworking technologies applied to web
services and techniques and protocols facilitating internet-based distributed computing.
Introduction to networking concepts; the internet architecture; goals and key issues
multimedia operating systems and their impact; multimedia networking ; mobile

This elective course provides an insight into the theoretical and practical aspects of
digital signal processing
Introduction; design of analog filters; design of digital filters ( IIR and FIR); structures
for the realization of digital filters; random signals and random processes; linear
estimation and prediction; Wiener filters; DSP processor architecture; DSP algorithms
for different applications
225
EEE C462 Advanced Power Systems 303

Prerequisite: EEE C371 or INSTR C371
This course covers economics and methods of power generation (both conventional and
non-conventional) transmission and distribution including their electrical and mechanical
designs. Also the course offer the knowledge of stability and switch gear and
protection.
Symmetrical components, sequence impedances; fault calculations; short circuit
studies; circuit breakers and their selections; power system stability, power system
protection--generators, transformers and lines; waves on transmission lines, protective
devices -- grounded and ungrounded systems
INSTR C421 Digital Systems 303

Prerequisite: EEE C391 or INSTR C391
and control applications
INSTR C451 Process Control 303

(Course description is same as given under CHE C441)
Prerequisite: AAOC C321 Control Systems
This is an application and analysis oriented course offering students an in-depth insights
into modelling and simulation techniques of typical industrial process control with
special emphasis and applications involving instrumentation employed in chemical
industries.
INSTR C481 Medical Instrumentation 303

instrumentation.
226

microprocessor based systems, lasers and optical fiber based systems.
EA C473 Multimedia Computing 303

The course introduces multimedia computing techniques employed in data streams,
networks, operating systems and architectures with emphasis on theoretical,
algorithmic and advanced architectural aspects of multimedia design.
Introduction to multimedia; media and data streams; image, video and audio file
formats; image and video processing, synthesis of sound signal; image coding and
compression, video and audio codecs, low bit rate video telephony; audio-visual
integration, lip reading, face animation; augmented reality; multimedia search services,
content based image and video indexing; access to multimedia, human-machine
interfaces, spoken language interface; algorithm vs. architecture based approaches,
multimedia processors, performance quantification; case studies, vision 2010.
EA C482 Fuzzy Logic and Applications 303

This elective course provides understanding of fundamentals of this emerging area
“Fuzzy logic” along with an insight into its current trends and applications
Fuzzy sets, fuzzy binary relations; fuzzy logic, fuzzy reasoning; applications in decision
making, control theory, expert systems, artificial intelligence etc.
INSTR C392 Analysis Instrumentation 303

The course offers basic principles and applications of analysis instruments
Generalized configuration of an analysis instrument. Off-line analysis instruments:
emission spectrometers, UV/VIS/IR absorption spectrophotometers, flame emission and
atomic absorption spectrophotometers, X-ray fluorescence spectrometer and
diffractometer, NMR and mass spectrometers, pH-meters, gas chromatographs,
electrochemical instruments, analytical electron microscopes. On line analyzers:
Sampling systems for gases and liquids,
fluid density monitors, consistency and viscosity analyzers, thermal conductivity
gas analyzers, paramagnetic oxygen analyzers, chemical composition analyzers, on-line
instruments for measuring standard parameters, e.g. vapour pressure, distillation
characteristics, cloud point, pour point, flash point etc. Recent developments.
227
CHE C413 Process Plant Safety 303

Role of safety in society; Engineering aspects of process plant safety; Chemical hazards
and worker safety; Hazardous properties of chemicals; Safety aspects in site selection
and plant layout; Design and inspection of pressure vessels Storage, handling and
transportation of hazardous chemicals; Risk assessment methods; Toxic release, fire
and explosions; Boiling liquid expanding vapour explosions, Safety audit; Emergency
planning and disaster management; Case studies.
CHE C432 Computer Aided Process Plant Design 303

Introduction to chemical engineering, process plant and methodology for computer
aided process design of process design and analysis; it further undertakes computer
aided design of process equipment viz., distillation column, absorption column, heat
exchanger, evaporator, condenser, pressure vessel, piping, etc; and plant safety
practice. The course contains a project work on computer aided design of the specific
plant or equipment.
PSY C211 Introductory Psychology 303

The course comprises of a basic introduction to psychology.
Functions of the brain; perceptual and sensory process; process of learning, memory,
intelligence and human personality.
HIST C213 Gulf History and Culture 303

This course offers a broad perspective of middle-east history for the prospective
engineers.
Introduction to the Arab Gulf, Prophet Muhammad and appearance of Islam, Arab
caliphates and expansion of Islam, Ottoman Empire, Islam and its basic tenets, Islamic
culture and society, Islamic contribution to civilizations, modern history: Age of nation
states, oil and the Arab world, years of turmoil, Arab world in the twenty first century.
MGTS C233 Principles of Marketing for Engineers 303

The course aims at acquaint the engineering students with principles of marketing and
equip them with the necessary skills required to market, engineering product(s) /
skill(s) towards leading a successful career.
To know the meaning of marketing management. Birds eye view of marketing and the
entire course, adapting marketing to the new economy, building customer satisfaction,
value and retention of customers and measuring market demand, marketing research,
228
planning, and the marketing process, analyzing the consumer markets and the business
buying behaviour, Identifying market segments and selecting target market,
Positioning, Product and Brand management and new product planning, Developing
price strategies, Distribution strategy; designing and managing marketing channels,
Promotional strategy; Managing Integrated Marketing communications, Managing
advertising, sales promotion and public relations, managing total marketing effort,
Industrial marketing.
*****
229
Emerging Area (EA) Courses
EA C342 Computer Aided Design 3*

This course deals with imparting the practical skills of various design packages.
Computer Aided Drafting and tools for graphics; mathematical tools; convergence
criteria; design tools like modelling, simulation, spread sheets and use of specialized
packages etc.; students will be required to do projects, specialized works for which a
pool of guides will be drawn from several disciplines
EA C422 Fibre Optics and Optoelectronics 3*

This course covers theory and principles of optical fibre and their characterization. Also
provide an in-depth coverage and application of optoelectronic principles
Theory of optical fibres; image transmission by fibres; technology of fibre production;
fibre testing; characterization of optical fibres; detectors and sources for fibre optic
systems; active fibres; applications of optical fibres; optoelectronic devices and
applications
EA C442 Remote Sensing and Image Processing 3*

The course provides a comprehensive introduction on Remote sensing principles with
emphasis on applications in image processing
Introduction to remote sensing; types of sensors; earth resource sensors; Landsat; IRS;
SPOT; microwave remote sensing; SAR; SLAR; thermal infrared remote sensing; data
analysis; image processing; smoothing; filtering; image averaging; enhancement
techniques; transforms; FFT; PCA; segmentation; gradient operators; pattern
recognition; ML classifier; minimum distance classifier; other classifiers; ISODATA
clustering; feature selection; divergence; canonical analysis; recent developments in
remote sensing; LIDAR; imaging spectroscopy etc
EA C443 Image Processing 303

This course covers fundamental principles of image processing with emphasis on
modern applications such as Pattern Recognition, Data Compression and Neural
Networks.
Introduction to Image Processing and Imaging systems, Image sampling, Transforms,
Enhancement and Restoration, Coding and Communications, Image Compression,
Image understanding, Neural network and PR Approaches
230
EA C451 Internetworking Technologies 303

This course covers in-depth coverage of the concepts, techniques and protocols
employed in Internetworking with emphasis on modern applications such as mobile
computing, internet security.
Introduction to internetworking concepts; the internet architecture; goals and key
issues related to internetworking technologies; design aspects; HTTP and other relevant
computing; internet security; case studies
EA C452 Mobile Telecommunication Networks 303

This introduces the field of mobile and wireless communication systems encompassing
all its basic concepts with emphasis on first and second generation systems. It offer the
student requisite knowledge to follow future generation mobile telecommunication
systems.
Fundamentals of mobile telecommunications, with an overview of first generation
(analog) systems and more detailed coverage of second generation (digital)
technologies; technology basics including descriptions of wireless network elements,
spectrum allocation, frequency re-use, characteristics of the transmission medium; over
the-air (OTA) interface characteristics; capacity, coverage, speech coding,
EA C461 Artificial Intelligence 3*

The objective of this course is to give an introduction to the problems and techniques of
Artificial Intelligence along with the applications of Artificial Intelligence.
Techniques to the fields like natural language understanding, image processing, game
theory and problem solving. The course also aims at understanding its implementation
using LISP and PROLOG languages.
EA C463 Neural Networks and Applications 303

This course introduces the knowledge of architectures, learning paradigms of artificial
neural networks and their applications.
Introduction to neural networks and fuzzy systems’ neural dynamics; activations and
signals; activation models; unsupervised and supervised learning rules and their domain
of applications; architectures of neural systems; adaptive fuzzy and neural control
systems and their comparison; case studies on fuzzy and neural control systems.
231
EA C472 Photovoltaic Devices 303

This course provides the basic principles and applications of photovoltaic devices
Introduction to photovoltaic energy conversion: physics of semiconductors, p-n junction
band diagram, Fermi energy, surface states and types of defects; photovoltaic solar
cells; p-n junction, metal - schottky junction, electrolyte - semiconductor junction,
and other types of photovoltaic devices; characterizations of solar cells and photovoltaic
modules, and applications in various systems: storage battery, DC drives, water pumps,
space applications and power plants.

The course introduces multimedia computing techniques employed in data streams,
networks, operating systems and architectures with emphasis on theoretical,
algorithmic and advanced architectural aspects of multimedia design.
Introduction to multimedia; media and data streams; image, video and audio file
formats; image and video processing, synthesis of sound signal; image coding and
compression, video and audio codecs, low bit rate video telephony; audio-visual
integration, lip reading, face animation; augmented reality; multimedia search services,
content based image and video indexing; access to multimedia, human-machine
interfaces, spoken language interface; algorithm vs. architecture based approaches,
multimedia processors, performance quantification; case studies, vision 2010.
EA C481 Expert Systems 3*

The objective of this course is to study in details the features of expert systems and
their role in the scientific world of today and tomorrow. It concentrates on the tools
available to the knowledge engineer, expert systems, building techniques, and the
difficulties which may be encountered during the development of an expert system.
EA C482 Fuzzy Logic and Applications 303

This elective course provides understanding of fundamentals of this emerging area
“Fuzzy logic” along with an insight into its current trends and applications
Fuzzy sets, fuzzy binary relations; fuzzy logic, fuzzy reasoning; applications in decision
making, control theory, expert systems, artificial intelligence etc.
EA C414 Introduction to Bioinformatics 303

The course is designed to impart the students/beginner with the fundamentals which
would enable the understanding of the intricacies and vast scope of Bioinformatics.
232
Introduction to genomic & Proteomics, Human Genome and other sequence similarity
search and sequence alignment, Protein structure predication and structure analysis,
use of software package in Bioinformatics.
*****
233
3. Electives for Higher Degree Programmes
a. Design Engineering
Electives (any Two)
DE G513 Tribology 5
Introduction, lubricants and lubrication, surface texture, bearing materials fundamentals
of viscous flow, Reynolds equation and applications, thrust bearings, journal bearings,
squeeze-film bearings, hydrostatic bearings, gas bearings, dry and starved bearings,
selecting bearing type and size, principles and operating limits, fraction, wear and
lubrication.
DE G514 Fracture Mechanics 5

Introduction, energy release rate, stress intensity factor and complex cases, anelastic
deformation at the crack tip, elastic plastic analysis through J-integral crack tip opening
displacement, .test methods, fatigue failure, numerical analysis, mixed mode crack
initiation and growth.
DE G521 Instrumentation and Applied Electronics 5

Generalized instrumentation system fro measurement and control; performance
characteristics of instruments; analytical techniques – time and frequency domain
analysis, Laplace and Fourier transform techniques; sensors and transducers;
Feedback measurement system, ynalmg and digital signal conditioning and conversion
techniques, telemetry techniques, improvement of signal-to-noise ratio, statistical
instrumentation techniques; transducers interfacing; computer control instrumentation,
electronic bench instruments, etc.
DE G522 Design Projects 5

Practice in engineering design through projects emphasizing creative solutions to
engineering design problem. Illustrative case studies of design will be taken up. The
course will be conducted through selected group/ individual projects.
EA C415 Introduction to MEMS 4*

Overview, history and industry perspective; working principles; mechanics and
dynamics, thermo-fluid engineering; scaling law; micro-actuators, micro-sensors and
micro-electromechanical systems; micro-system design, modelling and simulation;
materials; packaging; micro-fabrication: bulk, surface, LIGA etc; micro-manufacturing;
Micro-fluidics; micro-robotics; case studies.
MSE G511 Mechatronics 325

Concepts of measurements of electrical and non electrical parameters; displacement,
force, pressure etc. and related signal conditioning techniques, drives and actuators,
concepts of microprocessors/ microcontrollers architecture and programming, memory
and I/O interfacing. System design concepts through case studies.
234
MSE G531 Concurrent Engineering 325

Introduction of concurrent engineering and need, concurrent engineering tools,
advances in design and manufacturing engineering, design for manufacture, design for
assembly, rapid prototyping, simulation concurrent approaches to design,
manufacturing and other aspects of engineering.
MST G511 Nondestructive Testing Techniques 325

Ultrasonic Testing, X-radiography, eddy current testing, magnetic methods of crack
detection, liquid penetrant inspection, acoustic emission and acousto-ultrasonic testing
techniques.
MST G522 Advanced Composites 32 5

Definition of composite materials; classification; particulates and dispersion hardened
composites, continuous and discontinuous fiber reinforced composites, metal-matrix
composite, carbon-carbon composites, molecular composites, micro and multilayer
composites, theory of reinforcement; reinforcement by continuous and discontinuous
fibres, concept of microfibril; effect of orientation and adhesion; mechanical behaviour of
composites, stress-strain relationship, strength, fracture toughness and fatigue;
properties of fibre reinforcement and production technology of composites.
MST G531 Experimental Stress Analysis Techniques 325

Strain gauges, photo elasticity, brittle lacquer, three dimensional photo elasticity, Moire
methods.
*****
235
b. Microelectronics
Electives (any Three)
BITS G554 Data Compression 325

Introduction: the need for data compression. Information theory and data compression;
Entropy, Relative entropy and mutual information. Fano’s inequality. Types of
information source, and source extension. Asymptotic equi-partition property and data
compression. Entropy rates of stochastic process. Kraft inequality, Prefix codes,
Huffman codes and Arithmetic coding. Quantization and Rate distortion theory. Lossy
image compression techniques based on DCT, VQ and Fractals. Introduction to
wavelets: continuous and discrete wavelet transforms. Filter banks and wavelet based
signal processing. Joint source and channel coding.
CS G553 Reconfigurable Computing 5

Overview of Programmable Logics. FPGA fabric architectures. Logic Elements and
Switch Networks. Design and Synthesis of Combinational and Sequential Elements,
Placement and Routing. Pipelining and other Design Methodologies. Fine-grained and
Coarse Grained FPGAs. Static and Dynamic Reconfiguration. Partitioning.
Hardware/Software Portioning and Partial Evaluation. Systolic Architectures.
CS G555 System Specifications & Modelling 333

Requirement analysis, specification formalisms, system modelling issues, system
modelling languages, Hardware Specification and verification languages, EDA tools and
its applications.
CS G562 Advanced Architecture and Performance Evaluation 325

Introduction to advanced architectures; parallel processing; pipelining and vector
processing; array processing; SIMD computers and processor enhancement;
performance evaluation methods, statistics and discrete math applications; modelling
for evaluation of virtual memory; time sharing environments.
CS G612 Fault Tolerant System Design 235

Principles of fault tolerance systems, redundancy, parallel and shared resources, spatial
systems, Configuration, design aspects etc.
EA C415 Introduction to MEMS 4*

Overview, History and industry perspective; working principles; mechanics and
dynamics, thermo-fluid engineering; scaling law; micro-actuators, micro-sensors and
micro-electromechanical systems; micro-system design, modelling and simulation;
materials; packing; micro-fabrication; bulk, bulk, surface, LIGA etc; micro-
manufacturing; micro-fluidics; micro-robotics; case studies.

Introduction; design of analog filters; design of digital filters ( IIR and FIR ); structures for
the realization of digital filters; random signals and random processes; linear
236
estimations and prediction; wiener filters; DSP processor architecture; DSP algorithms
for different applications.
EEE G510 RF Microelectronics 5

Introduction: application of RF electronics in modern systems; basic concepts in RF
circuit design, active RF components; various RF diodes and transistors and their circuit
models, matching and biasing networks, RF amplifier design; low power, low noise and
broad band amplifier s, RF oscillator design ; negative resistance oscillator; dielectric
resonator oscillators, phase noise. RF Mixers; Balanced mixers; low noise mixers; noise
in RF circuits, microwave transmitters and receivers.
EEE G512 Embedded System Design 314

Introduction to embedded systems; embedded architectures: Architectures and
programming of microcontrollers and DSP. Embedded applications and technologies;
power issues in system design; introduction to software and hardware co-design.
EEE G592 Mobile & Personal Communication 325

History of mobile radio; the mobile radio signal environment; review of statistical
techniques; oath over flat as well as hilly terrain; effects of RF system design on
propagation; received signal envelope and phase characteristics; modulation schemes
employed; functional design of mobile radio systems, diversity; schemes space;
frequency and polarization diversity; mobile radio system functional design; signal error
analysis versus performance criteria; multiple access schemes; classification of
concepts of sensitive topics; new concepts data transmission via cellular; spectrum and
technology of WLL.
EEE G626 Hardware and Software Co-Design 4
Course description is same as given under HTSL ZG631

<Could not locate>
MEL G512 Optoelectronic Devices, Circuits and Systems 325

Physics of optical radiation and principles of calculation in radiation physics and optics,
fundamental laws of photometry. Interaction between optical radiation and matter.
Radiation sources. Parameters of IR detectors and junction photo-detectors,
parameters common to emitters and receiver, radiation measurements, optoelectronic
components, optoelectronic integrated devices, photo-detector circuits, methods of
modulation and optoelectronic system design and applications.
MEL G531 Testable Design & fault tolerant computing 325

Fault: types modelling and simulation; testing methodologies, coverage, economics and
quality; test vector generation: design for testability, built-in self tests; fault tolerant
computing; fault tolerant software.
237
MEL G612 Integrated Electronic System Design 224

General Architectural features of 8/16/32 bit microprocessors, programmers model of
8086, assembly language programming, hardware design around 8086, bus based
systems design, system design around IBM PC, design of real – time systems, ASCII’s
development tools.
MEL G622 Introduction to Artificial Neural Networks 224

Fundamentals and definitions; Perceptrons, back propagation and counter propagation
Networks; Statistical methods for network training; Hopfield nets; Associative memories;
Optical neural networks; Applications of neural networks in speech processing,
computer networks and visual processing.
MEL G623 Advanced VLSI Design 5

Deep submicron device behaviour and models, Interconnect modelling for parasitic
estimation, Clock signals and system timing—Digital phase locked loop design, memory
and array structures, Input/output circuits design ASIC technology, FPGA technology,
High Speed arithmetic circuits design, -Parallel prefix computation, Logical effort in
circuit design, Low power VLSI circuits-Adiabatic logic circuits, Multi threshold circuits,
Digital BICMOS circuits, Design of VLSI systems.
MEL G624 Advanced VLSI Architectures 5

Instruction set design and architecture of programmable DSP architectures; dedicated
DSP architectures for filters and FFT’s; DSP transformation and their use in DSP
architecture design; Application Specific Instruction set Processor; superscalar and
VLIW architectures.
MEL G625 Advanced Analog and Mixed Signal design 5

Mixed signal blocks and design issues, Design of high speed comparators, opamps,
Design of sample and hold circuits, Different architectures of analog converters, Design
of CMOS analog multipliers and dividers, Design of switched capacitor filters, Design of
phase locked loop, layout techniques for analog and mixed signal design, noise issues.
MEL G626 VLSI Test and Testability 5

Fault models and types; automated test generation for combinational logic; test
generation for sequential logic; need for adding testability logic; design for test ability;
Ad-hoc DFT methods; structured DFT; test generation for delay fault; issues in analog
circuit testing and testability.
238
c. Software Systems
Electives (any Two)
BITS C463 Cryptography 303

Objectives of cryptography; ciphers – block and stream; mathematical foundations –
modular arithmetic; finite fields, discrete logarithm, primality algorithms; RSA; digital
signatures; interactive proofs; zero-knowledge proofs; probabilistic algorithms; pseudo-
randomness.
BITS C464 Machine Learning 303

Neural networks; neuro - computing theory and applications, knowledge representation;
computational learning theory; statistical/probabilistic methods, genetic algorithms;
inductive/analytic/reinforcement learning and Bayesian networks; selected topics such
as alpha beta pruning in game trees, computer models of mathematical reasoning,
natural language understanding and philosophical implications.
BITS G553 Real Time Systems 5

Real time software, Real time operating systems scheduling, virtual memory issues and
file systems, real time data bases, fault tolerance and exception handling techniques,
reliability evaluation, data structures and algorithms for real time/embedded systems,
programming languages, compilers and run time environment for real time /embedded
systems, real time system design, real time communication and security, real time
constraints and multi processing and distributed systems.
BITS G554 Data Compression 325

Introduction: the need for data compression. Information theory and data compression;
Entropy, Relative entropy and mutual information. Fano’s inequality. Types of
information source, and source extension. Asymptotic equi-partition property and data
compression. Entropy rates of stochastic process. Kraft inequality, Prefix codes,
Huffman codes and Arithmetic coding. Quantization and Rate distortion theory. Lossy
image compression techniques based on DCT, VQ and Fractals. Introduction to
wavelets: continuous and discrete wavelet transforms. Filter banks and wavelet based
signal processing. Joint source and channel coding.
EA C451 Internetworking Technologies 303

compression; voice, video, and interactive video-on demand over the internet;

Introduction to multimedia; media & data streams; image, video & audio file formats;
image & video processing, synthesis of sound signal; image coding & compression,
239
video & audio codes. Low bit reading rate video telephony; audio –visual integration lip
reading face animation ; augmented reality; multimedia search services, content based
image & video indexing; access to multimedia, human-machine interfaces spoken
language interface; algorithm Vs. architecture based approaches, multimedia
processors, performance quantification; case studies, vision 2010.
EEE G512 Embedded System Design 314

Introduction to embedded systems; embedded architectures: Architectures and
programming of microcontrollers and DSP. Embedded applications and technologies;
power issues in system design; introduction to software and hardware co-design.
IS C415 Data Mining 303

Data Mining – Introduction, fundamental concepts; motivation and applications; role of
data warehousing in data mining; challenges and issues in data mining; Knowledge
Discovery in Databases (KDD); role of data mining in KDD; algorithms for data mining;
tasks like decision-tree construction, finding association rules, sequencing,
classification, and clustering; applications of neural networks and machine learning for
tasks of classification and clustering.
IS C422 Parallel Computing 303

networks, basic communication operations; Introduction to parallel algorithms, Parallel
analysis; Basic design techniques for parallel algorithms; Parallel algorithms for
selected topics like sorting, searching and merging, matrix algebra, graphs, discrete
optimization problems and computational geometry.
IS C424 Software for Embedded system 303

Real –time and embedded system; software issues in embedded system; software
development process; requirements analysis; use Cases, identification and analysis of
use cases, use case diagrams; design; architectural design, design patterns, and
detailed design; implementation: languages, compilers, runtime environments and
operating systems for embedded software; testing; methodologies, tests cases
IS C446 Data Storage Technologies and Networks 303
Storage Media and Technologies – Magnetic, Optical and Semiconductor media,

techniques for read/write operations, issues and limitations. Usage and Access –
Positioning in the memory hierarchy, Hardware and Software Design for access,
Performance issues. Large Storages – Hard Disks, Networked Attached Storage,
Scalability issues, Networking issues. Storage Architecture – Storage Partitioning,
Storage Area Networks – Hardware and Software Components, Storage Clusters/Grids.
Storage QoS – Performance, Reliability, and Security issues.
240
IS C462 Network Programming 303
Overview of computer networks; inter-process communication; network programming;

socket interface; client-server computing model; design issues, concurrency in server
and clients; external data representation; remote procedure calls; network file systems;
distributed system design.
IS C471 Computer Graphics 223

Generation of dots, lines arcs and polygons; colour graphics, shades and levels; image
IS C481 Graphical User Interface 303

Concepts of an user interface; User Interface Management Systems; Interaction styles;
Event – Driven programming, Graphical User Interface components and example;
emphasis will be on programming on GUI environments like MS Windows.
ITEB G621 supply chain Management 4

Customer driven strategies in production and distribution systems; Integrated production
& distribution networks; SCM in the context of JIT and MRP-II; Distribution Resource
Planning; Management of dealer networks; Total Quality Control & product innovation
across the supply chain; Incoming logistics & supplier relationships; Value addition
analysis; Metrics for management of supply chain performance; Mathematical models
and computer assisted decision support for SCM; mathematical programming for SCM.
SS G512 Object Oriented Programming 244

Basics of object oriented programming; objects, classes, instance, polymorphism;
operator overloading; static and dynamic binding; small talk, c++, cases from other
object oriented languages like Ada, Loop, Flavours, Objective-C etc,; object oriented
software engineering.
SS G513 Network Security 314

This course examines issues related to network and information security. Topics
includes security concepts, security attacks and risks, security architectures, security
policy management, security mechanisms, cryptography algorithms, security standards,
security system interoperation and case studies of the current major security systems.
SS G517 Data Structure and Algorithm Analysis 5

Abstract data types; Linear data structures; Hash functions, Binary and other trees,
traversal algorithms; Heaps and balanced trees; Sorting and searching techniques;
Divide and conquer, recursion, backtracking, branch and bound; Computational
complexity and bounds.
241
SS G518 Database Design and Application 5

DBMS architecture; Data Models; Network model, Hierarchical model and Relational
model; Database design & optimization; Query processing & Query optimization ;
Transaction Processing Concurrency control; Recovery; security & protection;
Introduction to Object oriented data model & Multimedia Databases.
SS G522 Software Development Standards 134

Standards and their role in software development; institutions involved in formulating
and promoting standards; operating environment standards; POSIX; software design
standards; diagramming standards; coding standards; language design, code
generation and usage standards; software portability and standards; standards in
software development tools; standards in compilers and interpreters; open system; OSI;
user interface standards.
SS G532 Information Theory 4
<To be Announced Later>
SS G541 User Interfaces 134

Emerging importance of user interfaces; user interface management systems; designing
UIMS toolkits; hardware and OS aids in user interface development; human and
psychological factors in user interface design; theories, principles and guidelines;
emerging interaction styles; menu selection system, command languages, direct
manipulation; interaction device; hypertext; standards in user interface design and
implementation; case studies from Domain Dialog; Apple’s user interface; Open look;
OSF/Motif.
SS G542 Knowledge Management 3

Increasing knowledge work in organizations; technologies to support growth of
knowledge work in organizations; scope, cost, efficiency and reliability of technologies
to support knowledge work; role of knowledge in an enterprise; knowledge management
process; knowledge management strategies; human aspects of knowledge
management; Knowledge management technologies; applications of technologies to be
covered through cases; reading assignments and use of appropriate software.
SS G551 Advance Compilation Techniques 5

Generic Code Optimization Techniques – loop optimization, inlining, and other
transformations. Impact of architecture son code generation and optimization: RISC
architectures, VLIW architectures, special purpose architectures. Architectures-specific -
code optimizations – register allocation, instruction scheduling. Code Optimizations
under real time / embedded constraints – cache less / diskless memory models,
bounded time responses. Garbage collection techniques. Virtual Machines and Just-in-
Time Compilation Techniques – Hotspot-like optimizations. Implementation of exception
handling, concurrency, and generic jumps ( like call/cc).
242
SS G552 Software Testing Methodologies 134

Standards and their role in software development; Institutions involved in formulating
and promoting standards; operating environment standards; POSIX; software design
standards; diagramming standards; coding standards; language design, code
generation and usage standards; software portability and standards; standards in
software development tools; standards in compilers and interpreters; open systems;
OSI; user interface standards.
SS G554 Distributed Data Systems 325

Distributed file systems – File System Models; Replication and Synchronization –
Catching; Failure & recovery; File System Security. Distributed Database – Distributed
Data Sources and Updates; Database connectivity; Concurrency Control and
distribution mechanism; Distributed indexing schemes. Database security. Data on the
Web – Web as a distributed data repository. Data Collection and Use Crawlers, Search
Engines, and Indexing Schemes. Information Retrieval Techniques. Data Exchange –
Hierarchical Data Models, XML, and query languages, Semi- Structured / Unstructured
data – querying and synchronization. Pervasive Data – Data distribution and access for
non-computing devices, small computing devices, embedded computing devices and
sensory devices.
SS G624 Computer Based Simulation Modelling 5

Discrete event simulation on computers; Systems simulation & simulation languages;
GAP & GPSS; continuous simulation – languages and modelling techniques; Forrester’s
models; case studies.
SS G641 Management Information and Decision Support Systems 5

Data & Information; characteristics of information; components of management
information systems; information flows; design and maintenance of management
information systems; decision support systems.
*****
243
d. Biotechnology
Electives (any Two)
BENG G521 Bioinformatics 325

General search methods, means -ends analysis, problem reduction, goal tree. Optimal
search, dynamic programming principle, mini-max procedure, alpha-beta pruning.
Statistical preliminaries, sampling and sampling distribution, estimation, hypothes’s
testing Scoring systems and comparison of two sequences. Global multiple alignment.
Construction of polygenetic trees. Search in biological database, pattern discovery in
set of sequences. Sequences and structure of macromolecules. Transcription and
translation.
BIO C414 Genetic Engineering 163

The primary objective of the course is to familiarize the students with a comprehensive
set of basic techniques, which comprises of isolation of plasmid from bacterial cell,
preparation of competent cell, transformation and various methods of gene transfer,
restriction digestion, restriction mapping , ligation, PCR Southern and Northern
hybridization. Students will be introduced to the dissection of mice and splenocyte
culture. An exposure will also be given on various plant tissue culture techniques; micro
propagation callus and suspension culture, isolation of DNA from plant cell and its
manipulation.
BIO C417 Bio-molecular Modelling 303

Bio-molecular Conformation, Structural genomics and proteomics, protein folding,
Forecefield, Simulation, Conformation analysis, ab initio structure prediction,
comparative modelling, lattice models, usage of modelling packages.
BIO C421 Enzymology 303

Prerequisite: BIO C211
Enzyme nomenclature and classification; isolation and purification; structures; kinetics;
regulation of enzymatic reactions; evaluation of enzymes and other proteins.
BIO C441 Biochemical Engineering 303

Principles of Chemical Engineering applied to Bioprocesses; Kinetic Models for growth,
substrate utilization and product formation; Biological reaction kinetics and applied
enzyme catalysis; immobilized biocatalysts; Bioreactor Design and Operation;
Fermentation, Up-stream & downstream processing; Novel Bioreactor Configurations;
Transport phenomena in Bioprocesses; Instrumentation and control; Bioprocess
Optimization and Scale up; Industrial Protein Purification Techniques; Commercial
Enzymes & Biopharmaceuticals Bioprocess Patenting, Economics & Feasibility Studies.
BIO C451 Bioprocess Technology 3*

Bioprocess Principles; Kinetics of Biomass production, substrate utilization and product
formation; Kinetics of enzyme catalyzed reactions and applied enzyme catalysis
244
Fermentation process parameters parameters and controls, Upstream and downstream

processing; Bioreactor Design & Operation; Transport process in Bioreactors; Novel
Bioreactors Configurations; Immobilized biocatalysts; Bioconversion; Protein
Purification; Industrial applications of Bioprocesses; Bioprocess Patenting & Economics.
BIO C461 Recombinant DNA Technology 303
The course deals with theoretical aspects of recombinant DNA manipulation. Emphasis
will be placed on procedures to create chemical molecules using examples from actual
experimental work. Vector designing, polymerase chain reaction, invitro mutagenesis
and cloning in prokaryotic and eukaryotic vectors will be covered.
BIO G514 Molecular Immunology 5

This course will deal extensively with topics like molecular basis of T and B cell antigen
recognition and activation. Immunity to microbes and diseases caused by humoral and
cell mediated immune responses will be covered and emphasis placed on congenital
and acquired immunodeficiency’s. Advanced topics like antibody engineering will be
discussed with the help of review articles.
BIO G515 Stem Cell and Regenerative Biology 314

Introduction to stem cells and regenerative biology; embryonic stem cells, adult stem
cells, manipulation of stem cells for replacing cells in diseases tissues; transplantation
of embryonic and adult stem cells, replacing congenitally defective organs and
damaged organs, tissue engineering, biodegradable and biocompatible materials, nano
-devices, and regulatory perspective.
BIO G522 Interferon Technology 224

This course will deal extensively with topics like molecular basis of T and B cell antigen
recognition and activation. Immunity to microbes and diseases caused by humoral and
cell mediated immune responses will be covered and emphasis placed on congenital
and acquired immunodeficiencies. Advanced topics like antibody engineering will be
discussed with the help of review articles.
BIO G532 Biostatistics and Biomodelling 224

Probability analysis variable in biology; standard deviation and standard errors;
correlation and correlation coefficient; regression analysis; significance test; chisquare
and goodness of fit; applications of computers in statistics; handling of software on
enzyme kinetics and protein sequence analysis; computer analysis of nucleic acid
structure.
BIO G612 Human genetics 325

Epigenetic and Chromosomal Control of Gene Expression; DNA methylation, genomic
imprinting and mammalian development. DNA damage and repair: Damage control
during replication and mitosis, genome stability and check point control, Disorders
related to aberrant DNA repair. Molecular genetics of inherited disorders. Cancer
genetics: Genetic analysis of various cancers, tumour suppressor genes, metabolic
245
polymorphisms and cancer susceptibility. Genomics and proteomics: Human genome

project and its applications in Gene therapy, novel drug design approaches.
BIO G631 Membrane and Liposome Technology 224

Membrane structure and biogenesis; techniques for the study of membrane structure
and properties; model of membranes; molecular transport mechanisms; techniques of
artificial membrane productions; liposomes structures and characteristics; carrier
mechanisms for targeting therapeutic agents; industrial applications of liposomes.
BIO G632 Transgenic Technology 325

Transgenic techniques are replacements of traditional breeding practices;
understanding faulty gene pools; development of commercial and economically viable
tissue culture and their genetic improvement through DNA strategies; development of
recombinant transplants for improved genomic system.
BIO G651 Protein and Enzymes Bioengineering 325

Sources, isolation, purification and storage of protein and / or enzymes; kinetics of
enzymes catalyzed reactions; biocatalysts reaction engineering; techniques of
production and recovery of enzymes; protein and enzyme modification; clinical and
industrial applications of free and immobilized enzymes.
BIO G661 Gene Toxicology 224

Origin and fundamentals of Gene Toxicity; genotoxic effects in plants and mammalian
systems; screening and measurements of genetoxicants; techniques in gene toxicology
and their application to human, agricultural and environmental monitoring.
BIO G671 Bioconversion Technology 325

Waste and by product utilization; down stream processing; biogas production; principles
of biodegradation process parameters; bioreactor design and operation; exploitation of
waste streams enzyme- based bioconversions of high value products.
*****
246
e. M.B.A. Engineering & Technology Management
Electives

segmentation, presenting a pitch deck, building the start-up team, competition analysis,
lean startups, product development, intellectual property, sales and marketing, business
models, financing, launching a business, growth and exit strategy, social
BITS C489 Enterprise Resource Planning 303

Introduction to ERP; Re-engineering and ERP systems; ERP planning, design, and
implementation; ERP systems - sales and marketing; ERP systems - accounting and
finance; ERP systems – human resources; Managing and ERP project; Supply chain
Management and e-Market place.
EA C475 Financial Engineering 303

Introduction: Review of Markets, Players, and Conventions; Cash Flow Engineering with
Forward Contracts; Engineering Simple Interest Rate Derivatives; Swap Engineering;
Report Market Strategies; Dynamic Replication Methods and Synthetics; Mechanics of
Options; Options Engineering with Applications; Pricing Tools; Applications of
Fundamental Theorem of Finance; Fixed Income Engineering; Tools for Volatility
Engineering; Volatility Swaps and Volatility Trading; Engineering of Equity Instruments;
Pricing and Replication, computational methods such as Monte Carlo Simulation.
FIN C413 Risk Management and Insurance 303

Introduction to risk; types of risk; risk measurement; risk management techniques; risk
avoidance, risk avoidance, loss control, loss financing, risk retention, risk transfer,
internal risk reduction through diversification etc; insurance business and operations;
insurance pricing; insurance v/s hedging; life, health and income risk; property and
liability risk – commercial and personal; social insurance; insurance regulation.
MBA C414 Technology Management 303

Concepts of technology, nature of technology change, economics of technology,
corporate technology strategy, analysis for technology , strategy , adoption and
transfer of technology, influence of government polices on technology, technology,
management of sustainable development.
MBA C425 R & D Management 303

Distinctive need and particular structure for management of R & D system; the close
relationship between R & D objectives and innovation and precise time targets; micro
considerations like economics and cost, science policy, criteria of choice, various issues
connected with availability, transfer and marketing of technology; micro considerations
in planning, organization, project selection and formulation and management, R & D
247
cost estimating and budgeting human resources availability, evaluation and

measurement of performance, control problems; mission-oriented research; technology
missions enunciated by Indian Government.
MBA C429 Recent Advances in ETM 4
<To be developed>


Prerequisite: ECON C212: Principle of economics
MBA C482 Creating and Leading Entrepreneurial Organizations 4

Fundamentals of entrepreneurship; elements of leadership; identifying business
opportunities; market study and research; business opportunities; business plans;
finance, issues in raising finance; venture capitalist evaluation of business plans,
technical aspects for the project, corporate strategies for growth; legal aspect to
entrepreneurship, people skills, marketing and branding; creativity and communication.
MBA C483 Marketing Research 303

An examination of the concepts and practical methodology used in marketing research.
An overview of marketing research process, with emphasis on research design; data
instrument design; questionnaire formulation; sampling plans; data collection methods –
interviewing, panels; data analysis and use of computer based information systems for
marketing intelligence.. Also Time-series& Regression based models of sales
forecasting, control and evaluation of marketing function and survey methodology are
covered. Emphasis will be on cases and research projects.
MBA C512 Manufacturing Strategy 4

Corporate strategy; Missing links in manufacturing strategy; Audit approach;
Restructuring; Manufacturing strategy process in practice; Formulation as a process;
Operating strategies; Methodology framework; Lean production; Competitive priorities;
Strategic value of response time and product variety; Flexibility in context of
manufacturing strategy; Manufacturing focus; Business process reengineering; Theory
248
of constraints; Link between strategy and organizational culture; Evolution of

manufacturing systems; Operations management strategic perspective
MBA C522 Total Quality Management 4

TQM principles and practices; leadership; customer satisfaction; employee involvement;
continuo’s process improvement; supplier partnership; performance measures;
statistical process control; ISO 9000; benchmarking; quality function deployment;
concurrent engineering; experimental design; Taguchi’s Quality engineering; product
liability.
MBA C523 Project Management 4
Concepts and techniques of project formulation, evaluation and implementation of;

Project planning and scheduling; Risk management; Time-cost trade off; Resource
levelling and allocation; Project Monitoring and control; Contract management.
<Could not locate>
MBA G552 Total Productive Maintenance 4

Outline of TPM;TPM – Challenging limits; Maximizing equipment effectiveness;
Organizing for TPM implementation; TPM implementation and stabilization TPM small
group activities; the PM prize for outstanding TPM plants.

managing testing requirements, test plans, alpha and beta systems; emerging
directions in project management.
*****
249
f. M.B.A IT Enabled Services Management
Electives
BITS C489 Enterprise Resource Planning 303

Introduction to ERP; Re-engineering and ERP systems; ERP planning, design, and
implementation; ERP systems - sales and marketing; ERP systems - accounting and
finance; ERP systems – human resources; Managing and ERP project; Supply chain
Management and e-Market place.
EA C474 Retail Management Systems 303

Retailing history and theories, basic retail management process, retail industry in Indian
and abroad, shopper behaviour in retailing, retailing formats and location related issues,
category management, supply chain management In retail, retail buying, store layout
and design, point of purchase communication, retail pricing strategy, building store
loyalty and technology in retailing. Case studies and projects in retailing, specially
focusing on Indian scenarios.
FIN C413 Risk Management and Insurance 303

Introduction to risk; types of risk; risk measurement; risk management techniques; risk
avoidance, risk avoidance, loss control, loss financing, risk retention, risk transfer,
internal risk reduction through diversification etc; insurance business and operations;
insurance pricing; insurance v/s hedging; life, health and income risk; property and
liability risk – commercial and personal; social insurance; insurance regulation
MBA C426 Database Management Systems 4

Introduction to databases and Management; Data files and structures; hierarchical,
relational, network models; distributed data bases; query processing and wuery
optimization, query languages; concepts of security and protection; case study of a data
base system.
MBA C427 e-Business and Internet Marketing 4

e-Business evolution & opportunities; categories of e-Business,; e-Business models;
network infrastructure & web based tools for e-business; e-business risks & risk
management; network security and firewall; cryptography and authentication;
billing/payment systems; regulatory environment of e-business; ERP/SCM/CRM and
web based marketing; business intelligence & intelligent systems; data warehousing
and data mining; implementing e-business systems & change management. Case
studies and projects in e-business areas; emerging e-business scenarios.
MBA C428 Internet Security and cyber Laws 4

Examination of issues related to network and information security, security concepts,
security attacks and risks, security architectures, security policy management, security
mechanisms, cryptography algorithms, security standards, security system
interoperation and case studies of the current major security systems.
250
MBA C433 Advertising and Sales Promotion 303

The communication process and models of persuasive communication; advertising
research; advertising campaign components; advertising campaign planning;
advertising/media scene; media concepts; media planning & strategy; advertising
campaign planning, execution and evaluation; advertising agencies; sales promotion
types and techniques; sales promotion strategy; measuring the effectiveness of the
promotional program; regulation of advertising and promotion; Extending marketing
communication to social communication, personal selling, International advertising,
interactive advertising, advertising laws, social, ethical and moral issues.
MBA C436 Strategic Financial Management 303

(Pre-requisite: ECON C481=FIN C342=MGTS C382 Financial Management or MBA
C416 Corporate Finance and Taxation)
Company Value and the Manager’s Mission: Introduction to Valuation, Why Value? The
Value Manager, Cash Is King and Value – Based Management Approach to Valuation -
A Practitioner’s Guide: Frameworks for Valuation. Valuation Methods: Discounted,
Relative and Contingent Claim. Analyzing Historical Performance. Forecasting
Performance. Forecasting Performance. Estimation of Discount Models, Free-Cash-
Flow-To-Equity Discount Models, Free-Cash-Flow-to-firm Approach, Price/Earning
Ratio, Price/Book Value Ratio and Price/ Sales Ratio. Measuring and Managing the
company Value: Company Value VS. Shareholders Wealth Maximization – TSR.
Economic Value Added, Market Value Added and Cash Value Added. Wealth Creator
but the Indian Corporates. Analyzing the Company Performance - Application of
Balanced Scorecard (BSC). Applying Valuation: Multi business Valuation. Mergers,
Acquisition, and Joint Ventures.


Prerequisite: ECON C212: Principle of economics
MBA C481 Expert Systems 4

role in the scientific world of today and tomorrow. It concentrates on the tools available
251
to the knowledge engineer, expert systems, building techniques, and the difficulties
which may be encountered during the development of an expert system.
MBA C482 Creating and Leading Entrepreneurial Organizations 4

Fundamentals of entrepreneurship; elements of leadership; identifying business
opportunities; market study and research; business opportunities; business plans;
finance, issues in raising finance; venture capitalist evaluation of business plans,
technical aspects for the project, corporate strategies for growth; legal aspect to
entrepreneurship, people skills, marketing and branding; creativity and communication.
MBA C488 Service Management System 303

Understanding Services, the Service sector today, Designing the Service Enterprise,
Technological Issues, Structuring Service Operations, Processes Management, Staffing
for Services, Functions of Services Managements System, Client Relationships,
Measuring and Reporting Services.

managing testing requirements, test plans, alpha and beta systems; emerging directions
in project management.
*****
252
ANNEXURE – 11
BPD FACULTY ROSTER
253
BPD FACULTY
S. Qualification
Name of the Faculty Rank Course Allocation *
No Degree Year Institute
Digital Communication,
Ph.D. Communication System,
IIT, Bombay,
1 Dr. T. G. Thomas Professor (Electrical 1996 Circuits and Signals,
India
Engineering) Digital Electronics and
Computer Organization
Thermodynamics, Quality
Ph.D. (Mechanical Case Western
Control Assurance and
2 Dr. C. Periasamy Professor Engineering-Fluid 1992 Reserve
Reliability , Measurement
Thermal Science) University, USA
Techniques-II
Ph. D. (Semi Electrical Science-I

Dr. Sunderam University of
3 Professor conductor Devices 1981 Communication Systems
Swaminathan Warwick U.S.A
and Characteristics) Lab
Measurement Techniques I
Indian Institute
Dr. Uma (Chemistry), Instrumental
4 Professor Ph.D. (Chemistry) 1984 of Science,
Ramachandran Methods of Analysis and
Bangalore, India
Biochemical Engineering
Madras
Dr.Sridharana Physics I and Mechanics of
5 Professor Ph.D (Physics) 1995 University,
Karthiyanini Solids
India
PSG college of
Ph.D. (Electronics and Digital Electronics and
Technology (a
6 Dr.Jayaraman Professor Communication 1993 Computer Organization and
Deemed
Engineering) Communication Systems
University), India
Madras Univ., General Biology,

7 Dr. D J Shariff Professor Ph. D. (Zoology) 1987
India MT-I (Biology)
Optimization, Numerical
Lucknow Univ.,
8 Dr. Priti Bajpai Professor Ph. D. (Mathematics) 1990 Analysis, Mathematics I, II,
India
III.
Electronic Instrumentation
Ph.D. IIT, Roorkee, and Instrumentation
9 Dr. G. Vijaya Professor 1998
(Instrumentation) India Technology,
Telecommunication,
254
BPD FACULTY
S. Qualification
Switching and Network,
Micro Electronic Circuits,
Analog Electronics,
Principles of Management,
Delhi Univ.,
10 Dr. Tanmay Panda Professor Ph. D (Management) 1995 Principles of Marketing for
Delhi, India
Engineers
Operating Systems,
Computer Networks,
Internetworking
Ph. D. Technology, Advanced
IIT, Chennai,
11 Dr. S Vadivel Professor (Computer Science 1988 Computer Organization,
India
and Engineering) Computer Programming I
and II, Digital Electronics
and Computer Organization
Lab
Anna Univ., Physics-I and II

12 Dr. R. Roopkumar Professor Ph. D (Physics) 1992
Chennai, India MT- I (Physics)
Associate AMU, Aligarh, English Language Skills,

13 Dr. Shazi Shah Jabeen Ph. D. (English) 1993
Professor India Technical Report Writing
Digital Electronics and

Computer Organization,
Electrical Sciences – II,
Ph. D. Digital Systems, Circuits
Associate (Electrical and IISc, Bangalore, and Signals, Power
14 Dr. R Mary Lourde 1997
Professor Electronics India Electronics. Digital Signal
Engineering) Processing
Control Systems
Electro Mechanical Energy
Conversion
Software Engineering,
Programming Languages
and Compiler
Constructions,
Ph. D. Software Engineering,
Associate BITS, Pilani,
15 Dr. B Vijaya kumar (Computer Science 2001 Multimedia Computing,
Professor India
and Engineering) Digital Electronics and
Lab, Computer
Programming-I and II
Theory of Computation
255
BPD FACULTY
S. Qualification
Electrical Sciences-I,
Microelectronic Circuits,
Ph. D. (Electronics Electromagnetic Fields and
and Communication JNT Univ., Waves, Circuits and
Associate
16 Dr. D V Prasad Eng.) 1995 Hyderabad, Signals, Communication
Professor
India Systems, Medical
Instrumentation,
Electronics Devices and
Integrated Circuits.
Mechanics of solids,
Annamalai
Associate Ph.D. ( Mechanical Production Techniques,
17 Dr. Ram Karthikeyan 2000 University
Professor Engineering) Measurement Techniques-
Tamilnadu, India
II.
Associate DA Univ Indore, Physics-I and II,

18 Dr. Neeru Bhagat Ph. D. (Physics) 1999
Professor India MT-I (Physics)
Dr. Maneesha Associate Ph. D. Lucknow Univ., Probability and Statistics,

19 2001
Bhagchandani Professor (Statistics) India Operation Research
Anna
Associate Chemistry-I and II
20 Dr. Vijaya Ilango Ph. D. (Chemistry) 1995 Univ.,Chennai,
Professor MT-I (Chemistry)
India
Associate BHU, Banaras, MT-I (Physics), Physics-I,

21 Dr. K K Singh Ph. D. (Physics) 1997
Professor India and II
Associate Alagappa Univ., Chemistry-I, and II

22 Dr. B Muralidharan Ph. D. (Chemistry) 1996
Professor India MT-I (Chemistry)
Mathematics-I, II, and III,

Jadavpur Univ.,
23 Dr. T K. Dutta Associate Ph.D. (Mathematics) 1992 Probability and Statistics,
Kolkata, India
Professor Discrete Structures for
Computer Science
Bharathiar Univ.,
Associate Mathematics-I, II,
Dr. K Kumar Ph. D. (Mathematics) 2000 Coimbatore,
24 Professor Probability and Statistics
India
256
BPD FACULTY
S. Qualification
University of
Associate. Physics I and Mechanics of
25 Dr. Kavitha Jerath Ph.D (Physics) 1988 Rajasthan,
Professor Solids
India
Ph.D (Electronics and

Ramachandran Anand Associate RICE University,
26 communication Engg. 1990
kumar Professor Houston, TX
)
Electrical Science I and II,

Anna
Associate Ph.D. (Electrical and Analog Electronics, Digital
27 Dr. K. Nithiyananthan 2004 Univ.,Chennai,
Professor Electronics Eng.) Electronics and Computer
India
Organization
Associate PA Univ, General Biology,

28 Dr. Neeru Sood Ph.D. (Botany) 1998
Professor Ludhiana, India MT-I (Biology)
Associate Ph. D. MS Univ., Optimization, Numerical

29 Dr. A Somasundaram 2001
Professor (Mathematics) Tirunelveli, India Analysis.
Prime Movers and Fluid

Mechanics, Design of
REC,
Associate Ph.D. (Mechanical Machine Elements,
30 Dr. R. Udaya Kumar 2001 Tiruchirappalli,
Professor Engineering) Thermodynamics. Applied
India
Thermodynamics, EG Lab,
Workshop Practice
Ph.D. (Mechanical
Dr. A. M. Surendra Associate IIT, Bombay, Thermo Dynamics,
31 Engineering in 2005
Kumar Professor India Workshop Practice
Thermal Science)
Dynamics of Mechanics and
Vibrations, Structure and
Associate Ph.D. (Marine Andhra Univ, Properties of Materials,
32 Dr. M.V. N. Sankaram 1997
Professor Engineering) India Mechanics of solids and
Workshop Practice
practical.
Fluid Flow Operations,
Ph.D. Chemical Process
Dr.Bharat Bhushan Associate IIT, Roorkee,
33 (Chemical 1999 Calculations, Transport
Gulyani Professor India
Engineering) Phenomena-II, Thermo
Dynamics.
Power Electronics, Control
Ph.D.
Dr. Adhir Baran Assistant IIT, Kharagpur, Systems, Digital Electronics
34 (Electrical 1998
Chattopadhyay Professor India and Computer
Engineering)
Organization.
257
BPD FACULTY
S. Qualification
Electrical Sciences-II,
Ph.D. Sastra Univ.,
Assistant Digital Electronics and
35 Dr. B Karthikeyan (Electrical 2006 Tamil Nadu,
Professor Computer Organization.
Engineering) India
Lab
Electro Magnetic Fields and

Ph.D. Bharathiar Univ., Waves; Circuits and
Assistant
36 Dr. Abdul Rajak A R (Electronics and 2005 Coimbatore, Signals; Electronics
Professor
Comm. Engineering) India Instruments and
Instrumentation
Technology Lab.
Ph.D. Selected Chemical
Assistant Anna Univ.,
37 Dr. B.G.Prakash Kumar (Chemical 2005 Engineering Operations
Professor Tamil Nadu
Engineering) and Thermodynamics
Ph.D ( Mechanical
Thermodynamics and
Assistant Engineering— Anna Univ.,
38 Dr. N.K. Miller Jothi 2006 mechanics and mechanics
Professor internal Combustion Tamil Nadu
of solids
Engines)
Assistant
Professor
BITS, Pilani MT-i(Biology),Biological

39 Dr. S. Ramachandran Ph.D. (Biotechnology) 2008
Rajasthan India Chemistry, Microbiology
Assistant
Professor
Measurements techniques-
Ph .D (Electronics and Annamalai II (EEE), Control Systems,
40 Dr. V. Kalaichelvi 2007
Instrumentation) University India Electromechanical Energy
Conversion (CDC for EIE)
Assistant Andhra
Professor Ph.D. (Meteorology & University,
41 Dr. Sivaram Boppe 2007 Probability and Statistics
Oceanography) Visakhapatnam,
India
Anna Electronic Devices and

Asst. Ph.D Instrumentation
42 Dr.G.Saravanakumar 2008 University, Integrated Circuits, Process
Professor & Control Process)
India Control
258
BPD FACULTY
S. Qualification
Alagappa
Asst. Chemistry-I and
43 Dr. Rajan Ramasamy Ph.D (Chemistry) 2008 University,
Professor Thermodynamics
India
Manonmaniam Measurement Techniques I

Asst. Sundarnar (Chemistry), Chemistry I
44 Dr. F. Rusal Raj Ph.D(Chemistry) 2008
Professor University, and Chemical Engg.
India Thermodynamics
Asst. Aligarh Muslim

Dr. Suhel Ahamed Professor Optimization and
45 Ph.D (Mathametics), 2008 University,
Khan Mathematics III
Aligarh, India
Operating Systems, Digital

Indian Institute Electronics and Computer
Dr.V. Santhosh Asst.
46 Ph.D (C.Sc) 2007 of Science, Organization, Introduction
Kumar# Professor
Bangalore to Bioinformatics, Fuzzy
Logic and Applications
Madras
Asst.
47 Dr. S. Baskaran Ph.D (Maths) 2007 University, Mathematics III
Professor
India
Asst. SV University, Physics I and Mechanics of

48 Dr. G. Amaranath Ph.D (Physics) 1991
Professor India Solids
259
BPD FACULTY
S. Qualification
Chemistry I,
Asst. Thermodynamics,
49 Dr. Geetha Ph.D (Chemistry) 2000 IIT
Professor Instrumental Methods of
Analysis.
Devi Ahilya
Asst.
50 Dr.Lajwanti Aidasani Ph.D (English) 2009 Vishwavidyalya, English Language Skills
Professor
India
National
Asst. 2008 Microelectronic Circuits,
51 Dr.Jagadish Nayak Ph.D(EEE), Institute of
Professor , Communication Systems
Technology
General Biology, Genetics,

Asst. Goa University,
52 Dr.Trupti Swarup Ph.D (Micro Biology) Instrumental Methods of
Professor 2002 India
Analysis
Engineering Graphics Lab,

and
Assistant M. S. (Mechanical BITS, Pilani, Workshop Practice Lab, PS
53 Dr. Mallika Parveen 1995
Professor Engineering) India Faculty for Practice School
II and Practice School I
(Summer Term)
Electromechanical Energy
Conversion Lab,
MP Programming &
Interfacing Lab, Digital
Assistant M. S. (Electrical & Electronics & Computer
BITS, Pilani,
54 Dr. R Gomathi Bhavani Professor Electronics 1996 Organization Lab,
India
Engineering) Measurement Techniques-
II (EEE) Lab, PS Faculty for
Practice School II and
Practice School I (Summer
Term)
260
BPD FACULTY
S. Qualification
Microprocessor
Programming and
Interfacing Lab, Computer
Senior M. Tech. Programming - I Lab &
MIT, Manipal,
55 Ms. Sujala D Shetty Lecturer (Computer Science 2000 Computer Programming-II
India
& Engineering) Practical, PS Faculty for
Practice School II and
Term)
Computer Programming – I
Lab & Computer
M. S. (Computer
Senior BITS, Pilani, Programming II, PS
56 Mr. M. Madiajagan Science & 2000
Lecturer India Faculty for Practice School
Engineering)
(Summer Term)
Analog Electronics Lab,
Measurement Techniques-
Senior II (EEE) Lab, Electronic
Lecturer ME. Instruments and
Anna Univ,
57 Ms. R Swarnalatha (Instrumentation 2002 Instrumentation
Chennai, India
Engineering) Technology Lab, PS Faculty
for Practice School II and
Term)
Microprocessor
Programming and
Senior M.E. (Computer Interfacing Lab, Computer
Anna Univ,
58 Ms. S. Jeyalatha Lecturer Science 2002 Programming-II Lab, PS
Chennai, India
Engineering) Faculty for Practice School
(Summer Term)
Technical Report Writing
Senior (Assignments and Tutorial
Lecturer Osmania Univ., Components), PS Faculty
59 Ms. Mubeena Rahman MA (English) 1997
India for Practice School II and
Term)
Computer Programming-I
Senior Lab. & Computer
M.E. (Computer
Lecturer Annamalai Programming- II, PS
60 Ms. J. Alamelu Mangai Science & 2005
Univ., India Faculty for Practice School
Engineering)
(Summer Term)
PS Faculty for Practice
Ms. Pushkala Senior M.B.A. Pondicherry
61 1989 School II and Practice
Muralidharan Lecturer Univ., India
School I (Summer Term)
261
BPD FACULTY
S. Qualification
Microprocessors Prog &

Senior Interfacing Lab,
M.E. (Computer
Lecturer Measurement Techniques-
Science & Anna Univ,
62 Ms. S. Susila 2006 II (EEE) Laboratory, PS
Engineering) Chennai, India
Faculty for Practice School
(Summer Term)
Digital Electronics &

Visveswariah
M. Tech (Computer Lab. Computer
63 Ms. Susanna S. Henry Lecturer 2007 TechnologicalU
Science) Programming Lab, Practice
niversity, India
School II and Practice
School I
Kakatiya PS Faculty for PS II and

M.B.A (Financial
64 Ms. Aquila Rafuiddin Lecturer 1997 University,Wara Practice School I (Summer
Management)
ngal, India Term)
Introduction to
M.E. (Biomedical Texas A&M Bioinformatics and
65 Ms. Saraswathy G Lecturer 2008
Engineering) University, USA Measurement Techniques I
(Biology)
Measurement Techniques
M.Tech ( Power VIT, University
66 Sunil Thomas Lecturer 2007 II (EEE), Electrical Sciences
Electroincs & Drives) Vellore, India
I, Communication Systems
University of
M.Phil
67 Kavitha.S Ms. Lecturer 1999 Madras, Mathematics I
(Mathematics)
Chennai, India
Bharathidasan
Mathematics I and
68 Mr. Mutharasan Lecturer M.Sc (Mathamatics) 1989 University ,
Probability and Statistics
Trichy, India
*****
262

Catalog 2010 - 11

Încărcat de

Informații document

Descriere originală:

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Catalog 2010 - 11

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Birla Institute of Technology & Science, Pilani, India

BITS, Pilani - DUBAI

CATALOG 2010 - 2011

August 26th, 2010

V. FACILITIES, SUPPORT SERVICES AND ACTIVITIES FOR STUDENTS 18-25

iii. Assistance to Users by Library Staff 23

VI. ACADEMIC POLICIES & EDUCATIONAL PROCESS AT BPD 26-39

i) Semester-wise Pattern of First Degree Programmes of BITS, Pilani-Dubai 42

IX. FEE STRUCTURE AND FINANCIAL AID 91-96

f. M.B.A. - IT Enabled Services Management stream 250

ANNEXURE-11 BPD FACULTY ROSTER 253-262

XI. LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

I. HISTORY AND PURPOSE

b. About BITS, Pilani – Dubai (BPD)

8. M.Sc. (Tech.) Engineering Technology*

To be a leading institute of international repute in UAE in the field of technical

BPD is committed, through its offering of academic programmes in Engineering and

¾ Contribute to the advancement of knowledge in Engineering and allied fields in

e. Institutional Objectives & Goals

Objectives of Educational programmes in support of vision, mission and goals are to

f. Objectives of Educational Programmes & Operational Activities

Objectives of Library, IT and Educational Support Services (LITES)

¾ Provide appropriate training to all patrons, on information seeking and retrieval

IT and Educational Support Services

¾ Establishing a regular maintenance system and updating/up-gradation of all the

Institutional Effectiveness Office (IEO)

¾ Collecting, analyzing, distributing and assisting in the use of information about

¾ Using standard performance indicators related to students, faculty and staff

¾ To make every effort to establish rapport with reputed Industries/Organizations

Career Counselling and Placement

¾ To educate students regarding career planning and advice on job placements;

II. MEMORANDA OF UNDERSTANDING

b. Resource Sharing and Library Co-operation

c. R & D Activities with ICBA

III. ACADEMIC CALENDER (For Academic Year 2010-2011)

III. ACADEMIC CALENDER (For Academic Year 2010-2011)

IV. ADMISSION CRITERIA AND PROCEDURES

Admission to B.E. (Hons.) Programme is based entirely on the candidate's merit,

related equivalences, the decision of the Institute based on the recommendations of

c) Admission of Students Having Qualifications from

The candidates must enclose with their application, documents explaining

Detailed calculation of aggregate with supporting documents must be enclosed.

Sub-section (e) on page 15 can be referred to for more details.

d) Admission with Advanced Standing

Essentially, the guiding principle is two-fold:

Such an open-ended situation can only be handled on a case-by-case basis. It is

Sub-section (e) on page 15 can be referred to for more details.

e) Minimum Requirements for Transfer

institution of higher learning or from a recognized foreign institution of

Every admitted student is required to undergo a registration process on the day

ID No. is a unique number assigned to each student, which he / she needs to

2010 - Year of enrolment

A1 - Student’s discipline is Chemical Engineering;

(Correspondingly codes for other disciplines are: Electrical and

PS - Practice School Option

U - Code of the campus of BITS, Pilani, Rajasthan, India at which

V. FACILITIES, SUPPORT SERVICES & ACTIVITIES

An orientation programme is organized for the new admission students. In the

BPD provides transportation in air-conditioned shuttle buses to all needy students

e. Canteen and Grocery

Institute encourages the students to participate in sports and cultural activities.

g. Social and Cultural Activities